everest base camp trek 21 days

The Ultimate Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary: How to Get from Lukla to Everest Base Camp

Are you planning a trip to Everest Base Camp? Sitting at 5 380 m, the EBC trek in Nepal is one of the most iconic hikes in the world and tops any adventurer’s bucket list!

But walking over 130 km from Lukla to Everest Base Camp is tough! Mentally, physically and emotionally. Every day of your expedition will push you to your limits.

The reality is that no matter how intense your preparation is, it’s not your fitness levels or even your age that will determine whether you reach Everest Base Camp. It’s about how your body adjusts to a higher altitude.

Some people struggle, others don’t. This is why the acclimatization schedule in your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary is so crucial.

After successfully reaching base camp, I put together this comprehensive guide which includes step-by-step details of the best Everest Base Camp route to take, including the trekking time, the highlights, the best tea houses, how to deal with altitude sickness and so much more!

Quick Navigation

When to plan your Everest Base Camp Trek itinerary

April to May (Spring) and October to November (Autumn) are the most popular hiking months in Nepal offering perfect conditions for your Everest Base Camp trek.

But these months also attract scores of travelers looking to take on the Himalaya mountain ranges and so the trail does get busy.

Everest Base Camp Trek Route

If you follow my Everest Base Camp trek itinerary, you’ll need 12 days to start and return to Lukla. You will reach Everest Base Camp on day 9 which is enough time for your body to adjust to the higher altitude.

Day 1: Kathmandu to Lukla to Phakding

Day 2: phakding to namche bazaar, day 3: namche bazaar (acclimatization day), day 4: namche bazaar to khumjung, day 5: khumjung to phortse, day 6: phortse to dingboche, day 7: dingboche (acclimatization day), day 8: dingboche to lobuche, day 9: lobuche to gorak shep to everest base camp to gorak shep, day 10: gorak shep to kala patthar to pheriche, day 11: pheriche to namche bazaar, day 12: namche bazaar to lukla.

I did not take altitude sickness medication such as Diamox but I walked slowly, extremely slowly – probably the slowest anyone’s ever walked to EBC. This Everest Base Camp trek itinerary offers the best acclimatizing schedule to allow your body to naturally adjust to a higher altitude.

The start of your Everest Base Camp itinerary: Kathmandu

Your first few days in Nepal will be in the capital city, Kathmandu. Sitting at 1 400m above sea level, it’s recommended to spend at least 2 days here.

This allows your body to get used to the higher elevation, especially if you’re coming from sea level.

Kathmandu is a dynamic city with a rich culture and tradition, and you can easily spend a few extra days exploring if you have the time. Most tour operators include a day excursion to the nearby sights and temples within the city.

Make sure you stay in Thamel. It’s the hiking hub of Kathmandu with lots of eager trekkers choosing to base themselves here.

You can buy all your Everest Base Camp hiking gear in Thamel so don’t worry if you’ve forgotten something behind. Or if, like me , you arrived in Nepal with no hiking gear – only a pair of hiking boots! Thamel has got you covered.

Altitude: Kathmandu (1 400m) – Lukla (2 860m) – Phakding (2 610m).

Trekking time: 3-4 hours | 7,4 km.

Difficulty: Easy with only a few uphill sections.

Highlight: Flight into Lukla.

Overview: The first day of your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary will start bright and early with a flight out of Kathmandu to the infamous Tenzing Hillary Airport in Lukla. From there, you’ll hit the ground running and hike just over 3 hours to Phakding, your stop for the night.

Tea house: Royal Sherpa Resort.

The day has finally arrived – The first day of your Everest Base Camp itinerary!

The flight from Kathmandu to Lukla is only 36 minutes but it relies heavily on the weather. Even if there’s slight cloud cover, the flights are delayed or worse, canceled. Lukla Airport is one of the most dangerous airports in the world after all.

My flight with Summit Air was due to leave at 9 am, but we only left after 3 pm due to the weather conditions. The planes are tiny, and you’re allowed no more than 15kg of luggage – in total!

The flight itself was thrilling but not as frightening as I anticipated. Although I did freak out every few minutes when there was a slight bump.

Lukla to Phakding

Once you’ve arrived in Lukla, grab a quick bite to eat before starting the afternoon trek to Phakding.

This section from Lukla to Phakding is an easy one and it’s the perfect introduction to the Himilaya mountain range. It’s an incredibly scenic trail that hugs the mountain and runs alongside a stream.

You’ll pass through several villages and will set your sights on the first yaks and mules of your Everest Base Camp trek.

Before you know it, you’ll have reached Phakding where you’ll spend the night in your first tea house. Don’t get too used to these comfortable conditions though. The further up you go from Lukla to Everest Base Camp, the more basic the amenities become!

Tip: There are ATM’s in Lukla (and Namche) but draw cash in Kathmandu as a back-up.

Tip: There’s cell reception (NCell) in Phakding and most tea houses offer free power to charge up your phone or camera here.

Tip: Try to eat well during the first few days as you’ll start losing your appetite from day 3 of your Everest Base Camp itinerary. Remember: “Dal Bhat Power – 24 Hour”

Altitude: Phakding (2 610m) – Namche Bazaar (3 440m).

Trekking time: 7-9 hours | 10,4 km.

Difficulty: Easy for the first section, steep and difficult for the second half.

Highlight: The views from the suspension bridges.

Overview: Day 2 is when the real hiking starts! You’ll begin with a slow hike before climbing a steep section leading to Namche Bazaar, one of the most iconic stops on your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary.

Tea house: AD Friendship Lodge.

Day 2 is one of the most picturesque days of your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary. But you have a long day of hiking ahead of you so try to leave Phakding by 08:00 am.

The first part is an easy trek alongside pine forests and the excitement will begin to set in as you pass fellow trekkers making their way back down from Everest Base Camp to Lukla.

The glacial rivers are an impressive sight and you’ll cross several suspension bridges throughout the course of the day. These offer gorgeous views but they’re also terrifyingly high! Take in these beautiful surroundings as the landscape changes dramatically over the week.

After lunch, there is a sharp gain in elevation and the easy path suddenly becomes steeper. Take it slow to allow your body to adjust to this higher altitude.

En route to Namche Bazaar, you’ll also get your first glimpse of Mount Everest (If the weather conditions are on your side). You’ll also need to sign in at a checkpoint.

Namche Bazaar

Namche Bazaar is a picturesque village with a lively atmosphere. It’s the main trading center of the Khumbu region and a sherpa village. From Namche Bazaar it starts to get chilly but luckily there are plenty of tea houses with fireplaces to warm you up.

Tip: After you’ve arrived in Namche, pop into Hermann Helmers for their chocolate carrot cake. It’s life-changing!

Tip: Take a warm shower in Namche ($5) as it’s the cheapest you’ll find for the next 10 days!

Tip: Avoid eating meat after Namche Bazaar. Just think of it being carried up the mountain, during the heat of the day with no refrigeration. Don’t do it!

Day 3 of your EBC trek itinerary is your acclimatization day, a supposedly “rest day” to allow your body to slowly adjust to the high altitude. But that doesn’t mean you’ll get to sit inside and relax all day. Today, you’ll do an acclimatization hike to Everest View Hotel.

Altitude: Namche Bazaar (3 440m) – Everest View Hotel (3 880m) – Namche Bazaar (3 440m).

Trekking Time: 3 hours | 2.5 km.

Difficulty: The path itself isn’t too difficult, but with the elevation gain, you’ll begin losing your breath quickly.

Highlight: Watching Everest documentaries at Liquid Bar in Namche Bazaar (3 pm or 7:30 pm).

Overview: A short hiking day to Everest View Hotel and back, followed by free time to explore Namche Bazaar.

Even if you’re not feeling up to it, it’s important to get out and hike to a higher point, before coming back down to sleep at a lower altitude.

Today is also your second chance to get a glimpse of Mount Everest if you didn’t the day before. The trek is a tough one, and if you have not yet felt any symptoms of the higher altitude, you’ll soon begin to experience them.

Tip: There are many pubs and bars which show Everest documentaries. Make sure you watch one during your time in Namche Bazaar (But don’t drink alcohol on your way up – save that for when you return).

Route: Namche Bazaar (3 440m) – Khumjung (3 780m).

Trekking time: 4 hours | 4 km.

Difficulty: Moderately easy as it’s a short trekking day but from today the cold sets in.

Highlights: Playing card games in front of the fire, wrapped up in my sleeping bag because it was so cold.

Overview: You’ll go off the standard trekking route from Namche to Khumjung.

Tea House: Hill Top Lodge.

This is where most Everest Base Camp trek itineraries differ. From Namche Bazaar, there are two routes you can take both of which link up again in Dingboche on day 6 of your trek.

The first option (and most popular) is from Namche to Tengboche, before reaching Dingboche .

The second option (and my chosen route) is from Namche to Khumjung and Phortse which are on the other side of the river.

I chose the Khumjung route as it’s the less popular option. As a result, the hike isn’t as crowded, yet it offers the same sweeping views of the valleys below. But don’t worry, you’ll still get to experience the Tengboche route on your way back down from Everest Base Camp to Lukla.

Today was the first day that I layered up as it did get quite cold. You’ll pass a small local hospital as well as the famous Sir Edmund Hilary School before arriving in the small village of Khumjung.

When you get to Khumjung you’ll notice the change in the landscape. It’s far more arid and drier, with very few green luscious trees.

Tip: Ensure you have a pack of playing cards and a book with you. They’ll come in handy on short trekking days like today.

Route: Khumjung (3 780m) – Phortse (3 900m).

Trekking time: 6 hours | 7 km.

Difficulty: Although there isn’t much altitude gain today, there are still many sections where you walk downhill, before climbing back uphill so this constant up/down is strenuous.

Highlights: Today was the first day I began to feel the effects of the high altitude and I lost my appetite.

Overview: The trail from Khumjung to Phortse is incredibly scenic and you’ll walk alongside all the Himalaya giants.

Tea house: Phortse Resort.

Day 5 of your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary will start with a 2-hour climb to Mongla (3 975m). You’ll then go back down to 3 800m which is the elevation of your next stop, Phortse.

You’re still on the “quieter” route so enjoy this path as it gets busier from tomorrow when you head to Dingboche.

Today is the day I started to feel the effects of altitude sickness and by the time I reached our lunch stop, I had lost my appetite and a terrible headache was setting in. I wrote this detailed guide to how hard Everest Base Camp is and it includes these moments where i felt horrible!

There is also a considerable drop in temperature – It was 4 degrees celsius when we started walking today. The pipes in Phortse were frozen and the guides start to give you hot water in the evening which will be your drinking water from here on out.

Tip: When you’re given hot water in your drinking bottles, put one inside your sleeping bag to act as a hot water bottle.

Tip: I took a headache tablet at lunchtime and after a good night’s rest, I was feeling much better. If you’re not feeling well, don’t be afraid to take a pain killer but make sure you communicate with your guide so that he knows to keep an eye on you.

Altitude: Phortse (3 800m) – Dingboche (4 360m).

Trekking time: 8 hours | 9 km.

Difficulty: Today is a long, tiring day and breathing is difficult. The first few hours are tough, followed by an easier trek as you get closer to Dingboche.

Highlights: Arriving in Dingboche – today was a hectic day and I was so happy when it was over!

Overview: You’ll trek the entire day with a constant gradual incline until you arrive in Dingboche, where our EBC itinerary will meet up with the others who are coming from Tengboche.

Tea house: Sonam Friendship Lodge.

Today is a long trekking day!

When I woke up on day 6, I was feeling fit and strong (unlike the afternoon before) . I was extremely aware of how sick I had felt yesterday and despite feeling better, I took precautionary measures and walked extra slow with many breaks.

The first 5 hours involve constant uphill climbs, followed by downhill treks, before going uphill again! You’ll eventually pass the tree line, and the entire landscape becomes bare and rocky and resembles a desert.

Today you’ll be surrounded by all the Himilayan giants: Ama Dablam, Nuptse, and Cholatse, with unspoiled views of Mount Everest.

Throughout the day you’ll hear the sounds of helicopters making emergency rescues as trekkers begin struggling with the higher altitude and need to be taken back down to Namche Bazaar from Everest Base Camp. It’s quite scary to see how frequently people require this emergency assistance!

Luckily, the final stretch to Dingboche after lunch isn’t as tough as the section before.

Tip: There’s no cell reception as you get closer to Dingboche so enjoy the next few days going off the grid.

Tip: On day 6 of our Everest Base Camp itinerary, a few trekkers started taking altitude sickness medication as a precautionary measure. I didn’t take Diamox but my guide had in case I needed it. As always, be cautious of the altitude.

Tip: You’ll lose your appetite, but order boiled potatoes to get some food into your stomach.

Today is the last of your acclimatization days so you’ll spend a second night in Dingboche. Again, it’s important to do an acclimatization hike from Dingboche .

Altitude: Dingboche (4 360m) – viewpoint (4 900m) – Dingboche (4 360m).

Hike time: 3 – 5 hours | 3 km.

Difficulty: Short, but steep climb so take it slow and steady.

Overview: Today is a short acclimatization hike to a viewpoint and back.

Highlight: Views of the Chukhung Valley and Island Peak.

I woke up on day 7 of my EBC trek and I was feeling terrible. The Khumbu cough had really set in, I was freezing cold, my nose was constantly running and I was beginning to lose my voice.

When you reach Dingboche, the luxuries of warm water, comfortable beds, and flushing toilets are long gone, and this is when the mental challenge begins. But listen to your body and be honest with your guides about how you’re feeling.

During my time in Dingboche, a porter from a different tour group (who had hiked to EBC many times before) had gotten sick and had to be airlifted back to Lukla. This was a harsh reality of the effects of high altitude climbing and how it can happen to anyone, no matter your experience, fitness level, or age.

Dingboche Acclimatization Hike

Today you’ll go on an acclimatization hike to a viewpoint overlooking the Chukhung Valley. Going to this higher altitude, and then returning to Dingboche will make you feel so much better (as it did for me). So, gear up, pack your day bag, and head outside for a few hours.

The acclimatization hike from Dingboche to the viewpoint is pretty steep and rocky, but you’ll be hiking at a much slower pace than the previous days. All around you, you’re surrounded by towering mountains and peaks, and it’s a sight you won’t easily forget!

Once at the viewpoint, you’ll have the best views of Ama Dablam and Island Peak, as well as the symbolic prayer flags.

I added Island Peak to my Everest Base Camp itinerary (and I HIGHLY recommend you do the same). It’s 4 extra days of trekking after you’ve reached Everest Base Camp, and it was one of the best and most thrilling experiences of my life!

Tip: After returning from your acclimatization hike pop into Cafe Himalaya Bakery to watch their daily Everest movie.

Altitude: Dingboche (4 360m) – Lobuche (4 930m).

Trekking time: 7 hours | 10.7km.

Difficulty: Hard! The section from the bottom of the icefall to the Everest memorial is brutal. It’s steep, and it’s far.

Highlight: The climb to the Everest memorial. It’s painfully steep and I struggled!

Overview: As you leave Dingboche, the first part of your trek is relatively easy. Until you reach Dukla! This is where the trail becomes steep. From there it’s an excruciating 2-hour climb before the path becomes flat again. You’ll walk alongside the Khumbu Glacier, the longest glacier in Nepal.

Tea house: Sherpa Lodge.

I kept a day-to-day journal of my Everest Base Camp trek itinerary, and in it, day 8 is highlighted (in capital letters with several exclamation marks) “ The hardest day EVER! ”

And thinking back to this day, it really was!

The first 3 hours include a gradual incline before crossing to Dukla which will be your lunch stop for the day. Enjoy the break, because you are going to be hating life for the next 2 hours – it’s a killer of a climb. Breathing at an altitude of over 4 500m doesn’t make it any easier!

You’ll pass many trekkers who are making their way back from Everest Base Camp. I was shocked to see the condition most of them were in. Many people were even getting carried down by mules! They looked like they had really taken strain – coughing, no voice, chapped lips, and no energy.

I was hoping and praying that wouldn’t be me in a few days (but unfortunately, it was – except I didn’t need to be carried down!)

Everest Memorial

At the top, you’ll reach the Everest Memorial for climbers who’ve lost their lives in their attempt to reach the summit of Mount Everest. There is a somber mood, and I get goosebumps thinking about all those climbers and their families.

From the memorial, it’s about a 1-hour trek alongside the Khumbu Glacier to Lobuche. This last section is far easier than the previous one. Again, take it slowly!

Tip: At this stage, everyone is feeling the effects of the altitude and the cold. You’re not alone! Just keep pushing through, it’s nearly over! (says me who wanted to turn back countless times) .

Altitude: Lobuche (4 930m) – Gorak Shep (5 160m) – Everest Base Camp (5 360m) – Gorak Shep (5 160m)

Time: 10 hours | 12 km.

Difficulty: Moderate with a steep climb towards Gorak Shep and an easy trail to Everest Base Camp. The difficulty lies in hiking time and the high altitude.

Overview: Today is the day you reach Everest Base Camp! You’ll arrive in Gorak Shep, drop off your bags and have lunch before departing north along the Khumbu Glacier to Everest Base Camp.

Highlight: It should be reaching Everest Base Camp, right?

Tea house: Buddha Lodge

Whilst the previous day’s hike from Dingboche to Lobuche was certainly the toughest and most physical section, getting to Gorak Shep, and then on to EBC and Kala Pattar were the most emotionally and mentally challenging sections of my entire Everest Base Camp trek itinerary.

Your day will start with a moderate hike leading to Gorak Shep from Lobuche. After about an hour into your hike, the path becomes steep with numerous boulders to pass. Whilst it isn’t a strenuous climb, the altitude will affect you and you’ll be walking very slowly.

Gorak Shep and Everest Base Camp

You’ll reach Gorak Shep at lunchtime where you’ll drop off your bags and prepare for the afternoon hike to EBC.

You don’t actually stay at Everest Base Camp. Gorak Shep is your base with the closest tea house to EBC.

After lunch, you’ll trek to Everest Base Camp. The path is made of rocky sections and loose stones. You’ll be exhausted at this point. But the adrenalin rush will keep you going. The excitement to finally reach Everest Base Camp will get you to the end.

Arriving at base camp is surreal. You can see the Khumbu Icefall in the distance, one of the most notorious sections leading up to the Everest summit.

It’s an eerie feeling reaching Everest Base Camp but absolutely gorgeous standing at the foot of the highest mountain in the world.

You’ll then make your way back to Gorak Shep which is where you’ll spend the night.

The reality

The most vivid memory I have of my entire Everest Base Camp trek is sitting in the tea house in Gorak Shep after returning from Base Camp.

The communal area of more than 60 people was quiet. You could only hear the sounds of loud coughing. There were no celebrations by those who had made it to Everest Base Camp and the atmosphere was not jovial.

Everyone was feeling sick and looking worse for wear. People were being helivaced from Gorak Shep to Lukla, others were on oxygen. You could see trekkers struggling to take a bite of their food.

I was so emotional because I was just so incredibly exhausted. You could sense that everyone was at their breaking point and had been pushed to their limits. Including me.

Tip: Don’t rush! Remember that you’re breathing in air with 50% oxygen. Many trekkers get excited as they’re so close to Everest Base Camp, but you still need to be careful. From what I saw, several people got sick and had to be put on oxygen AFTER they’d successfully reached EBC, perhaps this is because they’d taken it too fast.

Altitude: Gorak Shep (5 160m) – Kala Patar (5 643m) – Pheriche (4 370m).

Trekking time: 7 hours | 13 km.

Difficulty: This day is difficult, only because of Kala Patthar! The rest is easy as you’ll be going down the mountain to a lower altitude.

Highlight: Everything about the trek up to Kala Patthar. The 5 am wake-up call, the ice-cold temperatures, the steep trail, the incredible view!

Overview: The day starts with an early morning trek to Kala Patthar for the best views of Mount Everest. After returning to Gorak Shep, you’ll head back down to Pheriche.

You can’t actually see Mount Everest from Everest Base Camp or Gorak Shep as Lhotse sits in front of it and blocks the view.

This is why people trek to Kala Patthar, which is a nearby viewpoint next to Gorak Shep.

Be prepared for a long and tiring day! Just when you thought it couldn’t get any tougher, day 10 of your Everest Base Camp trek will really push you to your limits.

Sitting at 5 643m, Kala Patthar is a small, rocky peak with a rewarding view of Mount Everest, Changtse, Lhotse, and Nuptse.

Your morning starts with a 5 am wake-up call as you prepare to hike to Kala Patthar. Some trekkers choose to skip this part of the itinerary because they’re too sick and just do not have the energy to make it to the top.

The main goal is Everest Base Camp, right? You’ve made it!

You don’t have to climb Kala Patthar. Listen to your body and if you’re not feeling well, don’t do it! I was incredibly slow, fatigued, and sluggish and only got about ¾ of the way to the top before our guide advised that we turn back.

If we didn’t, we’d fall behind on the day’s schedule.

After climbing Kalla Patthar, we arrived back at our tea house at Gorak Shep at about 9 am, had a quick breakfast then began our long trek past Lobuche and on to Pheriche.

My day hadn’t got off to a good start and I was feeling very weak hiking Kala Patthar, but as soon as we began our downhill climb, I regained my strength and felt like a different person!

Tip: If you’re feeling sick at Gorak Shep, make sure you monitor this but the moment you go to a lower altitude, you will feel stronger.

Tip: If you’re continuing to Island Peak, you can check out my Island Peak guide. To sum it up, from Gorak Shep, you’ll go to Dingboche ( and not Pheriche as this route goes) . After spending the night in Dingboche, you’ll go in a different direction to Chukhung and Island Peak Base Camp.

Altitude: Pheriche (4 280m) to Namche Bazaar (3 440m).

Trekking time: 14km | 8 hours.

Difficulty: Easy but a long day of hiking.

This day (and the next) are particularly long and you’ll want to get off the mountain ASAP!

You’ll be running down from Pheriche to Namche Bazaar as it’s so much easier to breathe as the elevation decreases. You’ll also be craving a hot shower, clean clothes, a proper meal, and a warm bed.

Soon, you’ll hit the tree line once again, cross over suspension bridges, and pass scores of mules.

After every corner, you’ll think you’ve reached Namche Bazaar, but it’s further than you expect, and the trail seems to go on forever. On your way down you still have sections where you climb up and down (yes, more climbing), but there’s no altitude gain so who’s complaining!

You’ll pass Tengboche, which is home to the largest monastery in the Khumbu region and the village where most trekkers stop on their way up the mountain (But we chose a different route on this Everest Base Camp trek itinerary).

Altitude: Namche Bazaar (3 440m) – Lukla (2 860m).

Trekking time: 18 km | 8 hours.

Difficulty: Same as yesterday! A long day of hiking.

You’ve made it to the last day of your Everest Base Camp trek itinerary! Today you’ll retrace your steps from Day 1 and 2 (except this time you’ll cover the same distance in 1 day, and not 2!)

You’ll also see other trekkers ascending to EBC looking bright-eyed and bushy-tailed. If only they knew what was in store for them over the next few days! You’ll smile at them, and offer words of encouragement, but deep inside, you’ll just thanking your lucky stars that it’s them going up, and not you!

Enjoy your last lunch on the mountains in the village of Phakding before taking on the last section to Lukla. Spend the night in Lukla where you’ll celebrate with a delicious meal and a few cold beers!

Last day of your Everest Base Camp itinerary: Lukla to Kathmandu

On the last day, you’ll be ready to say goodbye to the mountains! Once again your flight isn’t guaranteed to leave on schedule so one last bit of patience is required.

After I landed in Kathmandu, I went straight to my hotel, had the best hot shower EVER, ordered takeaways, hopped into bed, and didn’t leave my room for 24 hours! Those 24 hours of doing nothing were absolutely incredible!

Pictures speak a thousand words! After going through my EBC trek itinerary, check out my photo diary with includes all the highlights of my trek to Everest Base Camp.

Is Everest Base Camp trek worth it

Absolutely – But it’s not easy! From the terrifying flight into Lukla to the long trekking days, freezing cold tea houses, weeks with no showers, dealing with altitude sickness, and all the aches and pains that come along with it – It’s brutal.

But the experience is incredible and you’ll gain memories that will last a lifetime!

Should you plan your Everest Base Camp Itinerary with a tour or not

This one’s debatable!

In 2014 I summited the highest mountain in Africa, Mount Kilimanjaro . For this trek, you have to book a tour through an organized trekking company. I thought the same would apply to Everest Base Camp and wrongly assumed that attempting to conquer EBC independently was only for broke backpackers or highly experienced hikers.

I was wrong! You can definitely navigate the Everest region without a guide and many people do so.

However, I don’t regret booking through a trekking company, Mountain Monarch . Here’s why.

Why I booked my EBC trek with a tour group

Firstly, I added Island Peak to my Everest Base Camp itinerary. For this extra section of the trek, a guide is required. Whilst Everest Base Camp requires no technical climbing, Island Peak does and it’s intense.

If you’re up for the challenge, I highly recommend you add Island Peak to your Everest Base Camp tour. You can read about my climb to Island Peak here!

Secondly, I had previous experience with high altitude climbing and if it wasn’t for my skilled guide, I wouldn’t have made it to the summit of Mount Kilimanjaro. As with Kili, getting to Everest Base Camp is tough and reality is that it can be fatal. You need to pace yourself. Many people are put on oxygen and need assistance and those who trek independently don’t have immediate access to these emergency services.

And lastly, the fellow trekkers that I met on my Everest Base Camp tour were the best teammates anyone could ask for. I loved the support, the humor, the motivation, and having a small group of people who were there for me through thick and thin. As you get to the end of your Everest Base Camp trek, you’re going to need all the support you can get.

Final thoughts on how to plan a trek to Everest Base Camp

Trekking to Everest Base Camp is tough. Looking back, there are so many moments where I was thinking “ Why the F$%# did I sign up for this ” and “ With this money, I could’ve spent an extra 3 months backpacking instead of putting myself through this torture “.

But, challenging myself, my mind, my body – and crushing my goal and STILL going on to summit Island Peak – man, you cannot beat that feeling!

Are you planning a trip to Everest Base Camp? Looking for more information on how to get from Lukla to Everest Base Camp? Drop me a question in the comments section below!

Psst… Looking for epic adventures to add to your bucket list? Check out my other posts!

• Complete Guide To Island Peak Climbing in Nepal
• The Perfect Everest Base Camp Packing List
• 10 Things You Need To Know For Your Kilimanjaro Trek
• Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty: 11 Key Things You Need To Know
• Everest Base Camp Trek with Island Peak Climbing: My Highlights and Photo Diary

Hi, I'm Carryn. I’m an adventure travel blogger trying to figure out my way through life by traveling and exploring. Join me as I share my travel guides and tips for life abroad. Find out more about me here .

Backpacking Indonesia: 26 Things I Wish I Knew

Everest base camp trek difficulty: 12 key things you need to know, 24 thoughts on “the ultimate everest base camp trek itinerary: how to get from lukla to everest base camp”.

Wow! Sounds like such an adventure. I loved reading your in depth post about your Everest base camp itinerary. It sounds like there is so much that goes into preparing but definitely sounds like you had the adventure of a lifetime.

Thanks Ann. It sure was an adventure I’ll never forget!

Ok, this post was epic – so much information I have to save it. Thanks for sharing!

Thanks Laura! Glad you found it helpful.

this is absolutely breathtaking! i honestly don’t know if I would ever be prepared to do this myself, but your day by day break down was really helpful!

Thanks Claire! Looking back at the photos I’m still in shock that I managed to get to Everest Base Camp!

Amazing. What a trek and journey for your mind, body and soul!

It was indeed!

This is epic! Im going in April and I’m so excited. Ive done Annapurna base Camp and loved it so I’m sure ill love this too!

Hi Emma, Good luck for your trek! I’d love to hear how EBC compares to Annapurna.

So interesting to read about your experience! I’m going to Nepal soon to do the Annapurna base camp and mardi Himal. They have a lower altitude but I’m still a bit nervous because of the altitude sickness 🙆🏼‍♀️

Hi Nina, I’m sure you’ll love it. Just take your time and don’t be afraid to walk super slow (like I did)!

WoW! This sounds like one amazing trip and one I’m sure that you will never forget! Really inspiring

Thanks Lori. EBC tops my bucket list so now I’m looking for the next adventure to conquer!

Wow! This sounded so intense! What an experience to say that you’ve done it.

It was tough, but everyone goes through a different experience. I thought about turning back so many times, but I’m so glad I stayed strong and kept going!

Wow! What an incredible experience, I don’t know if I’m ready for it but you definitely gave me some things to think about, thanks for sharing!!

Thanks Meghan!

Amazing!!! Wonderful recap! EBC isn’t easy! That was my first dance with altitude! Need to get back to do Island Peak!!!

Hey Bridget, Island Peak is incredible and I’m so glad I added it to my Everest Base Camp itinerary. Congrats on making it to base camp!

BADASS! I love that you mentioned a longer itinerary to acclimatize (is that the right word? lol) naturally and a way to get off the beaten path for this popular trek! I hope to make the Everest Base Camp Trek in the coming years and this is definitely a guide I will come back to help plan (: AND CONGRATS on killing it on this hike! So epic!

Hay Aaren, thanks for the kind message! I’m so stoked that I made it to base camp. And you can to! If you ever decided to trek to EBC, let me know!

Congrats on choosing the High Scenic Trail via Mong La and Phortse instead of the crowded Tengpoche route 95% of trekkers use. The best kept secret in Khumbu is finally leaking out!

About helicopter traffic: Google [helicopter rescue scam Nepal] and be educated. Multimillion dollar business now, thousands of EBC trips destroyed every year with this insurance fraud.

Hi Petrus, Agree – the less crowded route is far better!

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Ace the Himalaya

Trekking in Nepal, Peak Climbing, Mt Biking and Tours in Nepal, Bhutan and Tibet

• Everest Base Camp Trek - 14 Days
• EBC Trek with Helicopter Return - 12 Days
• Everest Base Camp Luxury Trek - 14 Days
• Everest Base Camp with Island Peak - 19 Days
• Everest Three Passes Trek - 20 Days
• Annapurna Base Camp Trek - 13 Days
• Annapurna Circuit Trek - 19 Days
• Ghorepani Poon Hill Trek - 9 Days
• Manaslu Circuit Trek - 15 Days
• Gokyo to Everest Base Camp Trek - 17 Days

Classical Everest Base Camp Trek - 21 Days

Trek through the original route to Everest Base Camp followed by the early explorers avoiding the Lukla flight and taking a drive to Junbesi via Jiri from Kathmandu.

Trip Highlights

• Following Hillary and Tenzing’s footprints.
• Get acquainted with the mountain people in the heart of Himalayas.
• Climbing Gokyo Ri at the elevation of 5,483 m.
• Crossing over the Cho La Pass at 5,300 m.
• Impressive views of the Khumbu Icefall & the Ngozumpa Glacier.
• Climbing Kala Patthar at the elevation of 5,555 m.
• The world’s highest Mt Everest.
• Visiting the Tengboche monastery.
• Scenic flight from Lukla to Kathmandu.

Classical Everest Base Camp Trek Overview

Classical Everest Base Camp Trek  and Kala Patthar is a highly praised trekking route of the Everest region. It was in 1953 when two renowned figures Sir Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgey Sherpa had taken the same route for the Mt. Everest expedition.

After an eight-hour scenic drive from Kathmandu, we reach Jiri, the old starting point for the trek. But the road goes much further. On the same day, we will drive to Junbesi, which will take another 3 or 4 hours depending on the road condition and the traffic. We will spend overnight here and start our trek the next day.

The trek passes through the lower parts of the Everest region that are relatively undeveloped compared to the northern side of the district around Namche Bazaar. This enables trekkers to experience many traditional aspects of culture and local people.

The trail passes through numerous villages of different ethnic groups including Tamang, Jirel, Rai, Brahmin, Chettri, and of course the Sherpa. Walking along this trek involves many ups and downs with the trail being well-serviced with tea houses and good campsites in most of the villages.

From Namche, we won’t take the standard trail to Everest Base Camp. We will step to the side valley of Gokyo. We will move up Phortse Thanga and Machherma and reach the majestic Gokyo. The Gokyo village is located on the shores of Gokyo Lake.

We will find ourselves in stunning Himalayan landscapes. Early in the morning, we will climb to Gokyo Ri standing at 5,483 meters (no equipment needed), and observe the breathtaking panoramas of Himalayan giants.

They say this summit offers the best view of Mt Everest and you might just agree to that. From here we will cross the challenging Cho La Pass and meet the main Everest trail. Our ultimate destination is Everest Base Camp .

Once we reach it, time to celebrate, dance, take photos, and enjoy just being there. Then, we will walk down to Lukla. In three days we will reach there and fly out to Kathmandu.

This Classical Everest Base Camp Trek is operated only in dry seasons from October to December and from January to May. It is because the road from Jiri to Junbesi isn’t paved and it gets affected by the monsoon rains, making the road impossible to pass by vehicles.

Short Itinerary

Arrival at Tribhuvan International Airport in Kathmandu (1,400 m) and transfer to hotel.

Drive to Junbesi (2,675 m) from Kathmandu in a Private Tourist Vehicle – 11 to 12 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Nunthala (2,440 m) from Junbesi – 5 to 6 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Kharikhola (2,257 m) from Nunthala – 5 to 6 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Puiyan (2,760 m) from Kharikhola – 5 to 6 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Phakding (2,610 m) from Puiyan – 6 to 7 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Namche Bazaar (3,440 m) from Phakding – 5 to 6 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Acclimatization day at Namche Bazaar. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Phorste Thanga (3,680 m) from Namche Bazaar – 5 to 6 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Machherma (4,470 m) from Phortse Thanga – 5 to 6 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Gokyo (4,790 m) from Machherma – 5 to 6 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Gokyo Ri (5,357 m) and back to Gokyo – 5 to 6 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Thangna (4,500 m) from Gokyo – 4 to 5 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Dzongla (4,830 m) from Thangna via Crossing the Cho La Pass (5,420 m) – 7 to 8 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Lobuche (4,910 m ) from Dzongla – 4 to 5 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Everest Base Camp (5,364 m) then back to Gorak Shep – 8 to 9 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Early morning Hike to Kala Patthar (5,555 m) and descend to Pheriche (4,240 m) – 7 to 8 hours. Overnight at guesthouse.

Trek to Namche Bazaar (3,440 m) from Pheriche – 6 to 7 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Trek to Lukla (2,840 m) from Namche Bazaar – 6 to 7 hours. Overnight at a guesthouse.

Flight Back to Kathmandu – 35 minutes or Manthali/Ramechhap – 20 minutes from Lukla and same day drive back to Kathmandu – 5 to 6 hours. Overnight at hotel in Kathmandu.

Transfer to the International Airport for your final departure

Our standard itinerary might differ slightly due to unpredictable happenings and events out of our control. Factors such as flight cancellation/delay, unfavorable weather, natural calamities, newly implemented government rules, political affairs, trekkers’ health condition, etc., are possible. Evaluating the situation’s possible solutions allow the trekking to resume as much as possible based on the best alternatives. In these times, we look for your cooperation and flexibility.

It is advised you arrive a day before the trip start date so you can rest and it also gives you time to buy clothing equipment and gear required for the trek. Also, it is best if you book your international flights with spare days in Nepal before and after your trek in case of any flight delays or cancellations due to weather. Moreover, you have options to customize this trip where you can add on a sightseeing tour in Kathmandu, other adventure sports or day trips around the country before or after the trek.

Lukla flight information

We would like to inform you regarding the Lukla flight details which may affect your itinerary. During peak seasons, (including March, April, May, October and November) the flight to Lukla will be operated from Ramechhap/Manthali due to air traffic expansion, which is about a 5 to 6-hour drive from Kathmandu. Whereas, during nonpeak seasons, (including January, February, June, July, August, September and December) the flight is operated from Kathmandu.

Please be aware that the decision regarding the operation of flights solely depends on the airline and is influenced by the volume of travelers during the specific month.

Unpleasant weather conditions, congested traffic in the Airport, unmanaged runway, topographical difficulties, etc., are the significant reasons for Lukla flight delay/cancellation. Therefore, if you intend on trekking in the land of Everest region, arranging additional one or two days in your trip is highly preferable. This will help in case of flight delay/cancellation and thus board on the pre-planned international flight.

Departures & Availability

Our groups are small with maximum 14 people. We create groups of independent travelers, friends and families which maintains close interpersonal connection, engage more and get into depth of the journey. Choose a date from the calendar to reserve your spot.

Looking for personalized experience? We organize privately guided journey which is mainly designed to fit your taste and interest. Please fill out the form below to get started.

Departure Date

• Lead Traveler's Full Name *
• No. of Travellers * No. of Travellers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 20+
• Country Country Afghanistan Albania Algeria American Samoa Andorra Angola Antigua and Barbuda Argentina Armenia Australia Austria Azerbaijan Bahamas Bahrain Bangladesh Barbados Belarus Belgium Belize Benin Bermuda Bhutan Bolivia Bosnia and Herzegovina Botswana Brazil Brunei Bulgaria Burkina Faso Burundi Cambodia Cameroon Canada Cape Verde Cayman Islands Central African Republic Chad Chile China Colombia Comoros Congo, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Republic of the Costa Rica Côte d'Ivoire Croatia Cuba Cyprus Czech Republic Denmark Djibouti Dominica Dominican Republic East Timor Ecuador Egypt El Salvador Equatorial Guinea Eritrea Estonia Ethiopia Faroe Islands Fiji Finland France French Polynesia Gabon Gambia Georgia Germany Ghana Greece Greenland Grenada Guam Guatemala Guinea Guinea-Bissau Guyana Haiti Honduras Hong Kong Hungary Iceland India Indonesia Iran Iraq Ireland Israel Italy Jamaica Japan Jordan Kazakhstan Kenya Kiribati North Korea South Korea Kosovo Kuwait Kyrgyzstan Laos Latvia Lebanon Lesotho Liberia Libya Liechtenstein Lithuania Luxembourg Macedonia Madagascar Malawi Malaysia Maldives Mali Malta Marshall Islands Mauritania Mauritius Mexico Micronesia Moldova Monaco Mongolia Montenegro Morocco Mozambique Myanmar Namibia Nauru Nepal Netherlands New Zealand Nicaragua Niger Nigeria Northern Mariana Islands Norway Oman Pakistan Palau Palestine, State of Panama Papua New Guinea Paraguay Peru Philippines Poland Portugal Puerto Rico Qatar Romania Russia Rwanda Saint Kitts and Nevis Saint Lucia Saint Vincent and the Grenadines Samoa San Marino Sao Tome and Principe Saudi Arabia Senegal Serbia Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Sint Maarten Slovakia Slovenia Solomon Islands Somalia South Africa Spain Sri Lanka Sudan Sudan, South Suriname Swaziland Sweden Switzerland Syria Taiwan Tajikistan Tanzania Thailand Togo Tonga Trinidad and Tobago Tunisia Turkey Turkmenistan Tuvalu Uganda Ukraine United Arab Emirates United Kingdom United States Uruguay Uzbekistan Vanuatu Vatican City Venezuela Vietnam Virgin Islands, British Virgin Islands, U.S. Yemen Zambia Zimbabwe
• How did you find Ace the Himalaya? * How did you find Ace the Himalaya? Google Search Yahoo Other Search Engine Facebook Twitter Newsletter Ace Blog I m a Previous Client Friend Recommendation Lonely planet Trip Advisor Magazine Advertisement Brochures/flyers I met you in Trade shows I am your Trade partners From North American Representative From European Representative From Australian Representative The Clymb Groupon Travel Zoo Scoupon From Other Deal Sites Others
• I agree to Ace the Himalaya Terms and Conditions
• Prove your humanity : seven minus three =
• Phone This field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged.

Price Includes

• All (international and domestic) airport transfers on a tourist vehicle

Standard twin-sharing/double accommodation in a 3-star hotel for 4 nights in Kathmandu including breakfast (Private room accommodation can be organized at an extra cost)

Twin-sharing guest house accommodation during the trek for 18 nights in the Everest Region with attached toilets in Lukla, Phakding & Namche

Guided city tour in Kathmandu by private tourist vehicle.

• All your standard meals during the trek (Breakfast, Lunch, and Dinner) including one hot drink and seasonal fruits  
• Experienced, first-aid trained, government licensed, English-speaking Ace the Himalaya's trekking guide
• Permits for Sagarmatha/Everest National Park and TIMS (Trekkers' Information Management System)
• Porters during the trek for carrying luggage (1 porter for every 2 clients)
• Filtered water in the trails using Water Filter or using water purification tablets
• Wages, accommodation, meals, gear, insurance, and medications for all staff

Airfare from Lukla – Kathmandu including airport departure tax in Lukla airport. (Note: If you want to take a shared helicopter, it will cost you an extra amount.)

Private 4WD surface transfer from Kathmandu to Junbesi.

Sightseeing/Monument entrance fees in Kathmandu.

• 1 Ace the Himalaya’s duffel/kit bag, trekking map, sun hat, Buff (Neck Gaiter) and trip completion certificate
• A farewell dinner on the last night in Nepal
• All administrative expenses and government taxes

Price Excludes

• Meals (lunch and dinner) in Kathmandu
• International flight fare and airport departure tax
• Any beverages including bottled and boiled water
• Travel insurance along with high-altitude emergency evacuation coverage
• Tips to trekking staff and driver
• Nepal Entry Visa (Visa can be acquired easily after your arrival at Tribhuvan International Airport in Kathmandu with a fee of USD 50 for 30 days visa and USD 125 for 90 days visa)
• Personal Trekking gear and equipment
• Any expenses other than the Price Include section

Classical Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary

Day 01: arrive at kathmandu international airport in kathmandu and transfer to hotel.

One of our officials will greet you at the Tribhuvan International Airport, Kathmandu, upon your arrival. We will take you to the hotel in our private tourist vehicle. Pre-trip meeting at the office with our trekking guide in the afternoon.

Note : If you arrive after 4:00 pm you would be briefed by our airport representative/guide about tomorrow’s (Day 02) sightseeing activities on the way to hotel and then the pre-trip meeting would be held after the sightseeing tour next day. But if you arrive earlier than 4:00 pm your pre-trip meeting would be done on that very day either at our office or at your hotel as per your requirement. During your pre-trip meeting, we will introduce you to your leader/guide once you are back from the sightseeing.

Please seek this opportunity to ask questions about your trek. We will also supply you with our trek Duffel Bag, T-shirt and a Cap. For the meeting, please make sure you bring passport, three copies of passport-size photos, and a readable copy of your travel insurance policy. During this meeting, please clear the due balance, if any, and sign the legally binding trip form as well as the non-liability disclaimer.

Day 02: Drive to Junbesi from Kathmandu in a Private tourist vehicle

It’s a going to be a long drive to Junbesi. From Kathmandu, our drive takes us eastward to Junbesi. It will be a difficult but scenic full-day drive up the Sun Koshi River Valley to Junbesi, the trail-head of our trek. We will pass via the town of Jiri.

Jiri is also the starting point of a trek to EBC but the road goes much further these days until Junbesi, so many groups start their trek from here.

The road is paved in concrete up to Shivalaya which is about 9 hours of the total drive. But beyond this, it’s dirt road with uneven surfaces for next 2 to 3 hours.

The ride will be bumpy. This section gets affected by rains making it impossible to operate vehicles during monsoon.

Day 03: Trek to Nunthala from Junbesi

We climb to a ridge at 3,080 m from where Everest slowly begins to appear before your eyes. From Junbesi the trail leads to the hospital and the airstrip at Phaplu as well as the district headquarter and a small market at Salleri.

Leaving Salung, we make our way descending to the Ringmo Khola at 2,650 m followed by a small climb to Ringmo. We see an apple orchard at this spot; the Apple House offers apple juice, pie and rakshi (rice spirit).

The trail from Ringmo to Namche Bazaar was built in the 1980’s and avoids many of the steep descents and ascents of the older route. Then we reach Trakshindo pass (3,071 m), then the trail drops down pass the monastery of the same name, on to Nuntala at 2,440 m.

Day 04: Trek to Kharikhola from Nunthala

The trail continues descending to the Dudh Koshi where the trail then climbs through several Sherpa villages, terraced fields and forests to Khari Khola (2,257 m).

Day 05: Trek to Puiyan from Kharikhola

We begin a day with a climb towards Puiyan through Sherpa villages and woods, passing through a narrow canyon before arriving at Puiyan.

Day 06: Trek to Phakding from Puiyan

This day we continue a climb from Puiyan to a ridge at 2,800 m before a gradual ascent to the final ridge, where we climb down to Surke following the trail towards Phakding.

Day 07: Trek to Namche Bazaar from Phakding

We continue trekking along the banks of the Dudh Kosi, crossing this majestic river many times on exciting suspension bridges laden with prayer flags.

After entering the Sagarmatha National Park , the trail climbs steeply with breathtaking views. Namche Bazaar, known as the Gateway to Everest, is home to many quality restaurants, hotels, lodges, shops, money exchange, Internet cafes and a bakery.

Namche is the largest village along the entire Everest trail.

Day 08: Acclimatization day at Namche Bazaar. Hike to Everest View hotel and back

We spend a day in Namche Bazaar in order to acclimatize and adjust to the thinning air. We will trek a short distance to a museum that is celebrated for its exhibits of the traditional customs of the Sherpa people.

We also hike up the Syangboche Airport near the Everest View Hotel. From this point, we can see rewarding views of the Himalayas with a stunning sunrise and sunset over the panorama of Khumbu peaks.

Day 09: Trek to Phorste Thanga from Namche Bazaar

The trail climbs steeply out of the valley through rhododendron forest, juniper and large conifers start to appear as the elevation increases making the trekking very pristine in springtime. The trail passes through Yak Kharkas and summer settlements. The views of Khumbi La and Tawache are magnificent throughout the day.

Day 10: Trek to Machherma from Phortse Thanga

We climb a ridge for an excellent view both down the valley to Kengtega and up towards Cho Oyu and descend to a river and again climbs steep to the terminal moraine of the Ngozumpz glacier. We will reach Machherma by early noon.

Day 11: Trek to Gokyo from Machherma

The trek today takes us at one of our main destinations, Gokyo (4,790 m). We will make this camp our base for 2 nights as we will do sightseeing and hiking trips around Gokyo.

Day 12: Trek to Gokyo Ri and back to Gokyo

Early in the morning, we have a steep climb up to the top of Gokyo Ri at an elevation of 5,357 m. There are ample rewards for those who attempt this trip – you get stunning views of the super Gokyo valley, the massive Ngozumpa glacier and an incredible panoramic view of the whole Khumbu Himalayas, including the giants Everest, Lhotse, Nuptse, Makalu, Cho-Oyu and Gychung Kang. This day we have for acclimatization and after noon back to the camp.

Day 13: Trek to Thangna from Gokyo

We trek to the foot of the Cho La Pass (5,420 m) for our overnight stay. Accomodation in Thangna will be very basic and in dormitory style room.

Day 14: Trek to Dzongla from Thangna via crossing Cho La Pass

We start before sunrise at 4 or 5 am to reach the pass by 9 – 10 am to dodge bad weather conditions of the noontime. We cross over at an altitude of 5,300m where we could be exposed to strong winds if we crossing too late. We start to climb steeply that is regularly used and easy to follow. However, the problem may arise due to the altitude and snow. It often causes terrible problems to cross the pass if it is covered by snow. As you reach the top, you are rewarded by the magnificent views, then we descend to the Dzongla at noon. Accommodation in Dzongla will be very basic and in dormitory style room.

Day 15: Trek to Lobuche from Dzongla

A rather easier and shorter trekking route will take us to Lobuche after 4 to 5 hours of trekking.

Day 16: Trek to Everest Base Camp then back to Gorak Shep

This is difficult day walk along the Khumbu Glacier and up to Everest Base Camp at 5,364 m the closest you can get to Mt. Everest without mountaineering equipment. There will likely be a team there about to attempt the summit. The view of the Khumbu Icefall from Base Camp is spectacular. We return back to Gorak shep for the night.

Day 17: Early morning hike up to Kala Patthar early in the morning and trek down to Pheriche

This will be one of the most difficult yet rewarding days of the trek. Most of morning, in this day is spent climbing Mt. Kala Patthar, a small peak (by the Himalayan standards) at 5,555 m. The ascent is demanding but the climber gets the most magnificent mountain panorama: Everest, the highest point on the planet at 29,028ft (8,848.86 m), towers directly ahead and on all sides loom the other giants, Nuptse, Pumori, Chagatse, Lhotse and countless others. We make a quick descent to Gorak Shep, a tiny hamlet at 5,180 m then trek down to Pheriche.

Day 18: Trek to Namche Bazaar from Pheriche

From Pheriche we take a slightly different route down to Orsho then to Pangboche village. Here is the oldest monastery in the region which contains what is said to be the scalp and bones of a Yeti or abominable snowman. Leaving mountains behind us our descent takes us through the Tengboche Monastery at an elevation of 3,860 m before continuing back to Namche Bazaar. We arrive back to Namche Bazaar in the afternoon.

Day 19: Trek to Lukla from Namche Bazaar

Finally, we return to Lukla where we started our trek, which might seem like a lifetime ago. We’ll spend some time enjoying and reflecting on the trek as a group and the personal achievement of all those who took part. We also have some spare time to explore the town some more.

Day 20: Flight Back to Kathmandu or Manthali/Ramechhap from Lukla and same day drive back to Kathmandu. Overnight at hotel in Kathmandu.

Lukla to Manthali Flight  (March, April, May, October, and November) The flight from Lukla to Manthali is a 20-minute flight. After that, it is about a 5 to 6 hour drive to Kathmandu. Please note that the driving hours may vary according to the highway traffic condition. You’ll be transferred to the hotel in Kathmandu on a shared tourist vehicle.

Lukla to Kathmandu Flight  (January, February, June, July, August, September, and December) The flight from Lukla takes about 35 minutes. After arriving at the airport, you will be transferred to the hotel in Kathmandu via a shared tourist vehicle.  Please be aware that the decision regarding the operation of flights solely depends on the airline and is influenced by the volume of travelers during a specific month.

Helicopter Option

You have the option to book a direct helicopter flight from Lukla to Kathmandu for an extra charge of USD 550 per person. This price is quoted on a 5-people sharing basis. This is the best alternative to avoid the long drive to from Manthali airport to Kathmandu during peak season (March, April, May, October and November).

On your flight back to Kathmandu as you leave Lukla, you can enjoy some last-minute glimpses of the mountains you just recently visited. Upon arrival in Kathmandu, our airport representative will transfer you to your hotel from the airport.

Day 21: Transfer to the International Airport for your Final Departure

The trip concludes – our airport representative will drop you to Kathmandu’s Tribhuwan International Airport for your flight departure from Nepal.

Packing list for Classical Everest Base Camp Trek

Here is a list of what you might want to pack for the Classical Everest Base Camp Trek. Please take this as a starting point. You’ll need layers of warmer clothing during the winter. We provide a 75 liter duffel bag for you to use for the trek. It will be given to you during your pre-trip meeting in Kathmandu.

The duffle bag is yours to keep. Also, you can rent sleeping bag and down jacket with us at the additional fee of USD 35 for each once you are in Kathmandu.

• Four-season (zero degree) sleeping bag (We have rental sleeping bags available for an additional USD 35)
• Puffy down jacket ( We have rental jackets available for an additional USD 35)
• Daypack (35-45 liters recommended) with rain cover
• Sleeping bag liner
• Sun hat or cap (We'll provide you with a free Ace the Himalaya baseball cap.)
• Knitted hat/Beanie
• Technical fabric base layer (light for warmer months, heavy for colder months)
• Technical fabric short (2) and long sleeve (2) shirts
• Waterproof, windproof shell
• Fleece jacket or pullover
• Hiking pants (2)
• Comfortable pants for inside the teahouses
• Hiking shorts
• Wool or technical fabric liner gloves
• Hard-shell outer gloves (insulated for colder months)
• Wool or technical fabric warm socks
• Hiking socks
• Liner socks (optional such as silk)
• Trekking/hiking boots (waterproof recommended)
• Ice Cleats /Micro Spikes (For trekking from November to March, it's recommended to include Ice Cleats/ Micro Spikes to prevent slipping on icy or wet surfaces.)
• Casual shoes
• Gaiters (lightweight for dust or heavy for snow in colder months)

Undergarments

Note: The quantity of each article of clothing can be adjusted to suit the preferences of each participant.

• Technical fabric/quick drying is best for underwear (opportunities to launder during the trip)
• Sports bras (women)
• Pajamas or sleeping clothes

First Aid Kits and Medications

• ( Note : Guides carry medications and first aid kits during the trip. However, personal kits and medications are highly recommended.)

Other Essentials

• Extra copies of passport-sized photos
• Reusable water bottle
• Toiletry kits
• Water purification tablets or UV water purifier (if you plan to treat water)
• Hydration bladder
• Toilet paper (2 rolls)
• High protein snacks (such as protein bars or nuts)
• Waterproof/dry bags for carrying important documents and money
• Airline tickets (Please leave a copy at our office in Kathmandu. This can be useful if there is a change in the date of the flight.)

Once in Nepal, if you have the time, you can purchase supplies and gear for hiking. Thamel, Kathmandu’s tourist hub, is home to many shops where you can get a variety of reasonably priced trekking equipment.

• Power bank or extra batteries
• Cameras and mobile phone
• Trekking poles
• Thermos for hot water

Important Information

• We give you a free duffel bag and baseball cap during your pre-trip meeting in Kathmandu. The duffel bag will be used to pack your trekking supplies.
• For every two participants, we assign one porter. The duffel bag, which should weigh around 10 kg/22 lbs, will be carried by the porter throughout the walk.
• To carry your daily necessities like cash, crucial papers, a water bottle or bladder, a camera, toiletries, sunscreen, a notebook, clothing, etc., you must have your own daypack (with a waterproof cover).
• You can store your luggage (non- trekking items) at the hotel in Kathmandu.
• Total luggage allotment allowance for Kathmandu-Lukla flight is 15 Kg/33 lbs including both duffel (10 Kg/22 lbs.) and backpack (5Kg/11 lbs.)
• Down jacket with a hood is a must for altitudes above 4,000 m to keep warm. You can rent a down jacket for USD 35. Please note that in case of loss or damage, you need to reimburse the cost of USD 100 per item.
• You can rent a 4-season sleeping bag for USD 35. Please note that in case of loss or damage, you need to reimburse the cost of USD 100 per item.

Note: Some clothing, especially form-fitting, figure-hugging items made of elastic material (like yoga pants), may offend locals. Therefore, if you choose to wear these clothes for comfort, please make sure to wear something over them.

Classical Everest Base Camp Trek Map & Elevation

FAQs for Classical Everest Base Camp Trek

Why trek with ace the himalaya.

Ace has a reputation for successfully leading treks with knowledgeable leaders and staff taking care of all your travel needs. We are a certified sustainable travel company that also endorses the idea of giving back to the community by participating in various philanthropic activities. Here are 17 reasons why you should choose Ace the Himalaya for your next adventure!

Is Nepal open to travelers following the Covid-19 pandemic?

Indeed, Nepal is entirely open. Travelers are welcome in Nepal without any restrictions. Arriving travelers can obtain a visa on arrival at the Kathmandu airport as well.

What are the conditions to travel to Nepal post Covid-19?

Traveling to Nepal is now hassle-free. You don’t need a vaccination certificate or negative PCR test, but check with your airlines and transit countries for any specific requirements.

We suggest you look at the Nepal immigration site https://www.immigration.gov.np for the most up-to-date information.

What additional documents do I need?

• Two passport-sized photos (2×2 inch) to give to our office staff
• A copy of your international flight ticket to give to our office staff
• A copy of travel insurance to give to our office staff

What should I know about booking my flights to/from Nepal? Do I need to plan extra days in case of delays?

The best course of action is to add a day or two before and after your intended trek days in case of flight delays or cancellations. It also gives you time to buy clothing equipment and gear required before your trip.

Please be aware that Ace the Himalaya is not responsible for any inconveniences or missed international flights resulting from unforeseen events like airport changes, flight delays or cancellations, etc.

Is hiring a guide necessary even if I have trekking experience?

The Classical Everest Base Camp Trek can be done without a guide. A guide is there to assist you in going forward and making alternative plans and arrangements when unanticipated occurrences happen or when things get difficult.

Our hiking leaders are qualified experts. When talking about their trip, our guests frequently remark on how much fun they had and how crucial their guide was to make it successful.

Can the guide speak English?

Our guides are fluent in English. All the guides that we assign speak and understand English. They’ll share with you the fascinating stories, traditions, and folklore of the mountains. The guides will also help you communicate with the locals since many shopkeepers and hosts of teahouses don’t speak English.

Weather and Temperature

What is the best season for this trek.

The best seasons to hike Everest Base Camp Trek are autumn (Mid-September to November) and spring (March to early June). This trek is possible year-round, and we can organize it when it suits your schedule.

However, we generally suggest doing this trek in the favorable seasons and keep away from rainstorm season (July and August). In cold months of January and February, the temperature can be a little harsh in the mountains. However, some prefer to travel during these months as it is less crowded given that you are well prepared with appropriate winter wear and other gears.

What kind of weather and temperature can I expect while trekking?

Due to its tendency to be localized, the weather in the Everest region is challenging to forecast. You could see rain, fog, cold, or hot and sunny weather while trekking. It is best to be equipped to handle various weather situations. In the Everest region, nighttime temperatures are significantly lower than midday temperatures. In less than a day, the temperature can change from a high of 25°C (77°F) to a low of – 20°C (-4°F). The weather and temperature ranges are typically predictable based on the month and season, even though it might be challenging to predict what each day in the mountains will bring.

Spring – March/April/May/June

Despite being the busiest season, spring is perhaps the best time to visit the Everest region. Activities assisting the expedition teams take place in Everest Base Camp. The many varieties of blossoming trees should be visible, and the sky should be clear with stunning vistas. During springtime, the average temperature is 20°C (68°F), with a high of 25°C (77°F) during clear days and a low of – 15°C (5°F) overnight above 4000 meters.

Monsoon season – July/August through Mid-September

Since it rains heavily at elevations below 3500 meters, this season isn’t exactly ideal for travel in the Everest region. While it can occasionally be dry in areas above 4000 meters, it frequently rains so therefore not many people travel during this season. Trekking during the monsoon season has some advantages, such as a greater possibility of seeing waterfalls and the best opportunity to escape crowds. During the monsoon, the average temperature is 22°C (71.6°F), with a high of 30°C (86°F) during clear days and a low of- 5°C (23°F) overnight above 4000 meters.

Autumn – End of September/October/November

In the Everest region, autumn is equally as busy as spring. It is one of the best times to go, too. While the plants and trees are not in bloom, the sky is often clear, offering breathtaking vistas from almost every viewpoint. The average temperature in autumn is 17°C (62.6°F), with a high of 20°C (68°F) during clear days and a low of – 15°C (5°F) overnight above 4000 meters.

Winter – December/January/February

Due to fewer tourists, some people like winter travel. Even while the views are still beautiful, it can be cloudy, thus adding extra days is highly advised during this time. The average temperature is 10°C (50°F), with a high of 17°C (62.6°F) during clear days and a low of – 20°C (- 4°F) overnight above 4000 meters. The teahouses provide extra blankets for warmth at night.

What is the temperature rating of the sleeping bag that you lend to trekkers?

The temperature rating of the sleeping bags that we rent to trekkers is about -10°C (14°F). Also, our guides can obtain extra blankets if needed at the teahouses.

Arrival and Visas

Is it possible to obtain a visa for nepal upon arrival at the airport.

Yes, you can obtain a Nepal visa upon your arrival at the airport. There are kiosks in the arrival hall that you use to complete the necessary forms.  The cost is USD 30 for a 15-day tourist visa, including numerous entries, or USD 50 and USD 125 for a 30-day or 90-day tourist visa including numerous entries respectively. You should carry cash (USD) with you to pay your visa fees quickly and easily, as digital payments are frequently unavailable.

Who will come to pick me up at the airport upon my arrival?

Our staff will be waiting for you outside the airport terminal with our signboard (Ace the Himalaya). You will be accompanied to a hotel in a private tourist vehicle.

Payments and Extra Costs

How much additional money do i need per day.

Typically, USD 15 to 20 per person per day will be sufficient. This is to purchase water, tea/espresso, snacks, and hot showers in the mountains and for lunch or dinner in Kathmandu. Additionally, if you want to buy souvenirs or native Nepali goods, you can bring extra cash with you.

Is it possible to use credit cards in the places I visit during the trek?

Nepalese Rupees cash is preferred to a credit card while trekking in the mountain region. Exchanging your cash into Nepali Rupees in Kathmandu before the beginning of the trek is ideal. This can be accomplished at the airport, at banks, or at your hotel. Please note the hotels will exchange up to about USD 100 for each transaction only. There are ATMs up to Namche Bazaar but can be unreliable. The currency exchange rate is better in Kathmandu.

Is it possible to reserve a trip now and pay a deposit later, or do I have to pay a deposit at booking/reservation?

When you book, you must pay a 30% deposit to secure your itinerary. The remaining balance can be paid upon your arrival at Kathmandu or before arrival. US Dollars cash and credit cards (Visa, Master, and American Express) are accepted once in Nepal. Please note a 4% transaction fee will be added for all credit card transactions.

How do I pay the remainder of my balance upon arrival in Kathmandu? US Dollars cash or credit card?

You can make payments via US Dollars cash or credit card (Visa, Master, and American Express). A 4% transaction fee is added if paying with a credit card. Thus, we encourage you to pay with USD cash if you are planning to pay upon your arrival in Kathmandu.

We prefer you pay with larger bills (USD 50 or 100).  Please note that the cash should not be older than 2009 and in good condition, as banks do not accept worn, torn, or crumpled bills.

How are the ATM and money exchange facilities in Kathmandu?

There are ATM and money exchange facilities almost every few meters in Thamel, where you will be staying in Kathmandu. So, you can easily use your cards to cash out limited sum of money to which a minimum charge is deducted by the ATM facility itself. You can easily exchange your foreign currencies in currency exchange centers for an exact rate.

Who Can Trek?

Do i need prior trekking experience.

Previous trekking experience is not required if you are physically healthy and have enough enthusiasm for the trek.

Are there any age requirements for mountain trekking?

Our treks have no age restrictions if members are healthy and willing. We have had families with kids as young as 5 years do the treks along this region, and our oldest adventurers have been in their late 70s.

Is trekking to mountain regions safe for solo female travelers?

It is safe for a female to trek alone in Nepal. Nepal is usually regarded as a safe nation for female visitors traveling alone. It is entirely safe for a solo woman to trek with Ace the Himalaya on any of our treks.

Physical Fitness

How challenging is the trek.

The Classical Everest Base Camp Trek is somewhat challenging due to the altitude and long duration of the trek. It is a strenuous journey that comprises walking 5 to 8 hours a day. Find more details here: How difficult is EBC Trek?

How quickly do you walk on the trail?

The average walking speed for a reasonably fit person is 4 kilometers per hour. At higher elevations, it is highly recommended that you walk slowly to help with acclimatization.

What kind of physical training is necessary for trek preparation?

For trekking, you must prepare your body to walk over uneven, hilly landscapes while carrying a backpack. Walking at an incline, jogging, cycling, and going for long-distance hikes are all good ways to exercise. You should work out for at least one hour four to five times a week for at least two months before trekking.

What are the physical standards that I need for the trek?

Participants in good physical condition should be able to complete this trek. If you are not physically active, we advise starting an exercise regimen two months before the trek that includes at least an hour of walking at an incline, running, or biking four to five times a week.

Incorporating hiking into your workouts is ideal. It is advised to speak with a doctor before making travel arrangements if you have any health conditions that could affect your ability to complete the trek.

Trek Preparation and Packing

What is the weight limit for the lukla flight.

The weight limit for the Lukla flight is 15 kg (33 pounds), including your duffel bag and daypack. If your daypack weighs more than the allowed weight, you can pay an extra USD 2 to USD 5 per kilogram. Despite the extra pay, the baggage allowance is occasionally withheld. Therefore, we recommend you pack within the 15 kg weight limit.

What are the procedures after I make my deposit?

After making the deposit, one of our staff will email you for further information. We will require a copy of your passport photo page and your arrival/departure flight details. We will also provide you with additional trip information.

What sort of insurance do I need? How can I obtain a policy?

Travel insurance is mandatory for our hiking itineraries. We require your policy have medical evacuation coverage for the maximum elevation of your itinerary.  Insurance may also cover additional costs in the event of a flight delay or cancellation caused by bad weather, medical costs, theft, loss, and damage to your items while traveling.

Travel insurance can be obtained online by one of several travel insurance companies. Please note that insurance obtained from an airline at the time of booking your flight may not cover medical evacuation coverage.

What are the necessary items that I should pack for my trip?

You can find the necessary items to pack for the trek here on the Equipment section. Gear and equipment can be bought or rented upon your arrival in Kathmandu. If you plan on buying or renting gear in Kathmandu, please allow extra time.

Do you provide sleeping bags or down jackets for rent?

Yes, we do provide sleeping bags or down jackets for rental costs of USD 35 each. Do let us know before initiating the trek and we shall provide items.

What type of bag will the porters carry?

We provide you with a free duffel bag of 70 to 80-liter capacity that our porters will carry.  The maximum weight that porters can safely carry is 30kg, and each porter is assigned to two people.

What type of daypack should I bring?

We suggest a 30 to 40-liter capacity daypack. Wider straps and hip belts are recommended to assist you in carrying weight evenly and reduce pain.

What about my passport, medications, and belongings?

Bring copies of your passport, insurance papers, and other essential items in your carry-on during your flight. If you need to take medications daily, keep them in your daypack with your other essential possessions.  You can store other non-trekking essentials in the office of Ace the Himalaya or at the hotel in Kathmandu.

Accommodation

What kind of lodging is available on this trip.

In Kathmandu, we use three-star hotels including breakfast. We use Hotel Thamel House, Gaju Suite Hotel, Hotel Jampa, or comparable-class lodging in Kathmandu. Teahouses with clean rooms are used during the trek. For further information see  Teahouses in the Everest region trek

Is it possible to have private rooms while trekking in the Everest region or while in Kathmandu?

A private room in the teahouses and in Kathmandu can be guaranteed for an additional cost.

Do the rooms at the teahouse have a private attached toilet or do we have to use a common toilet?

Yes, we provide you with attached toilets in the teahouse in some places like Lukla, Phakding, and Namche only. You will have a shared toilet available in the teahouse for the rest of the places.

What happens if I end up staying an extra night/s in Kathmandu due to an unforeseen delay or cancelation?

In case of unforeseen circumstances such as flight cancellation, your health, or for any reason you decide to discontinue the trip and arrive early in Kathmandu then you will need extra accommodations in Kathmandu. The cost of the teahouses in the mountains is not equivalent to the cost of a hotel in Kathmandu.  In such cases, we will arrange your accommodations, but you will need to pay a supplemental charge.

Is it necessary to bring toilet paper for the trek?

You can buy toilet paper in the guesthouses during the trek, but it can be expensive, so we suggest you bring some with you. You also need to bring personal items such as towels, soap, hand sanitizers, and so on.

Are there restrooms along the trail?

There are toilet facilities in the teahouses/lodges during the trek. Trekkers can also find private areas along the trail for emergencies.

What sort of food can I expect in trekking?

Multiple food choices are available in the guesthouses. Options include daal bhat (rice and lentil), bread, eggs, potatoes, noodles, soup, pasta, and pastries. We suggest eating vegetarian during the trip.

You will find a great deal of garlic on the menu since it helps with acclimatization. Each meal includes one hot drink.  Hot drinks include coffee, hot chocolate, tea, and hot lemon drinks. You can purchase an additional hot drink or sometimes soda at your own expense. You can also purchase candy or cookies (crisps) at your own expense.

Is the food in the mountains prepared to international standards in terms of safety?

Indeed, the guesthouses follow international guidelines while setting up the food and serve you clean, protected, and warm meals .

I'm a vegetarian. Is that a problem?

Most of the teahouses in the mountains offer vegetarian meals. So, being a vegetarian is not a problem. Vegetarian meals are preferable to avoid food poisoning and indigestion.

Is the water okay to drink? Do I need to bring purifying tablets or filters?

Natural spring water or tap water can be found along the trek and in guesthouses but must be treated. We use Katadyn filters to purify the natural water sources to make them safe to drink. This way, it is sustainable and pocket friendly as you need not buy bottled mineral water. You must carry a water bottle that can hold both hot and cold water and a hydration pack.

If the temperature drops too low for the Katadyn filter to function properly or if any technical issues occur, it is recommended to buy boiled water from the teahouse to ensure safe drinking water as an alternative.

Can we get hot or boiled drinking water? Does it cost extra?

Yes, teahouses do provide hot boiled water for an extra charge of USD 2 to 5 per liter. The cost varies and increases at higher altitudes.

Can I shower/bathe during the trek?

Yes, hot showers are available from Lukla upto Namche Bazaar for an additional cost. Some villages at higher elevation too might have shower availability. However, you can purchase a pail of warm water at higher elevations to bathe with. It is not recommended to take showers above the village of Dingboche to avoid sickness. Depending on the location, it will cost an additional USD 5 to USD 8 for each shower during the trip.

Are there any laundry services available on Classical Everest Base Camp Trek?

Some teahouses provide laundry services in the Everest region for an extra charge. However, it’s not guaranteed that your clothes will dry on the same day. There is a possibility that you can wash your clothes yourself during acclimatization days in Namche and Dingboche. However, we recommend you pack enough clothes for your trek and do not rely on laundry services.

Can I charge my electronic equipment during the trek?

Yes, you can charge your equipment during the trek for an additional cost. The cost will vary but is around USD 1-5 per charge. Two pins (type C) and three pins (type D) adaptors are highly recommended. Bring these adaptors or purchase them while you are in Kathmandu.

Health and Safety

Do your guides have the trekking guide certificates from the hotel management and tourism center have they received first aid training for high altitudes.

We provide licensed trekking guides with fluent English. Our guides are certified by the Hotel Management and Tourism Center after receiving 45 days of training. Similarly, the guides receive high-altitude training from Kathmandu Environmental Education Project (KEEP).

What are safety measures in place? What safety equipment do your guides carry on the trek to deal with sickness/accidents?

Our guides are well trained and certified in first aid. Throughout the journey, our guides will evaluate your condition and your oxygen level using an oximeter. Our head office receives continuous updates on your condition and location through the guides. In places without a phone signal, your situation will be updated through a satellite phone during emergencies.

How do you allocate guides and porters in a group?

We allocate one guide for groups of up to 8 participants. For groups of over 8 participants, we allot an associate guide. As per the size of the group, we may add more guides or divide them into sub-groups.

We provide one porter for every two clients. Two clients’ duffel bags will be carried by one porter. The weight limit is 30kg or 15kg for each client. For an additional cost, we can arrange for one porter to carry one participant’s duffel.

Is Ace the Himalaya's staff insured?

Our company insures all our trekking staff members, including guides, cooks, Sherpa, and porters. Please browse through our legal docment page to view insurance details.

What vaccinations will I need?

• Typhoid vaccination is recommended but not required

We suggest you have a dental checkup before your trip and know your blood type. It is helpful if you inform us of any medical condition that is relevant so we may convey this information in the event of an emergency. Ace the Himalaya keeps your medical condition confidential unless treatment is necessary.

What if I am very sick in the mountain?

Our guides are 24 hours available for the services during the trek. They are trained to use first aid kit and have knowledge to use Oxy meter. They are very much aware that higher the altitude the oxygen level gets lesser so to get updated on the oxygen level of our client and to know whether they are fit enough or needs extra precautions to continue.

Guides carry local sim cards both Nepal Telecom and Ncell in order to update whereabouts and situation of our every client. During the time of emergency our guides are alert and keeps updated to head office in Kathmandu that is available 24 /7 to arranging from horse to mules or helicopters in the must needed cases especially when client is seriously sick in the mountain and needed to be hospitalized.

Do you guys have a PAC (Portable Altitude Chamber)?

Yes, we have access to a portable altitude chamber in case of an emergency. It is not essential to carry during the trek. Though, we can use arrange it upon request for an extra cost of USD 200.

Do you provide oxygen supply if needed?

Yes. Guesthouses at higher elevations such as Lobuche and Gorak Shep offer oxygen at an extra cost if needed. The cost of oxygen can be high so we recommend having travel insurance so they can reimburse you.

We can also provide pre-booked oxygen for an extra cost of USD 150 for 1 tank that can be carried along with you during the trek starting from Namche to higher elevations.

How are acclimatization and altitude related?

Altitude sickness is a possibility during the EBC trek. Air at higher elevations has less oxygen available. To avoid altitude sickness , acclimatization days and slow climbs are recommended at higher elevations. Along the trek, you’ll be assisted by our professional guides in recognizing and preventing altitude sickness.

What kind of trekking boot would be best for the trek?

An important piece of equipment is your trekking boots. Invest in a durable and comfortable pair, preferably with water-proof lining. Boots that provide ankle support on rough ground and have stiff soles are recommended.

What is necessary for sun protection during the trek?

Even when the sun isn’t shining, sun protection is essential. UV rays are reflected by the snow and the harshness of the sun will damage your skin before you notice it at high elevations. Therefore, proper clothing and sunblock are necessary. Hat, sunscreen, sunglasses, clothes, etc. are vital for sun protection.

Practical Matters

What is your cancellation policy.

Notice should be provided 20 days before the trip start date in case of cancellation. The trip can be canceled for justifiable reasons. Once the trip is canceled, a fee of 30% of the trip cost is retained for administrative costs.

However, the trip amount is entirely non-refundable if the cancellation is not made before the 20 days as per our terms and conditions. For submitting a claim to your insurance company after the cancellation, we can assist with documentation such as a receipt of monies paid. Refund will not be provided for unused accommodation in case of trip cancellation caused by personal reasons/sickness/weather.

More information about our cancellation policy can be found here in Terms and Conditions page.

Do I need to tip my guide and porter? How much would that be?

Tipping is expected and appreciated. You can tip your trekking guides and porters based on your satisfaction and enjoyment. We suggest you spend at least 10% of your total trek cost for tipping staff. You’ll learn more about how much to tip your group’s guides and porters during our pre-trip briefing in Kathmandu.

Is there any communication while we are trekking?

Yes. The guides carry local cell phones, so you can use their cell phones if necessary and reimburse them. Assuming you have brought your cell phone, you can obtain a local SIM card and use it. Our guides or representatives can help you get a local SIM card after your arrival. There is the availability of Wi-Fi at most teahouses for an additional cost.  We utilize satellite telephones for emergencies.

What is the Internet availability in the Everest region?

For internet usage, the Everest region has a network “Everest Link” which can be bought for around NPR 600-800(USD 5-7) for 6GB that can be used at one destination, or you can pay NPR 2500(USD 21) for 10GB data that can be used in the regions that have access to Everest link.

The purchase is valid for one device only. Some teahouses will have internet access and offer Wi-Fi hotspots for a charge. These are usually unreliable and not all teahouses will have connections, so it is recommended you purchase Everest Link or a 3G/4G SIM card to use for the duration of your trek.

Does it cost an extra amount if I am a solo traveler?

If you are a solo traveler and book one of our published dates, there is no additional fee. If you sign up for a private trip or change the trip date from one of our published trip dates, you will be charged an additional fee.

Is there a provision for a refund policy if I don't accomplish the trek?

Trekkers occasionally fail to complete the journey for medical or personal reasons. In this situation, be aware that we do not issue any refunds for products purchased or unused trek days. We must pay our administration staffs, guides, and porters, purchase trekking permits, and all other booked accommodations in advance, so our expenses remain the same.

Who else will be joining my trekking group?

If there are any, you will be allocated to a trekking group. The details of the personal data of your group members cannot be disclosed. However, feel free to contact us if you have queries about other trekkers in the group and we shall give you a general idea of the ages, nationality, and sex of your group members. Chances are you will be trekking with others unless you have booked a private trip.

Can I add extra days to my trekking trip?

You can extend your trekking trip for an additional cost. Potential arrangements will be made if we get a request from your guide. This is applicable for private or solo trips as the itinerary can be easily adjusted. The addition of extra days is bound by time when you are in a group. Therefore, discuss with your group and guide, what changes can possibly be made.

I want to extend my holiday, any recommendations?

Yes, you can extend your holiday. Ace the Himalaya offers many options and alternatives for your holiday extension. For more information, you can visit our Day trips pages.

Transportation and Flights

Do i need to book my international flights for the travel to nepal.

Yes, you must book your international flights. We are a local agency and do not make international flight arrangements. You can easily browse through flight tickets in airlines sites to book ones most feasible for you.

What form of transportation do you utilize?

We utilize private tourist vehicles for touring, city visits, and airport pickups. Based on the group size, we use cars, minibuses, or vans. We use 4WD when necessary.

How is the drive between Kathmandu and Junbesi?

The drive between Kathmandu and Junbesi is a long 2 to 3 hours drive depending on the traffic and the road condition. The driver will stop the 4WD vehicle at various points for you to have lunch and snacks, and to freshen up yourself.

Moreover, it is a mountain road, so it won’t be as smooth as in the cities. Thus due to that the ride gets bumpy, so you need to be prepared for it. Besides, our experienced driver will be very careful on the road.

What sort of bus services can I expect to reach Kathmandu from Manthali airport?

Generally, vehicles such as Toyota HiAce, Mahindra Scorpio, etc. are used for shuttle services between Kathmandu and Manthali. Even though the roads leading to Manthali are bumpy, sloping, and winding, the transportation options offered will be comfortable during the trip.

Is there a possibility of flying to Kathmandu from Lukla by plane directly after the trek?

The flight to Kathmandu from Lukla depends on the trekking season. Direct flight may not be possible during peak trekking season (March, April, May, October, and November) due to heavy air traffic in Kathmandu. Therefore, the flight arrives at the Manthali airport, Ramechhap.

What are the main reasons for Lukla flight delay or cancellation?

Bad weather conditions are the major reason for Lukla flight delay and cancellation. Other reasons can include congested air traffic at the Kathmandu Airport, staffing shortages, and other difficulties cause flight delays/cancellations.

How much should I pay for a private Helicopter charter?

A private helicopter can be reserved for an additional cost of USD 3,500 for one way in addition to the flight cost between Kathmandu and Lukla. Similarly, a helicopter charter from Manthali to Lukla costs an extra USD 2,500 for a one-way flight. The seat limit is five. Meaning you will be sharing the cost with your fellow passengers. Sometimes, if you are lucky, the cost can get cheaper if there are passengers from Ace the Himalaya sharing the cost for both ways. We can give more information at the time of booking.

What is the weight limit in a helicopter?

Assuming the five-passenger weight limit of 80kg and a baggage limit of 15kg each, with a captain on board, the helicopter carries 475 to 575 kg on a single helicopter flight.

Traveler Reviews

These full and frank reviews are from travelers who have traveled with Ace the Himalaya previously. The reviews and experiences shown here are from reputable travel websites like TripAdvisor, Google, Facebook, and Trust Pilot, etc.

Google Reviews

What makes this trip different ?

Our csr with sambhav nepal.

• Ace the Himalaya believes in giving back to the communities that surround and support tourism in Nepal. Ace provides logistical support and, if needed, cash donations to the projects of Sambhav Nepal (a local NGO).
• Sambhav Nepal and Ace work together to plan volunteer programs that will bring in foreign volunteers and make use of their enthusiasm, time, and talents in a variety of projects.

Sustainability and Responsible Tourism

• Of the few Travelife Partners in Nepal, Ace the Himalaya is one. We respect the procedures for sustainable tourism. Our excursions are socially and environmentally conscious, leaving the lowest possible impact in the Himalayas.
• About 80% of Ace the Himalaya’s staff members are natives of the regions where our trips are organized. It is one of our sustainable and responsible efforts to help local communities, support small businesses, and promote regional culture and way of life.

Speak to an Expert

• Availability

Make An Inquiry for

• Full Name *
• Nationality * Nationality Afghanistan Albania Algeria American Samoa Andorra Angola Antigua and Barbuda Argentina Armenia Australia Austria Azerbaijan Bahamas Bahrain Bangladesh Barbados Belarus Belgium Belize Benin Bermuda Bhutan Bolivia Bosnia and Herzegovina Botswana Brazil Brunei Bulgaria Burkina Faso Burundi Cambodia Cameroon Canada Cape Verde Cayman Islands Central African Republic Chad Chile China Colombia Comoros Congo, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Republic of the Costa Rica Côte d'Ivoire Croatia Cuba Cyprus Czech Republic Denmark Djibouti Dominica Dominican Republic East Timor Ecuador Egypt El Salvador Equatorial Guinea Eritrea Estonia Ethiopia Faroe Islands Fiji Finland France French Polynesia Gabon Gambia Georgia Germany Ghana Greece Greenland Grenada Guam Guatemala Guinea Guinea-Bissau Guyana Haiti Honduras Hong Kong Hungary Iceland India Indonesia Iran Iraq Ireland Israel Italy Jamaica Japan Jordan Kazakhstan Kenya Kiribati North Korea South Korea Kosovo Kuwait Kyrgyzstan Laos Latvia Lebanon Lesotho Liberia Libya Liechtenstein Lithuania Luxembourg Macedonia Madagascar Malawi Malaysia Maldives Mali Malta Marshall Islands Mauritania Mauritius Mexico Micronesia Moldova Monaco Mongolia Montenegro Morocco Mozambique Myanmar Namibia Nauru Nepal Netherlands New Zealand Nicaragua Niger Nigeria Northern Mariana Islands Norway Oman Pakistan Palau Palestine, State of Panama Papua New Guinea Paraguay Peru Philippines Poland Portugal Puerto Rico Qatar Romania Russia Rwanda Saint Kitts and Nevis Saint Lucia Saint Vincent and the Grenadines Samoa San Marino Sao Tome and Principe Saudi Arabia Senegal Serbia Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Sint Maarten Slovakia Slovenia Solomon Islands Somalia South Africa Spain Sri Lanka Sudan Sudan, South Suriname Swaziland Sweden Switzerland Syria Taiwan Tajikistan Tanzania Thailand Togo Tonga Trinidad and Tobago Tunisia Turkey Turkmenistan Tuvalu Uganda Ukraine United Arab Emirates United Kingdom United States Uruguay Uzbekistan Vanuatu Vatican City Venezuela Vietnam Virgin Islands, British Virgin Islands, U.S. Yemen Zambia Zimbabwe
• Phone Number *
• Email Address *
• Prove your humanity : seven minus 1 =

• Name This field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged.

Trekking in Nepal

Climbing and expedition, cultural tour and sightseeing, cycling and mountain biking, luxury treks, luxury tours, multi country tours, voluntourism trips, extend your trip.

• Everest Panorama Trek – 9 Days
• EBC Trek with Helicopter Return – 12 Days
• Everest Base Camp Trek – 14 Days
• Gokyo Lake Trek – 13 Days
• Gokyo and Renjo La Pass Trek – 14 Days
• Everest Base Camp Trek without Lukla Flight – 17 Days
• Gokyo to Everest Base Camp Trek – 17 Days
• Everest Base Camp with Island Peak – 19 Days
• Everest Three Passes Trek – 20 Days
• Everest High Passes and Island Peak – 23 Days
• Classical Everest Base Camp Trek – 21 Days
• Langtang Valley Trek – 10 Days
• Langtang Valley Ganja La Pass Trek – 14 Days
• Langtang Helambu Trek – 17 Days
• Ghorepani Poon Hill Trek – 9 Days
• Mardi Himal Trek – 10 Days
• Annapurna Base Camp Trek – 13 Days
• Himalayan Highlights – 13 Days
• Nar Phu Valley Trek with Annapurna Circuit – 18 Days
• Annapurna Circuit Trek – 19 Days
• Tilicho Lake Trek With Thorong La Pass – 19 Days
• Khopra Danda Trek – 11 Days
• Shivapuri-Chisapani Trek – 4 Days
• Upper Mustang Trek (Drive & Trek) – 16 Days
• Tsum Valley Trek – 16 Days
• Manaslu Circuit Trek – 15 Days
• Dhaulagiri Circuit Trek – 21 Days
• Upper Dolpo Trek – 25 Days
• Kanchenjunga Base Camp Trek – 29 Days
• Yala Peak Climbing – 13 Days
• Island Peak Climbing – 15 Days
• Mera Peak Climbing – 19 Days
• Everest Base Camp and Lobuche East – 18 Days
• Tent Peak Climbing with Annapurna Base Camp – 18 Days
• Pisang Peak and Thorung La Pass – 21 Days
• Ama Dablam Expedition – 29 Days
• Kathmandu Cultural Heritage Tour – 3 Days
• Kathmandu Heritage – 3 Days
• Inheritances of Kathmandu – 4 Days
• Glimpses of Kathmandu & Nagarkot – 5 Days
• Kathmandu and Pokhara Unveiled – 5 Days
• Explore Kathmandu – 6 Days
• Glimpse of Nepal – 8 Days
• Nepal Heritage Tour – 10 Days
• Nepal Adventure Tour – 11 Days
• Nepal Multi Sports Adventure – 11 Days
• Nepal Vista – 10 Days
• Nepal Highlights – 14 Days
• Experience Nepal – 15 Days
• One Day Biking Trip – Kathmandu – 1 Day
• Annapurna Circuit Biking – 14 Days
• Upper Mustang Biking – 16 Days
• Kathmandu Valley Rim Biking – 8 Days
• Annapurna in Luxury – 9 Days
• VVIP Everest Base Camp Trek – 10 Days
• Everest View Luxury Trek – 11 Days
• Everest Base Camp Luxury Trek – 14 Days
• Everest Base Camp Deluxe Trek – 16 Days
• Mt Everest Base Camp to Gokyo Trek – 19 Days
• Kathmandu Luxury Tour – 3 Days
• Kathmandu and Pokhara Luxury Tour – 5 Days
• Nepal Multi Sport Luxury Adventure – 11 Days
• Best of Nepal – 14 Days
• Trishuli River Rafting – 1 Day
• Everest Base Camp Helicopter Tour – 1 Day
• Everest Base Camp Heli Tour with Gokyo Extension – 1 Day
• Langtang Heli Sightseeing – 1 Day
• Pokhara and Annapurna Heli Sightseeing – 1 Day
• Paragliding in Nepal (Pokhara) – 1 Day
• Scenic Mountain Flight (Everest Flight) – 1 Day
• Ultra Light Flight – 1 Day
• Jamacho Day Hike-One day hiking trip – 1 Day
• Kathmandu Uncovered with Nagarkot – 1 Day
• Day Tour to UNESCO Heritage Sites – 1 Day
• Nepal and Tibet – 15 Days
• Nepal and Bhutan – 15 Days
• India, Nepal and Bhutan – 19 Days
• Nepal, Tibet and Bhutan – 20 Days
• Arupokhari School Volunteer Program – 14 Days
• Rebuild Home Volunteer Program – 9 Days
• Bardiya Jungle Safari – 4 Days
• Chitwan Jungle Safari – 3 Days

Trekking in Bhutan

Festival tours, motorcycling.

• Druk Path Trek – 8 Days
• Chomalhari Trek – 12 Days
• Laya Ghasa Trek – 18 Days
• Bhutan Vistas Tour – 5 Days
• Cultural Heartland Tour – 10 Days
• Hidden Valley – 11 Days
• Bhutan Multi Sports Tour – 11 Days
• Paro Tshechu Festival – 8 Days
• Punakha Tsechu – 9 Days
• Trongsa Lhuntse Tshechu – 9 Days
• Bumthang Tangbi – 11 Days
• Bhutan Ura Yakchoe – 12 Days
• Tamshingphala Choepa – 12 Days
• Mongar and Trashigang – 16 Days
• Bhutan Biking – 8 Days
• Bhutan Motorcycle Tour – 12 Days

Trekking in Tibet

• Tibet Advance Everest Base Camp – 21 Days
• Cho Oyu Expedition – 45 Days
• Shishapangma Expedition – 47 Days
• Everest Expedition via North Side – 63 Days
• Kathmandu and Lhasa Tour – 7 Days
• Tibet Heritage Tour – 8 Days
• Overland Tour to Everest Base Camp – 10 Days
• Mount Kailash Mansarovar Lake Tour – 15 Days
• Everest Base Camp Biking Tour – 21 Days

• Tips & Tricks
• Tales from the Trails

The Ultimate Insider’s Guide to Trekking Everest Base Camp

Hiking / Camping / Tour Companies , HIKING and CAMPING TIPS & TRICKS , TRAVEL | 0 comments

At 8,848 meters, 29,029 feet above sea level, Mt. Everest is the tallest mountain in the world, towering over the surrounding peaks in the Himalayas mountain range on the border between Nepal and Tibet.

Even if you’re not a diehard mountaineer, you can still explore this beautiful region of Nepal with a trek to Everest base camp (EBC).

Not only will you get lifelong bragging rights for completing the trek to base camp, but it’s also a beautiful trek in its own right. Amazing vista can be seen passing through the Sagarmatha National Park and the awe-inspiring Himalayas .

Although the trek takes about two weeks, it’s surprisingly accessible and has been completed by many first-time trekkers.

Everest Base Camp: A Brief Overview

Since the first successful summit in 1953 by Sir Edmund Hillary and Sherpa Tenzing Norgay, the imposing peak has attracted decades of adrenaline-seekers wishing to add their name to the list of successful summiteers. A good portion of these climbers never returned .

Despite the intimidating statistics, the sister trek through the picturesque Khumbu Valley to the base camp used by professional mountaineers is an attainable goal for many people.

Located at an altitude of 5,361 meters, 17,590 feet above sea level, you don’t need fancy equipment or mountaineering skills to reach EBC. Certainly, it takes just a positive attitude and a reasonable level of fitness.

There’s a sense of camaraderie and a tangible buzz in the air as the adrenaline of the would-be Everest summiteers infects everybody around them.

The scenery at these altitudes is breathtaking and varied, ranging from rhododendrons and pine fields to rivers; suspension bridges strung with prayer flags; glaciers, lakes, valleys, high mountain passes, and finally, the spectacular Himalayan mountain peaks!

The Sagarmatha National Park is home to rare animal species such as snow leopards and red pandas – though it’s very unlikely you’ll encounter them. You’ll frequently have to step aside (to the uphill side!) as you encounter yaks on the trail.

Whether you choose to follow the traditional EBC route or one of the alternative trails, it’s guaranteed to be an experience you’ll never forget.

In contrast to most multi-day treks where you’d be camping in a tent, trekkers to base camp stay in cozy tea houses. You can find several available in a range of budgets, which function as both hotels and restaurants.

The trek is dotted with Buddhist monasteries and tiny villages almost all the way up. The relaxed pace of the trek allows plenty of time for you to explore the villages and get to know the local Sherpa culture.

Mt. Everest is increasingly covered in garbage left behind by the hordes of people who have set out to conquer its lofty heights. When you go, please respect the environment and do your best to minimize waste.

The most popular time of year to do the Everest base camp trek is between February and May – the pre-monsoon season.

During these spring months, the weather is typically warm and dry and the mountains will be ablaze with colorful rhododendrons.

This is also peak season and while you’re unlikely to have the trails to yourself, you’ll enjoy a buzzing atmosphere at the tea houses on the way. This is also when most Everest climbers make their summit attempts.

The summer months bring the monsoon rains, resulting in slippery trails and a heightened risk of landslides. If that doesn’t deter you, the leeches and foggy weather might! It’s not recommended to attempt the trek in the summer.

It can also be difficult to fly into Lukla during the monsoon. Indeed, this is a good time to pick the Jiri trek over the classic EBC trek.

If you want fewer crowds, try going in September or October, the post-monsoon months, when you have the highest chance of clear skies, although temperatures are slightly colder.

You can even do the trek in the winter but be prepared for sub-zero temperatures most days and lots of snow.

Whenever you go, make sure you pack for unpredictable weather in case a snowstorm takes you by surprise.

Trekkers interested in the local culture might want to plan their trip dates around traditional holidays with celebrations in Kathmandu, such as Holi (February/March) or Indra Jatra (September).

Another thing to consider when planning your trip is flight prices, which can vary considerably. Check flights before booking as this might have a huge impact on when you want to go.

Lastly, be aware that it might be harder to find tour operators who provide treks in off-season months. Also, some of the paths might be closed.

Conversely, if you want a stab at actually sleeping in Everest Base Camp, then late spring is your best option. It will be rare to find tour operators who might be able to wrangle this.

Everest Base Camp Packing list

If this is your first multi-day trek, don’t forget to budget for all the equipment you’ll have to take with you.

You can choose between renting or buying your gear. Hikers who plan on doing more multi-day treks might want to invest in their own equipment.

If you’re doing a two-week trek, it makes more sense to rent your sleeping bag and down jacket. For trekkers who plan on trekking for a whole month, it makes more financial sense to buy.

The neighborhood of Thamel in Kathmandu offers plenty of options for buying and renting. However, the products on offer may be of questionable quality.

Further on, Namche Bazaar is a last-resort option if you find you’ve forgotten to pack any essentials. If you keep your receipts, then talk it over with the shop when buying. Some shops will buy your gear back from you, at the end of your trek, for a reduced price.

Almost everything available for sale along the trek has been carried up the mountain, either by yaks or people. This means things get more expensive the higher you go.

Packing strategically. This means bringing the items you can’t live without while avoiding overloading your backpack. Whether you hire a porter or decide to go solo, somebody will be lugging your things up the mountain. Indeed,think twice before including unnecessary items like an extra book or five spare shirts!

Aim to pack around 10kg if you’re carrying everything yourself, and 20-25kg if you’re getting help from a porter. Don’t forget that your water adds extra weight. Try packing your bag with full water bottles, to get a more accurate idea of how much you can bring.

This list is aimed at trekkers who will be sleeping in tea houses every night. Be aware that if you don’t book early enough, the tea houses may be sold out in high season.

If you think you might end up having to camp, Then you’ll need more supplies not covered on this list. Such as a winter insulated tent , sleeping pad , etc.

What to Wear

The clothes you pack will depend on which season you’re visiting in. Make sure you have enough clothing to keep warm, especially in the evenings.

Layers are crucial, as temperatures and weather conditions will change drastically between day and night and as you ascend and descend in altitude.

Tea houses often only heat the common areas, and then only in the evenings, so bring warm clothes for lounging around at night.

The higher you get, the less likely you are to have power in your tea house, or only for a few hours as they’re run off solar power .

Base layers: Your base layer should be comfortable and moisture-wicking. Stay away from cotton; go for merino wool or synthetics .

Pack a long-sleeved shirt (avoid short sleeves as you’re more likely to get sunburnt) and long underwear, if only for the cold evenings.

Fleece mid-layer: You’ll probably be putting this on and taking it off with every mountain pass. Indeed, try to find one that will fit easily into your day pack.

Outer layer: Get a down jacket with a good warmth-to-weight ratio, as you’ll be carrying it much of the time.

Waterproof windbreaker and pants.

Hiking pants: Well-insulated trekking pants , or trekking pants that can turn into shorts. 

Waterproof hiking boots. We can’t stress enough how important it is to break your hiking boots in properly before your trek.

Don’t forget to bring a pair of comfortable sneakers or sandals for the evenings and for bathroom runs.

Socks: Woollen hiking socks are worth the investment – bring a few pairs that can handle very cold temperatures for the higher altitudes, and look for flat seams and padded spots to reduce blisters.

Sock liners and Vaseline are two other good ways to prevent blisters . You should also bring a pair of warm socks for base camp.

Gaiters: These will be especially useful during the rainier months.

Gloves : Pack a thin pair of “inner” gloves and a very warm pair of outer gloves. There will be at least one or two days where your fingers will freeze otherwise – for example, the day you summit Kala Patthar.

Scarf/balaclava/buff: The trail to EBC gets infamously dusty, provoking the “ Khumbu cough ” that plagues many hikers. A buff or something similar will keep you warm as well as provide you with a layer to breathe through to minimize the amount of dust in your lungs.

Beanie and sun hat , preferably with neck cover, to protect against the sun .

Underwear and sports bras: You’ll probably be reusing these, so get good-quality, non-cotton ones.

Accessories

Drinking water: Most tour operators provide purified water. Avoid bottled water, as this is expensive on top of being an environmental disaster.

We recommend bringing two big reusable water bottles (or a water bladder for drinking on the go). Tablets take a while to work and it’s nice to have one water bottle ready to drink while the other one is getting purified.

You can also fill a bottle with hot water and sleep with it in your sleeping bag if you’re cold during the night. If you’re purifying your own water, bring water purification tablets , LifeStraw , or a Steri-pen. But remember, these need charging, and charging on the trail costs money.

You may wish to add flavor enhancers to your water. Unfortunately, at Gorak Shep the water is very mineralized so you’ll need to buy bottled water.

Showering: Whether or not you shower is up to you. Expect to pay around $5 for a hot shower. Some people rely on wet or backpacking body wipes , especially since wet hair is no fun in negative temperatures!

Sunglasses: The combination of snow and altitude is brutal on your eyes, so invest in good polarized sunglasses with wraparound arms.

Sleeping bag : The teahouses will provide blankets and pillows but you’ll want your own sleeping bag and pillowcase.

Find a mummy sleeping bag rated to -20° C – or colder, depending on the season. Consider bringing a silk liner , especially if you’re renting your sleeping bag.

Toiletries: Sunscreen , SPF chapstick (this is better than lip balm as there’s no need to smear it on with your grubby fingers), quick-drying towel, tissue, baby wipes, period supplies, compressed toilet paper tablets or biodegradable toilet paper (remove cardboard and keep in ziptop bag), hand sanitizer, toothbrush and toothpaste, etc.

Always bring toilet paper with you. Most bathrooms are squat toilets and are located only in villages.

Tip : wet wipes are more expensive than toilet paper on the trail, so if you have to choose, stock up on wet wipes and buy toilet paper when you run out.

Shewee: Ladies, you’ll be glad not to have to pull your pants down in the freezing high-altitude weather. If you need to pee, then I recommend using a portable pee device, like PeeBuddy Reusable Female Urination Device . You stand and use the portable pee funnel, so you don’t need to squat.

If you get your period on the trail and you’re not comfortable with using the DivaCup, another good option is to keep used pads/tampons in a ziptop bag and dispose of them in the next garbage can.

Personal first-aid kit: Bring diarrhea meds, altitude meds, antibiotics, ibuprofen, paracetamol, aspirin, bandaids, blister plasters, tape/trekker’s wool, Vaseline, cough drops (to beat the Khumbu cough), cold medicine, rehydration salts.

Tour operators should provide the rest. Don’t forget to get your travel vaccines before you go.

TSA approved padlock for your luggage.

Backpack: What you pack your gear in will depend on whether you’re using porters. Most porters prefer you to pack your things in a soft-sided duffel bag. Check with the tour operator in case they provide these for you.

If you have a porter, then you’ll only need a daypack for yourself. If you’re not hiring a porter, then bring a collapsible daypack anyway in addition to your backpack. This is so you can leave your big backpack in the tea house during the one-day acclimatization hikes.

Try to get a backpack with straps for hiking poles and zippers to open it from the sides. Not to mention, you won’t have to dig everything out of your bag whenever you want to access something.

Dry bag or plastic cover for your backpack and daypack to prevent water ingress.

Hiking poles : These are a must! All the treks listed here will take you uphill, downhill, uphill and downhill again. Hiking poles will save your knees, and they’ll come in handy on slippery trails during the wet season.

Headlamp or flashlight : You’ll be glad to have this in the evenings after the power goes out, and during early-morning or late-night hikes. Remember to bring extra batteries.

Trekking map: If you’re going independently, a good trekking guidebook is essential – Lonely Planet is highly recommended.

Ziptop bags: These always come in handy for protecting electronics, etc.

Camera or GoPro with memory card and extra batteries.

Money: There are ATMs at select points such as Lukla and Namche Bazaar. But these have low daily withdrawal limits and high commission fees. What’s more, they have been known to take money out of your account without actually dispensing it to you.

Since currency exchange rates on the trail are sky-high, it’s best to bring a stash of local rupees with you. You’ll need rupees to pay for meals, showers, tips, etc.

Wi-Fi: A good option for staying connected is to buy a local sim card. It will give you data to about 4000m altitudes, and sometimes in EBC itself.

You can also check Everest Link for Wi-Fi data packages. The connection is supposedly available in most teahouses along the way, but it can be slow and unreliable so don’t depend on it too much.

Top Tip : Beware of phone updates. These will eat through your Wi-Fi and data limits before you realize what just happened!

Entertainment: EBC treks usually only schedule a few hours of hiking a day, to allow you time to acclimatize. Bring books, a Kindle , cards or other games for the many hours of downtime. Certainly, bring a journal so you can remember this once-in-a-lifetime experience!

Solar charger : Many teahouses offer power points where you can charge your devices for a nominal fee. Also, don’t forget to bring an adapter. It’s a good idea to bring your own solar-powered charger and extra batteries to minimize costs.

Tip : Keep batteries, base layers , and anything else you don’t want freezing in your sleeping bag with you overnight. Keep your phone in flight mode to save power.

Important documents: Bring printouts of your travel insurance information. And make sure one of your travel buddies knows what to do and whom to contact in case of an emergency.

Bring your passport, visas, money, etc. – I always keep these documents in a zip-top bag.

Trekking solo? Bring a safety whistle , compass , pocket knife , & duct tape, especially on the less-crowded trails

High-calorie snacks: These will make a huge difference to your experience. Snacks are exceedingly expensive on the trail, and they provide welcome calories on tough trekking days.

You’ll have to decide how many you want to bring and which ones you want to buy along the trail.

Cloth bags : Many trekkers use these to separate dirty laundry and organize different outfits.

Earplugs: You’ll be glad for these when the tea houses are alive with the sound of Khumbu coughs.

A Note on Trekking Insurance

Be very careful when purchasing travel insurance, because regular policies usually stop covering you once you ascend higher than 3,000m/9,840ft.

At these altitudes, you have a higher chance of getting Acute Mountain Sickness. Also, there’s a pretty good chance you’ll have to be airlifted out to a hospital for injuries . To clarify, injuries like a pulled muscle or twisted ankle at sea level can be more serious at higher altitudes.

Because of these higher costs and risks , insurance companies will charge you a premium for high-altitude trekking insurance.

Luckily, there’s no shortage of insurance companies that offer travel insurance specifically tailored to Everest Base Camp trekkers.

When purchasing a policy, make sure you’re covered for trekking up to altitudes of 6,000m/19,685ft. In addition, ensure it has search and rescue costs, preferably by helicopter.

Don’t forget to check if you’re covered for different travel-related illnesses (and make sure you get your vaccinations before going!).

It’s also nice to have compensation for delayed or canceled flights and repatriation in case of death (hopefully you won’t be needing this one).

Check the clause about lost, stolen or damaged luggage to see if it will cover most of the cost of your hiking gear.

If you’re traveling in winter or shoulder season, then check for trip cancelation insurance. This is to ensure you’re covered if your trek is canceled due to weather.

You’ll likely have other considerations depending on your personal situation. Don’t just take our advice for it – remember to do your research, ask questions and read the fine print of your travel insurance policy before you purchase.

I always keep my travel insurance information handy while on the trek. Additionally, I pass it along to someone else in my group. This is so they know whom to contact in case of an emergency.

Some travel insurance providers require you to confirm with them before ordering a helicopter. Check out this option on getting trekking travel insurance for more information.

How to Avoid Altitude Sickness

Most tour operators organize a relaxed trekking schedule and follow the mantra “climb high, sleep low”. In essence, this is to avoid the risk of altitude sickness.

Take it slow – once you finish hiking for the day you’ll have a lot of dead hours in the teahouse. For this reason there’s really no point in racing there.

It’s important to respect the acclimatization days. The acclimatization hikes are designed to help you adjust to tomorrow’s altitude.

Try to drink 3-4 liters of water a day, as dehydration will make the altitude sickness way worse. It also goes without saying that you shouldn’t drink caffeine or alcohol or smoke during your trek.

If you can, then cut out these vices about a week before you start hiking. So that you won’t suffer from withdrawal headaches.

Many people swear by Diamox as a preventative drug against AMS. It’s your choice whether to take this or not. I personally found the tingling fingers and toes to be very off-putting, but it probably helped me acclimatize.

Altitude sickness is unpredictable and doesn’t discriminate based on fitness or age. Listen to your body and descend immediately if you think you have signs of Acute Mountain Sickness.

Check out our article on altitude sickness for a more detailed overview.

Choosing a Tour Operator

Every year there are rumors that the Nepali government will make it compulsory to go with a guide.. But so far, it’s still possible to undertake the trek to EBC on your own.

Unless you’re going in high season, you’ll can drop in at tea houses and get a bed without a reservation.

Independent trekkers can choose whether to hike all by themselves. While others choose between ring a porter, a guide, or a guide and a porter. A guide will speak some English and can help with booking accommodation. However, a porter probably won’t speak English and will only carry your bag.

You can also hire one person who acts as a guide and a porter. Another upside to hiring a guide is that you’ll be providing someone with a job. And in turn, you’ll get to immerse yourself in the Nepali culture.

Alternately, you can opt to join a guided trek with a tour operator. While this is pricier, it’s a good choice for people who have never done such a long, high-altitude trek before.

Tour operators typically arrange flights, airport transfers, accommodation, visas and permits, porters and guides. Western tour operators will usually charge more, but provide a more trustworthy service. You can expect to pay about twice as much for a Western tour operator.

Check to see if your tour operator is registered with the Trekking Agencies Association of Nepal (TAAN). TAAN regulates trekking agencies in Nepal to ensure fair treatment of employees, respect for local communities and preservation of the environment.

The Kilimanjaro Porters Assistance Project mission is to improve the working conditions of porters. They advocate for fair treatment and wages, lend free mountaineering clothing, and encourage them to work for only ethical companies. Through providing education and training opportunities, guides and porters have received classes on porters rights, Leave No Trace and are certified in First Aid.

Please make every effort to ensure the porters and guides are dressed properly, stay within the weight limit including their own luggage. Also, ensure they have adequate sleeping arrangements and insurance and are paid a fair wage.

It’s better to go with companies that employ their porters and guides full-time instead of freelance because there’s a better chance the company is providing them with benefits, sick days and health insurance.

Tipping is always a tricky subject and suggested rates will depend on whom you ask. Aim for around 15 percent of salary (if you’re traveling in a group, this number refers to the total pooled tip) per porter and/or guide, and adjust accordingly.

The classic Everest Base Camp trek winds through the Khumbu valley; once reaching Everest Base Camp, you’ll retrace your steps back down to Lukla for the return flight to Kathmandu.

If you’re interested in escaping the crowds or doing circular routes that don’t involve retracing your steps, there’s a variety of alternate routes to choose from.

You can also opt to tack small detours onto your classic EBC trek. This is especially doable if you’re traveling independently or in a small group.

You shouldn’t have any trouble booking your trek, even on the classic EBC trek.

Classic Everest Base Camp trek

The classic Everest Base Camp trek takes about 14 days, including time in Kathmandu before and after.

From Kathmandu, you’ll fly into Lukla Airport (2,860m/9,383ft) with its famously short runway – try to sit on the left side of the plane so you can catch your first views of Mt. Everest.

It’s a good idea to leave yourself a few buffer days, as Lukla flights are often delayed due to weather. Flights should be included in your tour price; otherwise they’re about USD 300, plus USD 100 for your guide’s ticket.

From the airport, you’ll trek to Phakding for the night.

The next day you’ll set out from Phakding and follow the Dudh Koshi River, crossing suspension bridges and pine forests until you reach the Namche Bazaar (3,440m/11,286ft), in the Sagarmatha National Park UNESCO World Heritage Site .

Namche Bazaar is the region’s principal trading point, so use this opportunity to stock up on supplies you might have forgotten. If you’re there on Saturday, then don’t miss the market. From here you can also catch a peak of Everest.

You’ll take a day to acclimatize in Namche Bazaar – you can make the most of the Wi-Fi, stock up on any supplies you forgot, check out the Sherpa museum or just tool around the village.

The day after you’ll follow the former Tibet-Nepal trading route via Thame to Tengboche. These villages are known for legendary views, where you can visit one of the region’s biggest monasteries .

Next you’ll hike through Phangboche to Pheriche while admiring the views of Ama Dablam. You might be interested to know that Pheriche is where the Himalayan Rescue Association makes its base – but hopefully you won’t need to use this information! 

Most people stay in Pheriche for a day to acclimatize and visit local attractions like the Imja Lake or Dingboche village, which boasts views of Lhotse and Island Peak.

Now that you’re rested, you’ll be ready to tackle the trek to Lobuche, which features a 600m/1,969ft elevation gain. You’ll skirt the perilous Khumbu Glacier and witness the many memorials to sherpas and climbers who perished in their attempt to climb Everest.

From Lobuche you’ll set out towards Gorak Shep, which is the world’s highest permanently inhabited village.

Finally, it’s time to push on through the moraine towards Everest Base Camp! Since actual summiteers of Everest have priority, don’t expect to spend too long there or even be allowed inside the base camp itself.

But don’t worry, the adrenaline-filled atmosphere extends all the way down to the trekker stop point! From here you’ll go back down to Gorak Shep for the night.

You can’t actually see the peak of Mt. Everest from Everest Base Camp, so the next day you’ll make a steep ascent up to the summit of Kala Patthar (5545m/ 18,192ft) to catch amazing views of Everest, Nuptse (7,861m/25,791ft) and Lhotse (8,516m/27,940ft).

Most groups try to do this at sunset on the same day as they reach EBC, or at sunrise the next morning, when Mt. Everest sometimes turns pink in the early-morning light.

Forging on ahead, you’ll descend to Dingboche or Pheriche, and from there past Tengboche and back to Namche Bazaar the next day. Keep an eye out for the massive fields of wild rhododendrons if you’re visiting in the spring!

Your last day of trekking will take you back to Lukla, where you’ll spend the night before catching the flight to Kathmandu.

• Pros : Comparatively gentle altitude profile, can be done independently
• Cons : Have to retrace steps on the way down, can be crowded
• Length : ~130km (12-14 days)
• Highest point : Kala Patthar (5545m/ 18,192ft)

Gokyo Lakes Trek 

The Gokyo Lakes Trek is popular for its beautiful glacial lakes , nestled in the quiet Gokyo valley.

Like the classic Everest Base Camp trek, the Gokyo Lakes trek starts at Lukla, breaking off towards the northwest at the Namche Bazaar.

This trek is considered slightly more challenging than the classic EBC trek, with steeper ascents and more time spent at high altitudes.

It takes 2-3 days longer, detouring around some of the most crowded sections of the classic base camp trek but still finishing at Everest Base Camp.

You’ll see glacial lakes and summit Gokyo Ri (5,357m/17,575ft) where you’ll earn views of Everest, Lhotse and Cho Oyu (8,201m/26,906ft).

Fly into Kathmandu, spend a few days acclimatizing and then take another flight to Lukla. The next day, you’ll trek down through the Dudh Koshi Valley to Phakding past several Buddhist sites.

Hiking through pine forests and along the Dudh Koshi River, you’ll cross several suspension bridges including the Hillary Suspension Bridge. After entering the Sagarmatha National Park, you’ll continue hiking until the Namche Bazaar.

You’ll then separate from the classic EBC trek and head northwest towards Dole along the Dudh Koshi valley. You’ll get some of the first views of Everest, Lhotse and Ama Dablam today.

The next day brings a steep climb towards Machhermo, which is populated with yaks in the summer.

Allow yourself a day to acclimatize and enjoy views of Ngozumpa Glacier (the biggest glacier in the Himalayas). Once you’ve enjoyed the glacier, trek to the Gokyo lakes and you’ll eventually reach Gokyo village. If you are tired by now, you’re in luck because this is where you’ll bed down for the night.

This is another popular time to take an acclimatization rest day and explore the surrounding lakes, or summit Gokyo Ri, which stands almost 5,500m/18,045ft above sea level.

Stop to take in the stunning views of Everest, Lhotse and Cho Oyu, then continue back down to the Ngozumpa glacier and on into Dragnag.

The next day is a tough one. You’ll traverse Cho La, one of the “Three Passes” (5,420m/17,782ft), cross a glacier and then spend the night in Zonglha. 

Joining up with the classic EBC trek, you’ll stop for a moment of reflection at the memorials to sherpas and climbers who perished in their attempts to climb Everest, and then continue on to Lobuche for the night.

From Lobuche, you’ll skirt the Khumbu glacier, hiking up past Gorak Shep and finally you’ll reach Everest Base Camp! Enjoy it while it lasts, because the priority at EBC is the Everest summiteers, especially in the spring months.

You’ll hike back down to Gorak Shep alongside views of the Khumbu icefall . Part of the highest glacier on Earth, the icefall’s deadly crevasses, unstable seracs and unpredictable avalanches have taken dozens of lives.

The next day you’ll hike up Kala Patthar, with more views of Everest and the neighboring mountain peaks, and then down to Dingboche along the classic EBC route.

It’s time to return to Namche Bazaar. The day after you’ll hike back to Lukla through the Dudh Koshi valley, and then fly into Kathmandu.

Because the trek is longer, expect to pay more than you would for the classic EBC trek. Trekkers are advised not to attempt this trek independently, due to the increased difficulty and the fact that there are fewer people on the routes.

Like the classic EBC trek, the best time to go is during spring or fall. Because the trek isn’t as popular, you shouldn’t have to worry about crowds for most of the way, so feel free to go during peak season.

• Pros : Fewer crowds, more challenging, more sights, get to summit a peak, see the world’s highest freshwater lake system, prettier landscapes than classic trek, circular route so no need to retrace steps
• Cons : More expensive than classic EBC trek
• Length : ~220km/136 miles (16-17 days, including a few days in Kathmandu before and after)
• Highest point : Kala Patthar (5545m/18,192ft)

Jiri to Everest Base Camp 

This old-school route mirrors the route taken by the first Everest summiteers in the 1950’s, starting with an 8-hour bus ride from Kathmandu to Jiri instead of flying into Lukla.

From Jiri, you’ll pass through the towns of Sete, Junbesi and Numtala in the Solu Khumbu region.

After reaching Lukla, you’ll join up with the classic EBC trek, passing through Phakding, Namche Bazaar, Tengboche, Pheriche and Gorak Shep.

In total, the Jiri route takes about 5-6 days longer than the classic route.

Jiri route trekkers will have the chance to spend a lot more time with the locals. You’ll also spend more time at low altitudes – the route starts at just 1,800m/5,905ft above sea level – meaning landscapes will forests and streams with actual running water.

Much of the trek is off the beaten path, with fewer crowds than the EBC classic trek.

Tool around Kathmandu for a day and then take an 8-hour (190km/118 mile) bus ride, following the Sun Koshi River to Jiri and then Shivalaya.

The next day, you’ll cross a suspension bridge over the river and then explore several tea houses. Go through the Deorali Pass, taking a moment to check out the prayer flags and decorated walls, and then head down to Bhandar for the night.

From Bhandar, you’ll walk through fields and forests before embarking on a steep descent t

owards the village of Kenja. Uphill again, you’ll traverse the Lamjura Pass and arrive at the town of Sete.

The next day, you’ll return to the Lamjura Pass and pass through magnificent fields of pine trees, magnolia and rhododendrons. Without a doubt, you’ll appreciate the stunning mountain views. Next,hike down the other side and you’ll arrive at the town of Junbesi.

Back into the forest, you’ll see Mt. Everest for the first time. You’ll then cross the Ringmo Khola suspension bridge and arrive at the village of Ringmo with its gorgeous Tibetan architecture. Another forest and you’ll be at Nunthala.

In the morning, you’ll head out towards the Dudh Koshi River, crossing another impressive suspension bridge on your way to Bupsa.

The next few days will take you to higher altitudes as you pass through forests with monkeys and several small villages.

Arriving in Lukla, you’ll join up with the classic EBC trek. After reaching Everest Base Camp, you’ll summit Kala Patthar for the obligatory views of Mt. Everest at dawn and then return through Gorak Shep, Namche Bazaar and finally Lukla, for your flight back to Kathmandu.

Like the classic Everest trek, the Jiri route is best undertaken in spring or fall. Caution: some parts of the Jiri trek may be closed in the winter, so we don’t recommend going during this season.

The Jiri route is only slightly more difficult than the classic Everest Base Camp route, due to its longer duration.

The average day of hiking comprises 5-6 hours, covering about 15km/9 miles. On the bright side, due to the more gradual ascent compared with the classic trek, you’re less likely to get altitude sickness.

• Pros : More authentic, less touristy, chance to see Solo Khumbu landscapes (terraced farmland, forests, Dudh Koshi river, sherpas), gradual acclimatization
• Cons : 8-hour bus ride (but scenic!)
• Length : ~250km/155 miles (22 days, of which 18 days of trekking)
• Highest point : Kala Patthar (5,545m/ 18,192ft)

Three Passes Trek 

As you might infer from the name, the Three Passes trek takes you across three high mountain passes (all higher than 5,000m/16,400ft). Thus, making it more difficult than the classic EBC trek.

After reaching Namche Bazaar, the Three Passes trek splits off from the classic trek. This takes you towards Thame and the Nangpa Valley. The trek takes around 19 days in total, of which 14-15 will be spent trekking. Getting a guide is highly recommended.

After flying into Lukla from Kathmandu, you’ll work your way down to Phakding.

The next day will take you across several suspension bridges on the way to Namche Bazaar. You’ll be there for a day of acclimatizing. After which you’ll split off from the classic EBC route and head to Thame.

Crossing the Bhote Koshi river, you’ll reach Lumde and catch your first good views of the mountain peaks. The next day, you’ll tackle the first pass.

The Renjo La (5,360m/17,585ft) lies near the Dudh Koshi valley and will reward you with views of Everest. Then you’ll pass the Gokyo lakes and the village of Gokyo, where you’ll summit Gokyo Ri and catch sight of Cho Oyu.

After spending some time acclimatizing in Gokyo, you’ll walk across the Ngozumpa Glacier. This is Nepal’s largest glacier, and you’ll then spend the night in Dragnag.

The next day is notorious. You’ll traverse the next pass, Cho La (5,420m/17,782 ft), which has a glacier and prayer flags at the top. On the other side of the pass lies Zonglha.

Joining back up with the base camp trek, you’ll visit Lobuche and Gorak Shep and take in views of the Khumbu Glacier, Everest, Lhotse and Nuptse.

You’ll explore Everest Base Camp and summit Kala Patthar before retracing your steps back through Gorak Shep and Lobuche.

The trek keeps on going, past the Kongma La pass (5,535m/18,159ft), down into the Chukkung valley and up to the summit of Chukking Ri (5,550m/18,209ft) with more mountain views.

You’ll trek through Dingboche, with its views over the Khumbu Valley. Eventually, you hike down through the rhododendron fields and the village of Khumjung, ending back at the Namche Bazaar.

From here you’ll cross the Dudh Koshi, following the classic EBC route back down to Lukla.

This trek can also be done backwards; it’s up to you whether you want to head clockwise or counter-clockwise after the Namche Bazaar.

Many people recommend doing the trek counter-clockwise to avoid crossing the difficult Renjo La Pass right off the bat.

You’re best off doing this trek with a tour operator, as it’s quite off the beaten path.

• Pros : See a little bit of everything, uncrowded trails, challenging elevation profile
• Cons : Riskier terrain than classic EBC trail, long stretches with no facilities
• Length : ~21 days (150km/90 miles)
• Highest point : Chukking Ri (5,550m/18,209ft)

Island Peak (Imja Tse)

Experienced trekkers who wish to try their hand at mountaineering might be interested in summiting Island Peak (6,189 m/20,305 ft).

To master the glaciers and icy headwall during the ascent of these peaks, you’ll need to use crampons, an ice ax and potentially a ladder and ropes to cross the crevasses, depending on the weather.

Tour operators claim you can learn these skills on the fly, but it’s better to have some prior mountaineering experience before you tackle these routes, which are significantly more challenging.

That being said, Island Peak is a relatively “easy” climb as far as climbs go, so it’s a good option if you’re looking to expand your repertoire. 

Since a detailed itinerary of Island Peak is outside the scope of this article, be aware that the general packing list doesn’t include the specialized mountaineering equipment you need for this trek.

Likewise, ascending Island Peak takes you above 6,000m and will probably not be covered by standard travel insurance providers, so check with your local mountaineering association for options.

Practical Information

What will I eat? How much will the trip cost? These are the questions most frequently asked.

As a general rule, the tea house lodgings themselves are very, very cheap with the condition that you eat dinner and breakfast in the same lodge.

This is where your costs will really add up – food is very expensive – so check with your tour operator when booking to see if meals are included.

Food on the trek is repetitive but nourishing. The meals are carb-heavy – think pasta dishes, dahl baht or “sherpa stew” with veggies and noodles.

What other trek offers the convenience of stopping in at a tea house or bakery for a hot lunch or freshly baked pastry? Just be prepared for stretches where you won’t see a tea house for several hours.

Hot drinks are readily available, and a popular treat is a deep-fried Mars bar. Don’t leave without trying one!

Most people recommend going vegetarian during the trek. Sagarmatha National Park has a no-kill policy so all meat has to be carried up by porters or yaks and is never very fresh, so there’s a real risk of getting sick.

Much of the garbage that’s disposed of in the villages ends up getting burned on-site, which really makes you consider the impact of your waste.

Before wantonly throwing plastic into the garbage cans, try to reduce what you use and pack out as much as you can.

The budget for your trip will vary widely depending on whether you’re trekking independently or going with a tour operator.

If you are booking with a tour operator, the flight price and permit prices should be included – usually you’ll have to pay for your guide’s flight as well.

Tour prices run from about USD 1000 to 3000 depending whether you go local or get a Western tour operator.

Budget around USD 400 for the flight from Kathmandu to Lukla Airport, including your guide’s ticket. If you go independently, consider getting help from a local agency for buying your flight tickets.

Flights have a way of being overbooked and you’re more likely to get on the plane if a local agent is vouching for you. On this note, factor in a few buffer days for your flight from Lukla back to Kathmandu, in case of weather or overbooking delays. 

Nationals of all countries except India will need a visa to enter Nepal, which costs USD 25 for 15 days, USD 40 for 30 days and USD 100 for 90 days.

You’re best off getting the 30-day visa even if your trek is only scheduled to take two weeks, as weather and other factors might extend the trip unexpectedly. For the most part, you can get your visa when you land in Nepal.

It used to be mandatory to purchase a Trekkers Information Management System (TIMS) card, but the laws on this are constantly changing and there is a new local tax being charged, so check before you go unless your tour operator is arranging paperwork for you.

You will need a Sagarmatha National Park entry permit, which you can get ahead of time or at Monjo, when entering the park.

The price of the permits will normally be included in the trip price if going with a tour operator. Bring several passport photos for the permits.

All Set: Are You Ready?

The name “Everest” may sound intimidating, but this is actually one of the more approachable multi-day treks out there.

If you have a reasonable fitness level and are comfortable walking uphill for several hours a day carrying a heavy backpack, then you should be able to complete the trek. The key is to go slowly to avoid altitude sickness.

You don’t need special mountaineering know-how or an incredible level of fitness. The hike to EBC is a relaxed one, as hikes go.

The pace is slow, to allow you the time to acclimatize, so you’ll have plenty of free hours to peruse the village cafés, tuck into a slice of apple pie and snuggle up with a good book or make friends over a game of cards back at the teahouse.

That being said, of course it’s a good idea to prepare for the trek by hitting the gym in the months prior to your departure, and plenty of practice hikes starting two months before you go.

Don’t forget to practice hiking with a heavy backpack on! Check out this article for more tips on preparing for an uphill hike .

In total, the trek is around 130km/81 miles round trip, with an elevation gain of 2,685m/8,809ft between Lukla (2,860 m) and Kala Patthar (5,545 m).

It’s usually done in just under two weeks, including rest days for acclimatization. The outward leg will take longer and you can expect to trek 5-6 hours per trekking day, covering an average of 15km/9 miles.

The hike from EBC back to Lukla will go much faster since you’ll already be acclimatized.

Plenty of people with no prior trekking experience manage to complete the EBC trek and you can too! Like any non-technical trek at altitude , the key is a proper pace, a decent level of fitness and most of all, a good attitude!

Have you been trekking in Nepal? Let us know about it in the comments section below!

Disclaimer : This post is for information only and is not intended to replace the advice of an experienced guide. Always do your research and check with local weather stations, etc. before attempting to undertake treks in the wild. Distances are approximate and routes may vary depending on your tour operator.

Photos via Depositphotos.

Recommended Reading: 21 Best Camping Games for Adults For a Memorable Trip

• Insider’s Guide to Hiking Machu Picchu
• Inspirational Mountains: Exciting Summits for Ordinary Hikers
• Climbing Kilimanjaro: Everything you Need to Know
• Four Pass Loop (This Hiking Trail Should Be at the Top of Your List)

13 Cheapest Camper Trailers Under $10,000

Family Camping Made Easy: Top 10 Camping Hacks With Kids

Seaside Serenity: Discover the Magic of Daytona Beach Camping

Hiking Gear for Women – 7 Essential Items Every Woman Needs on A Hike

What is a Backpacking Cot Tent: 10 Things to Look For

15 Best Backpacking Chairs of 2024 – Don’t Sacrifice Comfort

The Ultimate Beach Camping Essentials: A Comprehensive Guide

What’s a Backpacking Poop Kit? When Nature Calls

Best 3-Season Sleeping Bags for Backpacking

Best Hot Water Bottle for Camping: Top Picks in 2024

Stay Charged on the Trail: Best Portable Battery Packs for Hiking

How to Stay Warm in a Tent [13 Warm Tent Hacks]

How to Choose the Best Camp Shower According to Campers

Last update on 2024-04-05 / Affiliate links / Images from Amazon Product Advertising API

Trackbacks/Pingbacks

• Insider's Guide to Climbing Kilimanjaro in 2022 - Tips & Recommendations - […] Everest Base Camp […]

Submit a Comment Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Mount Everest Base Camp Trek: EBC Trekking Guide For Nepal

The Mount Everest Base Camp Trek in Nepal is one of the world’s best bucket list hikes. In less than 2 weeks, you can trek to the foot of Mt Everest and other snowy peaks in the Himalayan mountains.

The good news is that it’s not a super difficult hike, and you don’t need a big budget to do it. The EBC trek is worth it for the fun and accomplishment alone, but you also get views of the Himalayas that are out of this world.

This travel guide will explain how you can do the Mt Everest Base Camp hike independently (with or without a tour guide), along with a recommended packing list and everything else you need to know before you go!

Best Everest Base Camp Tours

First of all, if you’d rather skip the hassle of planning your own EBC Trek, Klook has Everest Base Camp Tours starting as low as $900 USD for a full 12-day trek.

You may be able to find something cheaper than this once you land in Kathmandu, but booking online with a vetted tour company has some big advantages, and the reviews on their website are very positive.

We’ve used Klook for lots of tours and activities around the world, and they’re great! Highly recommended.

Book Now: Everest Base Camp Tours

When To Do The EBC Trek

The Mt Everest region has 4 different trekking seasons:

• March – May: High season. Best weather, with stable temperatures and bright sunny days, but the trails can get crowded. During these months you may share the EBC trail with pro climbers on the way to go summit Everest.
• June – August: Monsoon season. There’s a lot more rain during these months, and the trails are mostly empty.
• September – October: Clear days and busy trails. This is one of the most popular trekking seasons.
• November – February: Coldest season, but the weather is stable and dry. The trails are mostly clear.

I trekked in early February, and even though it was nice having the trail mostly to myself, the cold in the evenings and mornings was straight up misery.

My home state of Missouri can get very cold in the winter, but the cold has just never been my thing. If I could go back and change it, I would definitely do my Everest Base Camp hike later in the season.

Everest Base Camp Weather

Temperatures on the Mt Everest Base Camp Trek can range from 5 °C (40 °F) to 20 °C (70 °F) depending on month, and as low as -30 °C (-22 °F) at night during the winter months.

If you trek during the warmer months (Mar-May and Sep-Oct), the cold is not a big problem and shouldn’t be hard to cope with. Winter is a different story. Your snot will freeze in your nose at Gorak Shep.

Sunshine is key for winter trekking in Nepal, and thankfully you should have lots of sun in most months outside of the monsoon season. On my February hike, I often found myself shedding all my layers while trekking because I was heating up in the sun.

If you do your Everest Base Camp hike during the winter, the biggest issue is staying warm in the evenings and at night. For this, you’ll definitely want a top quality down jacket and sleeping bag.

All About Everest Base Camp Trekking

My everest base camp itinerary.

• Day 1: Kathmandu to Lukla to Benkar .
• Day 2: Benkar to Namche Bazaar .
• Day 3: Namche Acclimatization Day .
• Day 4: Namche to Deboche .
• Day 5: Deboche to Pangboche .
• Day 6: Pangboche to Dingboche .
• Day 7: Dingboche Acclimatization Day .
• Day 8: Dingboche to Thukla .
• Day 9: Thukla to Gorak Shep .
• Day 10: Everest Base Camp .
• Day 11: Kala Patthar to Gorak Shep to Pheriche .
• Day 12: Pheriche to Namche .
• Day 13: Namche to Lukla .

If you ever need motivation to keep going on the Everest Base Camp hike, just look at how much the porters are carrying!

Mount Pumori as seen from the Kala Patthar viewpoint, just a short distance from Mt Everest Base Camp.

Ama Dablam, one of my favorite mountains on the Mt Everest Base Camp Trek.

EBC Trek Packing List / Gear

This isn’t a complete list of everything to bring on a Mt Everest Base Camp Trek, and you may have to change things up a little depending on what month you go, but these are just some of the basics.

You can find most of this gear in Kathmandu, but in my opinion you’ll get higher quality and a wider selection if you order online.

• Beanie: I only wore this at night, but it definitely helped keep my ears warm.
• Down Jacket: Bring the biggest, warmest DJ possible. This is your most important piece of gear. You can use it as an extra cover at night.
• Fleece Sweater: This is the only jacket you’ll need to wear while trekking most days, especially if it’s sunny.
• Shirts: Something comfy with quick dry material.
• Trekking Pants: Something lightweight and breathable.
• Thermal Underwear: May not be needed if you trek in the warmer months.
• Gloves: I only wore these at night, but they definitely helped keep my hands warm.
• Socks: Merino wool is best for staying warm and stopping moisture.
• Headlight: Smart to have at least a small one, just in case.
• Tumbler: 1 liter water bottle to refill daily on the trek.
• Sunblock: It’s easy to sunburn at high altitudes. A small bottle is plenty.
• Sunglasses: Good for snow. May not be necessary unless you plan to hike a mountain pass like Cho La.
• Hat: I wore old faithful throughout the hike.
• Watch: An altimeter watch would be fun to play with here.
• Camera: Duh. You can’t do the Mt Everest Base Camp Trek without taking lots of pictures.
• Power Bank: Bring a big power bank and you might only need to recharge it once on the whole trek.

Everest Base Camp Trek Cost

For a 13 day trek, I paid about $21 USD per day for food, drinks, and room. Porter/guide was an extra $25 per day, although it’s not a requirement. Flights to Lukla were $330 return, but again not a requirement if you hike in.

You can read the sections below for more info on the daily trekking costs and what you get for your money. It’s not a very expensive trek, all things considered!

Keep in mind, these numbers are from 2020. They’ll go up a little over time. Exchange rates may also vary, so check the latest rates .

The flight to Lukla from Kathmandu is $165 USD each way. You can shop for flights to Lukla at Skyscanner.

If your budget is tight or you have extra time, you can skip this flight by hiking from Jiri to Lukla rather than flying. It only adds a couple days to the itinerary.

Guide / Porter / Solo

You can do the EBC trek with a guide, porter, OR independently (solo).

A guide will show you the way to Mt Everest Base Camp and help with lodging, navigation, advice, taking pictures for you, etc. A porter-guide will do these same things and also carry a 20 kg (45 lb) pack for you.

A porter or guide is NOT a requirement to do this hike, especially if you go in the warmer months when you may not need as much gear. In 2023, they were supposedly introducing a guide requirement for EBC, but so far that has not been enforced at all, thankfully.

With that said, there are some good advantages to hiring a guide, and it’s pretty cheap by Western standards. A porter is only $15 or $20 USD per day, and a porter-guide is $25 per day. A popular arrangement is to hire one porter for two hikers, splitting the cost and still making things easier for both of you.

In the end, this all depends on your budget and hiking preferences.

Hiking Fees

If you’re hiking EBC independently, you’ll need to be aware of two fees you have to pay near the start of the trek.

There’s a local government tax that they’ve now started collecting in Lukla. This one is currently 2,000 Rupees ($17 USD).

There’s also an Everest park fee/ticket you have to pay at the Sagarmatha National Park entrance just beyond the small village of Monjo, Nepal. This one is currently 3,500 Rupees ($30 USD).

No TIMS card is needed anymore for independent hikers. That fee has been retired for the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek.

Accommodation & Amenities

Throughout the Everest Base Camp hike, you’ll stay and sleep at small guesthouses along the way, called teahouses.

This is where you get your meals and drinks for the trek, along with the occasional amenities like showers, charging, or WiFi. The teahouses start out decent, but quickly get more shabby as you go further up the trail.

You have to pay for everything you use, of course, and the prices get quite high as you go, because everything has to be hauled up on the backs of the poor porters.

Guesthouses

The teahouses on the EBC trek are cold and dingy, with drop toilets and cracks in the walls. Don’t expect luxury.

Most rooms are free as long as you buy your meals there (the meals are how they make their money). If you stay at a lodge and don’t eat there, you’ll be expected to pay for the room.

In some cases, I was charged 500 Rupees for a room on top of my meal costs. I’m not sure why some teahouses do this and others don’t, but I never paid more than 500 Rupees for a room, and most were free with the meals.

Food & Drink

I’m happy to report that the food and drinks on the Everest Base Camp hike are top notch, especially after you’ve worked up an appetite trekking.

You have western food choices, or the standard local staples like veggie fried rice, steamed momos (dumplings), and mushroom soup. Everything was hot and fresh. Meal prices for these ranged from 250 to 750 Rupees depending on altitude. Not too bad.

For drinks I tried hot chocolate, lemon/apple/mint tea, and occasionally bottled water for my tumbler. These ranged from 100 to 400 Rupees. If you want to avoid plastic bottles, there’s usually boiled water available and this is safe to drink too.

Getting enough water on the trek is never a problem. Just fill up a 1 liter tumbler in the morning, and this will last you until evening, especially since you’re likely to pass more tea houses along the trail as you’re hiking throughout the day.

Showers are only available at a few lodges, depending on the season and how high up you are, and they cost 600 to 1200 Rupees. In the winter, water higher up will be frozen most of the time.

I never had a shower on my February EBC trek, and that seems to be the norm (although I got one or two opportunities in Namche). Yes, it’s gross. I could smell myself by trek’s end, and it wasn’t pretty.

But aside from the fact that I hate to fork out money for something as basic as a shower, I also never really got close to other people for very long on the trek, so I didn’t feel too guilty about it.

Most days were cold enough that the thought of stripping down for a shower was not really appealing, either. Your best bet is baby wipes and deodorant.

WiFi / Cell Service

WiFi costs anywhere from $5 to $10 USD per day if you buy it from the teahouses.

Alternatively, you can buy a 10 GB/30 Day Everest Link WiFi card in Namche Bazaar and use this for the entire EBC trek. During my Mount Everest Base Camp Trek the WiFi was down across the whole region, so unfortunately I wasn’t able to use either of these options.

I bought an Ncell local SIM card in the Kathmandu airport and had 3G service for half the days of the Everest Base Camp hike. Coverage is still improving in the area, so if you need to stay connected I’d definitely bring a local SIM.

Electricity

All of the teahouses on the way to Mt Everest Base Camp sell outlet charging for electronics, and the prices range from $2 to $10 USD for a full charge, depending on how far up the trail you are.

The key is to bring a big power bank and then use this to charge all of your other electronics (phone, camera, etc). I did this and only paid once to recharge my power bank on the whole trek.

How Much Cash To Bring

Everything you buy during the Everest Base Camp hike (meals, WiFi, charging, etc) will have to be paid for with cash. Credit cards won’t work. There are no ATMs outside of Lukla and Namche Bazaar (Days 1-4), and even the ATMs there are not reliable.

What this means is that you’ll have to withdraw enough cash (Nepalese Rupees) at an ATM in Kathmandu to cover your entire trek. The ATM fees will bite you, and I hate to carry large amounts of cash, but it’s not really avoidable here.

All up, I spent about $20 USD (2,400 Rupees) per day on the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek, and never spent more than $25 USD in a single day. With that said, I didn’t splurge on WiFi, showers, charging, or alcohol. The only things I bought were the bare necessities: room, food, and drinks.

If you hire a porter/guide, you don’t need to factor that into your daily cash carry. That’s paid before the trek starts. But do reserve a little cash for a decent tip.

Mount Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty

I’m not going to lie, this is a difficult trek. And if you do it in the winter like I did, it’s even harder. With that said, if you are in decent shape, determined, and obey the guidelines for altitude sickness prevention (more on that below), then you’ll have no problem reaching base camp.

There is a lot of elevation gain and loss on this hike. At times near Lukla, the constant ups and downs will make you feel like you’re hiking a roller coaster, but the trail is never too steep or dangerous. After Namche, it’s mostly a slow uphill plod.

This trek has been completed by old seasoned hikers in their 70s, and young kids in their pre-teens. It’s also been flunked by healthy 20-30 somethings who try to push through it quickly without enough acclimatization to altitude.

Patience and discipline are key for trekking to Everest Base Camp. Slow and steady wins the race here.

Trekking Distance

The one way trekking distance from Lukla to Mt Everest Base Camp is about 65 kilometers (40 miles).

That means the total roundtrip distance of an EBC Trek is about 130 kilometers, even if you don’t do any of the detours.

Don’t let that scare you off. It’s a lot of hiking, but every step is worth it.

Altitude Sickness

By far your biggest danger on the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek is altitude sickness, also known as Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS).

No one is immune to this, and it doesn’t matter how fit you are. If you gain altitude too fast, you can get sick and in some cases even die. Plenty of people have died from AMS on the EBC Trek.

The problem is that overzealous hikers push the envelope on this hike all the time, and a lot of them end up needing a very expensive helicopter evacuation to lower ground.

The best way to avoid altitude sickness is to go slow . At altitudes above 3,000 meters (10,000 feet), don’t increase your sleeping elevation by more than 300-500 meters (1,000-1,500 feet) per night.

Every 1,000 meters (3,000 feet) you should also spend a second night at the same elevation. If you get a bad headache, dizziness, or nausea, descend to a lower altitude until you feel better. As long as you follow these general guidelines, you shouldn’t have any issues.

You can take Diamox (acetazolamide) on the trek for extra AMS prevention. This medication can be found in Kathmandu or Namche. I bought mine in Namche and it seemed to help my headache and slight foggy feeling. I didn’t have any side effects aside from the usual tingling toes/fingers.

Everest Base Camp Altitude

The Mount Everest Base Camp altitude is 5,364 meters (17,598 feet). At this elevation, there is 50% of the oxygen at sea level.

However, most treks also go to Kala Patthar, a viewpoint even higher than base camp where you can get the best views of Mount Everest.

The elevation at Kala Patthar is 5,644 meters (18,519 feet). From there, you’ll be rewarded with an incredible panorama of Mount Everest and other icy peaks like Pumori, Lhotse, and Nuptse.

Happy travels!

If you’d rather skip the hassle of planning your own EBC Trek, Klook has Everest Base Camp Tours starting as low as $900 USD for a full 12-day trek.

You may be able to find something cheaper than this once you land in Kathmandu, but booking online with a vetted tour company has some big advantages, and the reviews on their website are very positive for this Mt Everest Base Camp tour.

More Nepal Travel Tips

Hopefully you were helped by this guide for the Everest Base Camp Trek. Let me know in the comments below if I can help answer any questions.

Don’t forget to check out my complete Nepal Travel Guide with tips, info, photos & more!

You may also like

Dhigurah island travel guide for maldives, 10 best hikes in aruba: family friendly trails, how to visit tanjung puting national park in indonesia, banggai islands travel guide & itinerary for sulawesi indonesia, paisu pok lake in banggai: bluest lake in indonesia, samet nangshe viewpoint: best sunrise spot in thailand.

So much useful detailed information.

Thanks for the straight forward information. Beautiful photos

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Best Time to Visit

Weather & Climate

Kathmandu Airport Guide

Top Destinations in Nepal

One Week in Nepal

Tipping Guide

Getting Around

Top Things to Do in Nepal

Complete Guide to Kathmandu

Top Things to Do in Kathmandu

Top Things to Do in Pokhara

Sacred Sites

Amazing Festivals

Top National Parks

Must-Try Food

Annapurna Circuit

Manaslu Circuit

Himalaya Trail

Facts About Mt. Everest

Trek to Everest Base Camp

Everything You Need to Know About Trekking to Everest Base Camp

Jason Maehl / Getty Images

Everest Camp II

Trekking to Everest Base Camp in Nepal's Sagarmatha National Park is the adventure of a lifetime. Although actually climbing Mount Everest is out of reach for many of us, anyone with enough grit and good enough fitness can reach EBC and the Khumbu Icefall, the starting point for climbing Mount Everest. (You’ll need an $11,000 permit and some serious equipment to go any higher from there!)

The Himalayan scenery here is unrivaled on earth. Snowy sentinels will witness your struggle toward the top of the world , while stupas, prayer flags, and Sanskrit tablets will remind you of the spiritual significance of the area. Sadly, the numerous memorials to hikers who perished along the trail underscore the seriousness of your undertaking.

You’ll battle freezing cold, thin air, weather changes, and your own body as you ascend. Once at Everest Base Camp, you won’t even get to see the famous mountain itself unless you take a day to climb Kala Patthar (18,519 feet), an adjacent prominence that affords views of the “Holy Mother” when weather permits.

Read on for our complete guide to the Everest Base Camp trek, with information on what to pack, when to go, EBC tours, and more. Note that we’ll only cover getting to South Base Camp in Nepal, not North Base Camp in Tibet .

What to Expect

Trekking to Everest Base Camp involves hiking between lodges (or “teahouses”) found in villages along the trail. Some days may only consist of four hours or so of uphill trekking, depending on how much elevation is gained that day. Sometimes, you’ll have the option of pushing on to another village higher up—but no matter what, you will never gain more than 1,312 feet (500 meters) in a day.

Once above the tree line, the common rooms in your lodges will invariably be heated by yak dung-burning stoves. Weary hikers will hang around these stoves, warming themselves and socializing before retiring early to their unheated rooms. The shared toilets are sometimes located in snowy outhouses.

The village of Namche Bazaar (11,290 feet) is considered the last fully “civilized” stop on the trek to Everest Base Camp. Here, trekkers can enjoy treats from a German bakery while watching screened documentaries. You’ll find last-minute gear and souvenirs for sale along with the last ATM on the trail. You can even indulge at the “highest Irish pub in the world” on your way down after a successful trek!

When's the Best Time to Trek to Everest Base Camp?

The best time for trekking to Everest Base Camp is in either spring (March to May) or fall (September to November). If you want to see the camp in full form with climbers, support teams, and film crews, you’ll need to time your trip with spring climbing season, usually late April or early May. This is also the busiest time to be in Nepal .

For less traffic on the trails, consider making your trek to Everest Base Camp in September or October. Unfortunately, this means hiking in cooler weather with even less daylight than usual.

Avoid making the trek during monsoon season in summer. Humidity reduces beautiful views at lower elevations, and snowfall closes trails at higher elevation.

Adisorn Fineday Chutikunakorn / Getty Images

Should I Book a Tour or Go Independently?

There are three options for completing a trek to Everest Base Camp:

• Book a group tour and have all arrangements made for you.
• Make the trek to Everest Base Camp independently .
• Arrive in Nepal, then hire a guide and/or porter yourself.

No matter which option you choose, try to spend an additional day at Namche Bazaar. The extra time at 11,290 feet reduces some of the effects of elevation later; you’ll enjoy a better overall trekking experience and suffer less. The extra day isn’t “wasted”—many day hikes around Namche Bazaar provide beautiful views while giving your body time to adjust. Your chances of successfully reaching Base Camp vastly improve if you spend more time at Namche Bazaar.

Everest Base Camp Tours

Although the most expensive option by far, having everything organized before you arrive provides peace of mind. You’ll be taken care of all along the way, with access to better safety measures such as supplemental oxygen. Bigger companies use yaks to take your gear ahead; you’ll find it waiting for you in your teahouse room at the end of each hiking day.

You can book an Everest Base Camp tour online from home, or if time permits, do so after arriving in Kathmandu . Booking on the ground through a Nepalese agency saves money and better helps the local economy. You’ll find trekking agencies on every corner in Thamel, but unfortunately, not all are reliable. Choose a reputable agency that’s a member of the Trekking Agencies’ Association of Nepal . You can see in the member directory how long an agency has been in operation, and hopefully, make a better informed decision.

Independent Trekking

First, independently trekking to Everest Base Camp doesn’t necessarily mean solo trekking. Trekking alone in the Himalayas is dangerous no matter your experience level. A simple slip or unexpected weather change could keep you from reaching the next teahouse before temperatures plummet at night.

Independent trekkers can save a lot of money by foregoing organized tours and simply teaming up with other trekkers they meet along the way. (Everyone you meet in the lodges is going in one of two directions: up or down!) The well-marked trail to Everest Base Camp is busy during peak trekking seasons, giving you the best chance of meeting new friends who match your speed and fitness level.

Going independently does carry some risk, of course. You’ll be responsible for your own well-being and making important decisions. On the other hand, you’ll be able to set your own pace and make adjustments based on how well your body acclimatizes. A majority of hiker deaths on the trail each year occur when people in group excursions are suffering from Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS) but don’t speak up. They fear slowing everyone down, or don’t want to forfeit reaching Everest Base Camp.

If guiding yourself, pick up a good trail map in Kathmandu. Don’t rely solely on electronic devices for making survival decisions! You’ll also need to store your luggage at a trustworthy guesthouse or hotel in Kathmandu. Locking duffel bags and padlocks can be purchased in local shops; some owners will buy them back once you return from your trek.

Hiking Guides and Porters

Rest assured: Your pack is going to feel heavier at 15,000 feet than it does at home! Even as an independent trekker, hiring a local guide and/or porter are options. Hiring directly ensures money goes to the Sherpas instead of a Western tour agency that managed to rank well online. Expect to pay between $15 to $20 a day for a porter or $25 to $30 a day for a guide.

You’ll need to negotiate terms and contingencies before hitting the trail. Paying up to half of the porter’s fee up front is common, and you will also be expected to tip guides and porters after the trip. Finalize details and other expenses to avoid a potential disagreement. The agreed daily rate should include their meals, drinks, and accommodation so you aren’t asked for money later.

Guides will approach you on the street in Thamel, however, you should hire only a credible and licensed guide through either a trekking company or your accommodation. You may still be able to hire a porter later on the trail by speaking to the staff at your lodge.

How Much Does It Cost to Trek to Everest Base Camp?

The cost of trekking to Everest Base Camp depends entirely upon your needed level of comfort. One indelible rule holds on the trail: Prices rise as elevation rises. That 50-cent candy bar from Kathmandu is worth $7 at 17,000 feet!

Extremely basic accommodation in teahouses can be found for as low as $5 per night. You’ll be expected to have your meals where you stay. A hearty Nepalese meal of dal bhat can be enjoyed for $6 or less, but expect to pay much more for Western food. A can of Coke can cost up to $5; remember, it’s heavy and had to be carried up by a porter.

Other luxuries add to the cost of life on the trail. A (somewhat) warm shower can cost $5. Charging electronic devices and accessing the internet, if available, cost several dollars an hour, and the solar charging systems are often slow and provide only a weak charge. Depending on your food and drink indulgences, plan to spend $20 to $30 a day living on the trail. This excludes any fees you pay to porters and guides.

If not already covered, your greatest expense will be the short flight to and from Lukla. The 30-minute flight can cost around $180 each way.

Do You Need a Permit for Everest Base Camp?

You’ll need at least two permits for trekking to Everest Base Camp. Your tour organizer will probably provide these, but you’ll need to arrange them yourself if trekking independently.

• Sagarmatha National Park Permit: Get this at the Nepal Tourism Board office in Kathmandu (approximately $25).
• Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality Permit: You will get this permit from a checkpoint in Lukla; it isn’t available in Kathmandu (approximately $17).
• Gaurishankar Conservation Area Permit: You only need this permit from the Tourism Board if doing the longer trek to Everest Base Camp from Jiri instead of flying to Lukla (approximately $17).

The permit system changed in 2018. Disregard any information you read elsewhere about needing a TIMS card for the trek to Everest Base Camp.

Greg Rodgers

What to Pack

Kathmandu, particularly in Thamel, has more than enough outfitting shops for gearing up. Unfortunately, those same shops are stacked with counterfeit gear that probably won’t survive the hardships of the trek. Sifting through the piles of used gear in dark shops requires patience. Prices are inflated, so put your game face on and start haggling !

If you booked a guided tour, find out what your tour company plans to provide (e.g., hiking poles, down jackets, etc) before shopping. Consider bringing mission-critical items from home so that equipment failure doesn’t affect your experience. For instance, you’ll need quality sunglasses to prevent eye injury. Sunglasses for sale locally may have “UV Protection” stickers on them but don’t offer much actual protection.

• Good hiking boots. You should invest in high-quality, waterproof hiking boots and break them in properly before you leave home; painful blisters can ruin an otherwise-excellent trek.
• Lightweight sleeping bag. Rooms along the trek are unheated. Lodges provide weighty blankets for the freezing nights, but you'll appreciate having a layer between you and the unwashed bedding. Even a lightweight silk “sleep sheet” will do the trick.
• Alternate footwear. After removing your muddy hiking boots, a pair of lightweight shoes or sandals comes in handy for wearing around lodges and shared bathrooms.
• Water purification: As elevation increases, so does the cost of bottled water and need to reduce plastic waste. You’ll be drinking more than ever to counter dehydration in the dry air. Although there are many options, the two-bottle, chlorine dioxide system from Aquamira is a reliable solution.
• Trail snacks: Candy bars and nuts provide a much-needed boost to energy and morale while on the trail or in the lodge.
• USB power bank: Keeping batteries charged in the extreme cold is a challenge. If you plan to use a phone for photos or communication, you’ll want to bring along a rugged power bank.
• Diamox tablets: Diamox (acetazolamide) is medication for countering the dangerous effects of AMS. Guides should have some on hand, but independent trekkers will want to buy Diamox to carry. Beware of fake tablets for sale in Kathmandu. Purchase only from legitimate pharmacies—not from shops—and discuss how to use them.

If you won’t be taking your poles and other gear home after the trek, consider giving it directly to the Sherpas you meet in Lukla.

John Elk III / Getty Images

How to Get There

Fly into Kathmandu's Tribhuvan International Airport (KTM) and plan to spend a few days resting and preparing for the trek. Unless you’ll be starting the trek in Jiri—which requires a seven-hour bus ride and an additional five to seven days of trekking—you’ll need to book a flight to Lukla.

Taking the small prop plane from Kathmandu to Lukla (LUA) is one of the scariest and most scenic aviation experiences many travelers will have. Although not the highest airport in the world , weather and visibility changes have caused enough crashes at Tenzig-Hillary Airport in Lukla to earn it the title of “most dangerous airport in the world.”

The trek to Everest Base Camp begins in Lukla and finishes at the infamous Khumbu Icefall!

How Dangerous Is Everest Base Camp?

Although frostbite and rock slides are hazards along the trail, the biggest danger—by far—comes from the high elevation. Once symptoms of AMS begin (severe headache and nausea), you need to descend as soon as possible. Ideally, you’ll ascend slowly enough to minimize altitude sickness in the first place.

The CDC recommends never gaining more than 500 meters in one day and taking a rest day for every 1,000 meters gained. Whenever possible, you should descend to sleep at a lower elevation than the highest point reached during the day. Track and do the elevation math as though your life depends on it.

The high elevation and thinner air introduces additional risks. For one, your body will increase its production of red blood cells, causing excessive urination; be sure to drink plenty of water to avoid dehydration. Many trekkers will also experience the dry, hacking "Khumbu cough" from panting heavily in the thin air and breathing in the dust of the region. You can cover your face with a bandanna or balaclava for some protection. The cough usually goes away after time. Ultraviolet rays, too, are more damaging in the thinner air, so protect your skin, lips, and eyes by applying high SPF sunscreen and lip balm, wearing long sleeves, and donning sunglasses.

Finally, yak trains always get the right of way! Never share a bridge crossing with one, and always pass them on the “inside” of the trail. Startled yaks are unpredictable and sometimes knock trekkers off the trail.

Additional Tips

• Take your stocking up on snacks seriously. Pack candy bars, even if you wouldn’t ordinarily indulge at home. You’ll experience strong cravings at higher elevation. Hikers are willing to spend $7 or more for Snickers bars near Everest Base Camp!
• The weather in the Himalayas changes quickly and unpredictably. Flights to and from Lukla frequently become delayed by a day or two, maybe longer if a winter storm system sets in. Add some buffer days to your Kathmandu itinerary just in case this happens.
• Before retiring to bed, ask your teahouse staff to pour boiling water into your bottles and use them as bed warmers. Fair warning: They’ll probably be frozen next to you in the morning!
• Sleep with your phone and any batteries in the bed with you. Your body heat will protect battery life a little.
• Weight limitations imposed by airlines that fly to Lukla are strictly enforced. If an airline says 33 pounds (15 kilograms), that includes all baggage , stowed or carried. Don’t risk having to forfeit gear in Kathmandu Airport because you’re a pound or two over the allowance. You can stuff some items into your pockets, within reason.

Where Is Mount Everest?

How to Go Teahouse Trekking in Nepal

Solo Trekking in Nepal's Everest National Park

How to Choose and Prepare for a Hiking Trip

Independent Trekking in Nepal

The Best 12 Hikes in Nepal

Five Amazing Hiking Routes Among the High Mountains of the Himalayas

The World's Highest Places and Attractions That You Can Visit

How to Trek Nepal's Manaslu Circuit

The Complete Guide to Climbing Morocco's Mount Toubkal

Trekking the Two-Day Inca Trail to Machu Picchu

Climbing Mount Batur in Bali, Indonesia

The Top 15 Destinations in Nepal

A Guide to Tipping in Nepal

The Different Types of Adventure Travel

Everest Base Camp Trek – Ultimate Guide For 2024

Written By: The Planet D

Adventure Travel , Nepal

Updated On: January 5, 2024

Trekking to Everest Base Camp is different than other treks around the world. Nowhere else on earth will you experience trekking as you do in Nepal and nowhere quite compares to the majesty of the Himalayas. Villages dot the landscape filled with restaurants, markets, bazaars, and tea houses (mini-hotels) where you can stop for lunch, buy supplies, and have a piece of apple pie while surrounded by the highest mountains in the world.

Every hundred meters or so there is a hotel, restaurant, or cluster of buildings making up a small village. The villages are stunning reminding us of something out of the Swiss Alps on steroids. Well-built lodges and brick homes line the trail with the magnificent setting of the Himalayas draped in the back.

Table of Contents

Trekking to Everest Base Camp

What is it like trekking to Everest Base Camp in Nepal? The EBC Trek is life-changing, it’s exhilarating, and it is challenging. We share everything you need to know from planning your trek to Everest to packing for your trip. This guide to the Everest Base Camp Trek breaks down each day. So sit back and take a journey with us through Nepal’s legendary Sagarmatha National Park.

Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary

On the map, the Everest Base Camp trekking route distances look fairly easy to hike from village to village through the Khumbu Valley. Eight days may seem like it would be more than enough time to cover a mere 63 km (39 miles) one way, (128 km return) but with several sustained days in a row above 4000 meters (13,000 feet), the walk is slow and steady.

It is important not to push too fast to avoid altitude sickness which is a very real possibility. When trekking to Everest base camp, expect to hike anywhere from 7 – 17 km (4.5 – 10 miles) per day with the entire trek taking 12 – 14 days.

Hiring a Guide for the EBC Trek – Mandatory

In April 1, 2023, Nepal has banned solo trekking. Foreigners must hire a guide for treks in high-altitude trekking regions of national parks. According to the Kathmandu Post in March “ solo or independent trekkers have to mandatorily hire a guide or a porter before setting off to Nepal’s mountains.” However, after an updated article in the Kathmandu Post, it seems that the Everest Region is an exception. Before booking, we would check with local companies and authorities as rules are constantly changing.

Book Locally

Many people book ahead of time with a tour company located outside of Nepal such as Intrepid Travel or GAdventures, but we hired locally and it saved a lot of money.

Plus, you know your money is going directly to the local economy and you have a more intimate experience by trekking with a local guide. We spent a couple of days in Kathmandu looking for a guide to Everest and found Simrik Real Nepa l owned by Kathmandu resident Dipendra Simkhada.

Dipendra planned the entire trip for us, and all we had to do was wait for him to pick us up at our guesthouse in Kathmandu to take us to the airport to board our Tara Air flight to Lukla Airport. Book your Trek to Everest Base Camp with Simrik Real Nepal – A Locally owned and operated tour company, Simrik is located in Kathmandu.

Kathmandu – The Hub of Nepal Treks

We spent a few days in Kathmandu picking up supplies and doing some sightseeing before trekking to Everest. We suggest not spending too long here as it can be very polluted in Kathmandu and by the time we were ready to trek, I was already quite congested.

Our recommendation is when you arrive in Kathmandu, only spend two to three days to get yourself organized and instead do your sightseeing at the end of your trek. Read more: Top Places to visit in Kathmandu, Nepal

Day 1: Fly from Lukla Trek to Pakhding

Flights to Lukla no longer leave from Tribhuvan International Airport (Kathmandu Airport)  in Kathmandu due to congestion. Flights are now out of Ramechap airport which is a 4 1/2 hour drive from Kathmandu. You can book private helicopters from Tribhuvan International Airport.

The flight from Ramechap airport is much shorter than the flight from Tribhuvan International Airport. Flights to Lukla are only 12 minutes so more flights can get through when the weather is clear making flights less likely to be canceled or delayed for too long.

The flight to Lukla is a scary flight and is considered one of the most dangerous in the world. We flew from Kathmandu but flights now are much shorter from Ramechap. I think I would like it better as we sat at the front of the plane and saw the pilot’s instruments constantly flash “ obstacle ahead. ” It looked as if we were about to crash into a mountain at any time. Read all about our flight to Lukla and watch the video here

Watch Us Fly to Lukla Airport

The Lukla airstrip at Lukla Airpot is a short landing strip at only 525 meters (1,729 feet long.) Built on the side of a mountain it is also a very steep grade that is needed to slow the planes down quickly. Needless to say, we held our breath during the landing.

We survived that flight, but it was the flight back to Kathmandu I was nervous about. Taking off on that short of a runway was a hair-raising experience. One false move and we’d drop thousands of feet into the valley below. Lukla Airport is actually called Tenzing Hillary Airport named after the first two men to summit Mount Everest.

Hiking from Lukla to Pakding

The trek begins officially in Lukla. Lukla is a busy town with plenty of accommodation, shops, and eateries. If you forgot anything for your EBC trek, you can pick up supplies in a pinch. But we suggest purchasing all your gear in Kathmandu. It is much cheaper.

From Lukla, we immediately started our Everest Base Camp hike. After a quick snack and a cup of tea in Lukla, we set off on an easy three-hour trek along trekking trails that were easy to follow weaving through villages, crossing rivers, and stumbling over stony paths.

Entering Sagarmatha National Park

A permit is needed to hike to Everest Base Camp as it is located in Sagarmatha National Park. We checked in with the national park headquarters and Dipendra took care of everything. He had all our paperwork in order so all we had to do was start walking through the beautiful Khumbu Valley to make our way to Everest base camp.

Sagarmatha National Park has been a UNESCO World Heritage Site since 1976. At 1148 square km (443 square miles) in area, it is one of the most beautiful places we have ever visited.

We felt giddy stepping through the welcome gates located just outside of Lukla. This was it, we were following in the footsteps of the great adventurers of our time. It was awe-inspiring to hike through the Khumbu region surrounded by the Himalayas.

As we hiked out of Lukla, Dipendra pointed out the surrounding jagged white peaks named Kwangde, Mumbu, and Kishumkongara. At 6000+ meters, (19,000+ feet) these are the “little guys” of the world’s highest mountain range. It wouldn’t be long until we were among the famous 8000-meter (26,000 feet) peaks.

Our first day was filled with a relaxing walk while learning about the Khumbu region. It was quite early in the day, so we had plenty of time to take our time to learn about the customs of climbing and learn the names of the mountains found in this beautiful region of Nepal.

For the rest of the day, we followed the Dudh Koshi River Valley at a steady but leisurely pace to the village of Pakding. Temperatures were warm and the first day of trekking was comfortable. Lukla to Pakding actually has an elevation loss, so it is a good introduction to hiking through the region as we had a lot of downhill trekking.

After about 5 hours, we came to our first night on the trek where we spent the night in a comfortable teahouse in the village of Phakding.

Our First Night on the EBC Trek

The accommodation in Pakding was a quaint little hotel/teahouse that looked like a cottage. The wood-burning stove smelled delicious as it warmed the restaurant while they prepared our meals.

Our porter “Sher” carried all our supplies including the sleeping bags that we borrowed from our trekking company. We each rented a sleeping bag that was included in the price of our EBC trek. The beds were comfortable and Dave and I had private rooms. Some tours use dorm rooms but we had private rooms. Toilets were shared, but everything was clean and comfortable. The rooms were clean and we slept like rocks snuggled up in our thick down sleeping bags.

Heated Lodges – Teahouses on the EBC Trek

During the EBC Trek, you don’t stay in tents. You stay in charming teahouses with cozy beds, wood-burning stoves, and fully stocked restaurants that serve dinner.

The teahouses are a welcoming sight after a long day of trekking helping to make the trek to Everest one of the most memorable experiences of our lives. If you are planning to trek to Everest Base Camp in Nepal, read on for all the information you’ll need to help you prepare.

The main lodges of each teahouse we stayed in during the first half of our EBC trek were cozy and warm. At the lower elevations, woodstoves burned wood in the dining room and common areas and our rooms were a comfortable temperature with heating as we were wrapped up in our sleeping bags. We ate hearty meals of pasta and meat and enjoyed a relaxing night soaking in the amazing day we just had on the mountain.

• From Lukla – Elevation 2869 meters (9,350 feet)
• To Pakding – Elevation 2610 meters ( 8563 Feet)
• Length – 7.7 km (4.78 miles)
• Elevation loss – 79 meters (259 feet)
• Duration – 3 Hours

Day 2 – Pakding to Namche Bazaar

On day two, we checked in at another gate of the Mt. Everest park headquarters to show our documentation. We had to show our passports and give them extra passport photos to go into the log. (So make sure you have extra passport photos with you) Once we signed in, we were officially in the Khumbu region and officially on our way trekking to Everest Base Camp.

We covered a lot of terrain on day two making it the longest day of the Everest Base Camp trek. The trail up the mountains was steep and challenging but it was a memorable day.

Day two of the EBC trek was a hike of almost 10km (6.2 miles) with an elevation gain of 800 meters (2624 feet). But throughout the hike, there was a lot of elevation loss mixed in so it felt like a lot more.

We would lose elevation as we descended into the valley only to have to climb back up again to a higher elevation. Today was a lot of fun though because we crossed several suspension bridges over Dudh Kosi River Valley.

Suspension Bridges on the way to Everest

If you have a fear of heights, crossing suspension bridges may not be your favorite moment, but the suspension bridges while trekking to Everest Base Camp are well constructed, made of steel, and in excellent condition.

I was nervous about the suspension bridges. The Lonely Planet Guide said, “ Grit your teeth and climb onto a drooping suspension bridge floating at a dizzying height .” That sentence freaked me out.

I had built the suspension bridges of the EBC trek in my head as something monstrous. But by the time we reached the first bridge, I wondered what all the fuss was about. Once I crossed my first bridge, my confidence was up and I was ready for anything the Everest trek was ready to throw at me.

Donkey Trains

Today we also started to see a lot of donkeys, cows, and goats taking supplies to the villages. Traffic can get very heavy on the Everest Base Camp hike. When animal trains go by, make sure to get out of their way and stay to the side.

They are loaded down with heavy gear and they have a mission to keep on walking until they are done. They can easily nudge you right off the side of a cliff as no matter what is in their way, they just keep walking.

The trail is a highway, but instead of transport trucks or trains carrying cargo, people and farm animals carry everything from lumber and building supplies to food and kitchen appliances.

Safety Tips on the Everest Base Camp Trek for yaks and donkeys

• Important Tip: When a yak, donkey, or cow train passes you during the EBC trek, be sure to stand on the mountainside of the trail so they can’t push you over the edge !
• It is better to be squished into a mountainside than to go tumbling over the edge!

Final Stretch to Namche Bazaar

Right after crossing the last bridge, the hardest part of day two of trekking to Everest base camp started The last push of the day consisted of 2-hours straight uphill to Namche Bazar.

We were drenched with sweat but the air was cool. Whenever we stopped for a break, we would get a chill so we just kept on chugging away.

Large tour groups passed us quickly, only to be caught a few minutes later as they rested. We realize that we were the tortoise and they were the hare! Slow and steady is the way to climb at high altitudes and in the end, we made it to Namche Bazaar with plenty of time to spare in the day.

Arrival to Namche Bazaar

We checked into the security post and cringed when we found out that our lodge was an uphill walk for another 20 minutes. Rest had to wait a bit longer.

When we arrived at our accommodation, we were thrilled to see our porter Sher’s smiling face. He had already checked us in and put our bag in our room. We immediately went for a nap and then did a little walking around town in the evening to do some shopping and grab a bite to eat before turning in for an early night.

There are plenty of shops and restaurants at Namche Bazaar, this town is bustling and we spent two nights of our EBC Trek here which was awesome.

Pakding – Elevation 2610 meters ( 8563 Feet) Namche Bazaar – 3440 meters (11,286 feet) Elevation Gain – 830 meters (2723 feet) Distance – 10km (6.2 Miles) Duration – 6 hours

Day 3 – Acclimatization Day at Namche Bazaar

We had two glorious days at Namche Bazaar. Dipendra chose great accommodation for us throughout our EBC trek and we had a good rest in this splendid teahouse where we enjoyed delicious pasta, meats, and of course dhal baht. We spent the morning enjoying coffee and doing a bit of shopping.

What to do in Namche Bazaar

We explored Namche Bazaar and checked out its many shops. The streets are packed with shopping stalls and markets. We searched for gear that we missed getting in Kathmandu and got some great deals. We were surprised the prices weren’t inflated at Namche Bazaar.

We bought some down booties to keep our feet warm at night, a couple of sherpa hats, and a warmer set of gloves. The Everest Bakery was a highlight with delicious apple pie, fresh coffee, and WiFi. We had two pieces each!

But we took it very easy, making sure to stay hydrated and to eat enough food to stave off altitude sickness. Namche Bazaar is located at a high altitude of 3440 meters (11,286 feet). We already saw a woman suffering from altitude sickness. She was having her blood pressure taken and heart rate monitored and when she got up, she was staggering as she leaned on her guide.

Her Everest base camp trek had already come to an abrupt end. It reminded us to relax because the days ahead were going to be tough. So we went back to our teahouse to relax and prepare for the rest of our journey

The Acclimatization Hike for EBC Trek

Most high-altitude treks have at least one acclimation day . The Everest Base Camp trek is no exception. An acclimatization day consists of hiking to a higher altitude and then coming back down to sleep at a lower elevation. It gives your body a chance to adjust to the altitude but you don’t stay for long.

As you will be constantly gaining altitude on the Everest Trek, it is good to have at least one day to climb higher and sleep lower to help prevent altitude sickness.

Our acclimation hike took us to the Everest View Hotel. With an elevation gain of only 400 meters, it wasn’t too much higher than our hotel in Namche Bazaar, but it is enough to help acclimate to the high altitudes. Everest View Hotel offers amazing views of Mount Everest (hence the name). Plus it holds the Guinness book of world records as the highest hotel in the world.

It is not an easy day off though. Just walking through town takes your breath away. As we made our way up the steps, I wondered if I should have just stayed in bed and skipped the viewpoint to relax. When we started the climb I was breathing heavily just walking up a few flights of steps. We hadn’t even left Namche Bazaar and I was pooped!

Once we got on the trail, things became easier. The steep grade gave way to a sloping trail and I started to feel better. After one and a half hours of climbing, we reached what has to be the world’s highest airstrip at 3700 meters (12,139 feet). We arrive just in time to see a small plane take off.

First Views of Mt. Everest

It was here that we got to see our first breathtaking views of Mt. Everest and the surrounding mountains. We hiked a bit farther and there it was, standing quietly behind the other highest peaks of the earth. 

Lhotse, Changri, Ama Dablam, and Nuptse surround the mighty Mount Everest, the world’s highest peak. At 8414m (27,604 feet), 6027m (19,773 feet), and 7861m (25,790 feet) they are the little sisters of this sacred mountain. Mount Everest stands at 8848 meters (27,716 feet).

The deep Khumbu valley views were magnificent. The river wove far below, carving through the panorama of the white mountain tops. We walked a narrow trail snaking along the side of a steep mountain and suddenly realize “this trek has become real.” We were high in the Himalayas and one false move could mean catastrophe falling into the abyss below.

The sky was a deep blue and the white summits reached toward the billowing clouds. The view was so awe-inspiring it brought me to tears. Everything was so crisp and clear. During the EBC trek, you feel as if you could reach out and touch heaven.

The clouds rolled in quickly so it was time to go. The weather conditions change quickly on the Everest base camp hike, so it is good to have the experience of a guide leading us through all terrain and conditions. We went back to Namche Bazaar to relax and gain strength for the rest of the trek.

Namche Bazaar – Elevation – 3440 meters. (11246 feet) Everest View Hotel – 3880 meters (12,730 ft.) Elevation – Bounce of 440 meters (1443 feet) Duration – 3 hours return Elevation Gain – 0 km

Day 4 – Namche Bazaar to Tengboche

We awoke earlier than usual on Day 4. Two large group treks (Intrepid Travel and G Adventures) had checked into our lodge and we didn’t want to have to compete for service or breakfast. We also didn’t want to have to wait in line for the bathroom.

Lodges become more and more sparse as you go higher on the Everest Base Camp Trek and fewer toilets are shared between more people. Up until now, we hadn’t encountered crowds of people. It had been pretty quiet on the mountain and we liked it that way.

Luckily, we were a day ahead of the other tours. They had to stay in Namche Bazaar for another day to acclimate to the high altitudes, So we moved on to enjoy our EBC Trek free from crowds of people – for now.

Tenzing Norgay Memorial Stupa

During day 4 of the EBC trek, we hiked along trails clinging to the side of the mountain. The narrow trekking trails along this route were a little scary. They wound along the edge of the cliff with nothing but a sheer drop to the abyss into the Khumbu Valley. But we kept our wits about us putting one foot ahead of the other until we reached the Sherpa Monument.

Tenzing Norgay Sherpa monument was erected by the Norgay family. It is a stupa honoring Tenzing Norgay Sherpa and all the Sherpas that risked their lives to help climbers reach the summit of Mt. Everest.

All treks pass this monument and it is an important stop on the journey to pay respect to the famous Sherpa of the Everest region. In case you don’t know, Tenzing Norgay Sherpa was the first man to summit Everest along with Sir Edmund Hillary.

What is a Sherpa?

Sherpas are the unsung heroes of Mt. Everest. They do all of the hard work and technical work on the mountain. They carry the heavy loads, set the ladders and ropes to cross the Hillary Step and Khumbu Icefield for mountain climbers, and they take care of setting up camp while climbers and trekkers catch their breath and try to survive life on the world’s highest peak.

Difference Between a Sherpa and a Porter

Sherpas and porters are very different from one another. We learned that a Sherpa is actually the name of an ethnic group from Tibet. The original mountaineers hired Sherpas as their guides in the Himalayas and the world has now adopted the name for porters in the Everest region. If you aren’t born into the Sherpa ethnic group, you cannot be called a Sherpa. Porters are porters and Sherpas are Sherpas.

We were told that some porters, especially commercial porters carry up to 60kg (150 pounds) of supplies and gear to businesses located along the EBC trek. That is a lot of weight and we were very surprised. When climbing Mount Kilimanjaro , porters had a mandatory weight limit of 35kg. (77 pounds).

Dipendra told us that they get paid per kilo so some people push it too far. The Nepalese are a strong bunch but this is a lot to carry at such a high altitude no matter what shape you are in.

We kept our pack as light as possible at around 22kg (48 pounds) for Sher and we even felt bad about that! We have heard there is a 30kg (66lb) limit for Everest, but judging by what we saw other porters carrying on the Everest Base Camp hike, people were pushing it well beyond that.

We saw men carrying stacks of plywood with heavy white sacks loaded on top. We saw men carrying propane tanks, doors, and huge packs. What could people possibly need on the EBC Trek that they packed their packs so full? Read more: Packing List for Everest Base Camp Trek

Approaching Tengboche

The final push of our EBC Trek day 4 was to Tengboche Monastery. It was a tough yet steady 2-hour steep climb. We are now gaining altitude climbing above the tree line. We put our heads down and huffed and puffed our way up. We didn’t stop for any photos or videos and were surprised to cut the climb down to just one and a half hours.

We reached the prayer wheels of Tengboche Monastery just in time for light snow to start falling. We made it into our camp at Tengboche by 1:30 pm and had the entire afternoon to ourselves at 3900 meters (12795 feet). This is an excellent place on the Everest Base Camp hike to have some extra time to relax as there are a few special things to see and do.

Tengboche Monastery

We warmed our feet with our new down booties that we bought at Namche Bazaar and changed into some dryer clothes before heading off to see the monks chant at Tengboche Monastery. Our guide Dipendra told us that this is the most important monastery in the region. All climbers summiting the mountains stop at this monastery to be blessed by the monks.

We were allowed to watch the ceremony and to take in the warmth and blessings from the monks. It is a sacred place and all climbers and trekkers stop here before continuing up the mountains.

The footprints of Lama Pagna Dorje from the 16th century are embedded in solid stone in front of the monastery.  A place where he mediated and raced through the Himalayas riding the wind with his mind.

Apparently, he sat on this stone for so long, his feet left their mark. He spent years traveling the world through the power of his mind and we believe the story. Especially after our yoga experience in Goa India. He predicted that a monastery would be built here and surprise surprise…here it is.

The View from Tengboche Monastery

The view is magnificent from Tengboche Monastery. The valley is wide and opens up to massive rolling hills giving way to the highest peaks on earth. Plus it has a clear view of Mt. Everest and the surrounding mountains.

We were told that Sir Edmund Hillary came back to survey the peak of Mount Everest from this spot because the view is so clear of the mountain and we can understand why.

Accommodation – Basic Tea Houses at Higher Altitude

At this high elevation of the EBC trek, accommodation became very basic and rustic. We felt like true adventurers as we sat by the fire warming our feet and bonding with our fellow trekkers over our shared experience by candlelight.

There were 10 of us staying in this teahouse. All are sharing electricity to charge our camera batteries. Meals were now vegetarian and wood stoves were heated by yak dung. At this high altitude, meat cannot be transported fast enough to stay fresh and regular wood is scarce, so yak dung it is.

When we went to bed, our room was freezing. Rooms are not heated at higher elevations. We had our own room, but I sometimes wonder if sleeping in a dorm would have helped with more body heat. The temperature easily dipped down to -10 Celcius (14 degrees Fahrenheit) and our plywood walls didn’t offer a lot of comforts.

We tossed and turned all night long trying to keep our noses warm in our sleeping bags wearing our down jackets, thick socks, and thermal mid-layers.

It was so cold the scoop bucket for the shared squat toilet froze over forming a patch of ice to form on the floor. It was a slippery trip to the outhouse. Sadly, we always have to pee a lot during the night when sleeping at high altitudes so we visited that toilet a lot.

Hot Tip: Pay for hots showers at lower elevations You won’t regret it! We realized that we should have paid the 250 Rupees for the hot showers offered at the accommodation in Namche Bazaar. Now that the weather was so cold there was no way we could face a bucket bath in a freezing shed. Dave and I set a new record in these mountains of Nepal, 9 days without a shower!

Namche Bazaar – Elevation – 3440 meters. (11246 feet) above sea level Tengboche – 3860 meters (12664 feet) Elevation Gain – 420 meters (1378 feet) Distance – 9.3 km (5.77 miles) Duration – 3 hours (without stopping) 5 hours for photos, lunch and rest.

Day 5 – Tengboche to Dingboche

Day 5 of the EBC Trek was freezing!  We had an early wake-up call and morning came too quickly on the Tengboche leg of the EBC Trek. But, we awoke to a winter wonderland of fresh snow at the Tengboche Monastery and clear views of Lhotse peak.

The snow from the night before made for more incredible views on the hiking trails. As we started out from the lodge, the sky was crisp and clear, showing Mount Everest in all its glory. It was stunning, and in between gasping for air, we admired the view.

Today we walked to higher altitudes and saw our first trains of wooly yaks.  Yaks cannot survive at low altitudes because it is too warm for them, so you don’t see yaks on the Everest Base Camp hike until at least 3000 meters. (9800 feet) They are beautiful.

Yaks on the Trek to Everest Base Camp

Woolly yak trains were more frequent and by day five of the EBC Trek, we had our system perfected to give them the right of way without letting them nudge us off the mountain.

As we said earlier, it is important to give yaks space. They will run you right off the mountain if you are in their way. Be sure to stand on the mountainside as they pass so you don’t get knocked over the edge. The yaks of the Everest Base Camp trek, have only one thing on their mind. To get to their destination.

On this day, signs of expeditions going up to summit Everest started to go by as large groups of yaks carried giant loads of climbing gear. It is exciting to think that we were walking the same route as so many great mountain climbers, like Sir Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay Sherpa.

The Trek from Tengboche is breathtaking

I conquered what little fear of heights I had left this day. Some of the narrow paths on the route dropped sharply into the deep valley below. Soon we found ourselves walking along the ledge not thinking at all about the dangers below. We hiked for a couple of hours before stopping for tea at a restaurant in Pangboche.

There are shops, teahouses, and restaurants along the route so we could buy lunch along the way and one of the more popular stops is in the village of Pangboche. After a tea stop in Pangboche, we met a sweet lady that walked with us all the way to the village of Dingboche. Her name was Yangshou and she waited for us as we struggled up hills and crossed the suspension bridge over the Imja Khola River.  

Her cute laugh and quiet prayers helped to pass the time. She stopped to talk to everyone on the trail while we plugged along. She’d fall far behind when she chatted with friends, only to quickly catch us and then scoot by us with ease. She must have enjoyed our company because we really slowed her down. “ Yangzhou, we will always remember your smiling face!

We spent the night in the village of Dingboche and wished that we had another night here. It is from here that you will see beautiful views of Island Peak and Lhotse, but it is also a good spot for another acclimatization day.

Tengboche – 3860 meters (12664 feet) above sea level Dingboche – Elevation – 4410 meters. (14468 feet) Elevation Gain – 550 meters (1804 feet) Distance – 10.8 km (6.71 miles) Duration – 3 hours (without stopping) 5 hours for photos, lunch, and rest.

Day 6 – Second Acclimatization Day at Dingboche

This is a day that most people spend acclimating to the high altitude. We did not do this day, but you should! So we are including it in the guide because it is a very important day when trekking to Everest Base Camp. If we were smarter, we would have spent 2 nights in the village of Dingboche where we would spend a day hiking up to Nagurjun Hill.

This is the best place for climbers looking to summit Everest, Ama Dablam (6812m), Lobuche peak (6,119 m), or Island Peak to do their acclimatization day. Dingboche is a small village in the Khumbu region with only a few guest houses, so it is a good time to relax, replenish and rejuvenate for the next push.

If we had brought our Lonely Planet Trekking in the Nepal Himalayas (which we forgot in Kathmandu and kicked ourselves about it every day) we would have realized that we should have taken an extra day to acclimate in Dingboche.

Dipendra was flexible so he would have easily added another day onto our trek, we just didn’t know any better to ask about it. Lucky for us, we felt strong, but other groups were complaining of headaches and dizziness.

In the end, we wish we spent the extra day here. Some people even spend two days here climbing to the surrounding peaks. We did suffer after reaching base camp and I believe that is because we didn’t spend time acclimatizing here.

Had we stayed, we would have done some light hikes to gain altitude and then come back down to rest at a lower elevation. Many people who are set to climb Island Peak or Kala Patthar stay here for a few days to get some practice climbs in.

Dingboche – Elevation – 4410 meters. (14468 feet) above sea level Nangkartshang Peak  – Altitude – 5050 meters (16568 feet) Climb – 640 meters (2099 feet) Distance – 10.8 km (6.71 miles) Duration – 4 hours Elevation Gain – 0

Day 7 – Dingboche to Lobuche

We walked with fellow trekkers we met at our guesthouse Martin and Richard from Slovakia during the morning hours. They carried their own packs and after watching them struggle, we were happy we hired a porter. (note: As of April 2023, you can no longer trek independently in Nepal) They were really starting to feel the altitude and we eventually left them behind.

We enjoyed our day taking photos of the stunning clear views of the Everest region. It may be a little colder trekking in Nepal at this time of year (Early March), but the skies are clear and blue. When we came across a small cluster of houses, we felt like we had entered the Kingdom of Middle Earth. Little Hobbit houses lined a valley with giant peaks looming overhead.

We had a front-row seat to some of the most breathtaking views on earth. An entire panorama of the mountains standing proudly overhead, reaching up to the deepest blue sky that I have ever witnessed. The scene took our breath away. The mountains looked more imposing with each corner we turned and we could not believe that we were fulfilling our dream of hiking to Everest.

We had to knock on the door to see if Bilbo Baggins happened to be in. Sadly, he wasn’t home. I ended up singing Leonard Nimoy’s Ballad of Bilbo Baggin s for the rest of the day. A bad idea since I only know a few words.

Weather Conditions

The wind picked up and we put on our outer layers for the first time. We were thankful to have them as we staggered through the high gusts. Weather varies greatly in the Everest Region and before you know it you can have inclement weather so be prepared with your layers. The sun can be shining one minute and then wind and clouds roll in the next.

After lunch, we faced quite the scramble up a steep hill littered with boulders. It looked like a tough climb, but we moved with ease and quickly made it to the top. Where we found our strength, I do not know.

Sherpa Monuments

At the top of the hill is a very moving sight. Several monuments and stupas are erected, honoring Sherpas and climbers that have lost their lives on Everest. The most notable of these is  Babu Chiri  Sherpa .

Babu Chiri Sherpa was the former world record holder of the fastest ascent of Everest, the most number of ascents up the mountain, and the quickest back-to-back summits of 2 in less than 2 weeks. He tragically lost his life on his 11th attempt when he fell into a crevasse.

It was a moving experience and a strong reminder to not take things lightly on Everest, even if you are only trekking to Everest Base Camp. It is still a serious trek.

Dingboche – Elevation – 4410 meters. (14468 feet) above sea level Lobuche  – Altitude – 4940 meters (16207 feet) Elevation Gain – 530 meters (1738 feet) Distance – 17.6 km (10.9 miles) Duration – 4 to 5 hours

Day 8 – Morning – Lobuche to Gorak Shep

Day 8 on the Everest Base Camp Trek takes you to 5000 meters (16404 feet). How did we feel at 5000 meters? Terrible. Before entering Nepal, I had been suffering for a few weeks in India. The pollution of Kathmandu didn’t help and my congestion was worse when I started the climb. I thought it would clear up in the fresh air, but it intensified with each increase in altitude.

Every morning my cough got worse and my nose was stuffed up to the point of being unbearable. Today, I felt the effects of the congestion and couldn’t catch my breath. It didn’t help that we had gone into such a high altitude. The air is thin and cold.

Dave suffered his first symptoms of altitude sickness when reaching 5000 meters as well. He had a slight case of diarrhea and wasn’t happy about having to wait for the toilet in the teahouses. I think many people were suffering from the same symptoms.

Our was a slow climb to Gorak Shep. We stopped regularly to catch our breath and today we took more breaks than usual. Luckily it was only a couple of hundred meters in elevation gain so we made it to our guest house in Gorek Shep by 12:30.

Lobuche  – Altitude – 4940 meters (16207 feet) above sea level Gorak Shep – 5164 meters (16942 feet) above sea level Elevation Gain – 224 meters (734 feet) Distance – 4.3 (2.6 miles) Duration – 4 Hours

Day 8 – Afternoon: Gorak Shep to Everest Base Camp

We took a break at Gorek Shep before making out way to Everest Base Camp. We sat in the sun marveling at the fact that we made it this far. After eating a hearty lunch of vegetarian Sherpa stew (Dal Bhat) on the terrace, (yes, we ate outside in the warm sun above 5100 meters) we set out for Everest Base Camp. The sun was shining brightly and it was quite pleasant outside so we were very excited.

We were lucky and had clear skies. Up until today, the clouds had rolled in by early afternoon every day. Today the sun shone and the skies were blue until sunset. So, it was our perfect morning to make the push.

The trek to Base Camp from Gorak Shep is an easy one. It’s two hours of walking with only a small elevation gain, and we made it with ease. That break for lunch really helped our spirits.

Reaching Everest Base Camp

People can summit Mount Everest from Tibet, but the main Everest Base Camp expedition route is in Nepal, and it is busy when the season is in full swing. Even those climbing to the peak of Mt Everest hike the route we took along the Everest Base Camp trek.

We arrived just a week or two before the season, so it was still quiet on the mountain. In fact, we were the only people at Base Camp that afternoon. We saw another group coming down on our way up, but once there we had it all to ourselves. It was thrilling.

To reach Everest base camp, you will hike out from nearby Gorak Shep and then hike back the same day to spend the night in the village. You do not spend the night at base camp.

Khumbu Glacier

The Khumbu Glacier is the first thing to come into view, and it is unbelievable to think that we are actually standing there. The Khumbu Glacier is the largest glacier in all of Nepal and is famous for the Khumbu Icefall. This treacherous sheet of ice is the most dangerous obstacle that climbers face when summiting Everest.

We witnessed an avalanche that reminded us just how precarious the climb to Mount Everest is. It is an intimidating sight and I cannot imagine having the courage to cross that field of ice. Climbers walk across ladders that shift and move as the ice is alive and constantly settling. It has taken many lives, and we were happy to look at it from afar.

With an elevation of 7600 meters at its source, the Khumbu Glacier is the highest glacier in the world and the Khumbu Icefall is one of the most dangerous portions of the climb to the summit of the world’s highest peak. We were happy to look at it from afar.

Everest Base Camp’s elevation is 5,364m (17,598 feet) so you will feel the high altitude. But, if you have taken your time you should feel pretty good. We had been at this elevation now for a while and stayed hydrated, so we could enjoy the experience.

We stood at a rock covered with prayer flags announcing that yes, we had made it to Mount Everest Base Camp at 5364 meters. We stayed for almost an hour taking videos, celebrating, and snapping photos. If you can bear it, don’t rush the experience, take it in and enjoy every minute. This will be the only time you’ll see it.

Trekking to Everest may be more exciting later in the season when Everest expeditions are there, but we really liked having base camp to ourselves. There wasn’t a soul on the mountain except for the three of us. We stayed for almost an hour taking videos, celebrating, snapping photos, and marveling at the massive Khumbu Glacier. Can it really be true that we are here? It felt like a dream.

We finished our climb about two weeks before the high season began and we wouldn’t have it any other way. We stood at a rock covered with prayer flags announcing that yes, we had made it to Everest Base Camp.

When it’s high season, base camp is filled with expeditions and tents spanning the valley. We only saw one expedition so far. They may have been here to climb Island Peak as base camp is also a place to acclimate for that peak.

We started to make our way back to Gorak Shep from Everest Base Camp at about 3:30 pm. Even though it was an easy trek back, there are narrow paths atop high ledges and it just so happens that while we were walking back, an ice bridge broke off after I stepped on it leaving Dave with a sticky situation of having to take one giant leap over a gorge. We made it back to Gorak Shep safely but it was a reminder just how dangerous the Himalayas can be.

Back to Gorak Shep

By the time we made it back to Gorak Shep, the excitement of reaching Everest base camp had worn off. We had reached our final destination Base Camp, but there was still a lot more trekking to go.

We were happy to have seen it, but we were exhausted. We felt the same when we climbed Mount Kilimanjaro. The thrill of reaching your destination is over and there is nothing more to look forward to, but there are still so many days to go.

That night I had serious sinus congestion and felt like I was suffocating in my freezing bed. It was quite scary to already be short of breath because of the altitude and then be completely congested. I really was terrified. Our guide Dipendra brought me hot tea all night and I slathered myself in Vicks Vaporub but nothing helped me to breathe easier.

I was afraid as we had the Gokyo Lake trek ahead through the Cho La Pass. We were also planning to trek up to Kala Pattar for the best views of Everest in the morning. I hope I could make it but I was also dreading the day ahead. I barely slept a wink but I finally drifted into a not-so-peaceful slumber.

Gorak Shep – 5164 meters (16942 feet) above sea level Everest Base Camp Elevation – 5,364m (17,598 feet) above sea level Elevation Gain – 200 meters (656 feet) Distance – 3.5 km one way (2.1 miles) Duration – Three Hours Round Trip

Alternative Gokyo Lake Via Cho La Pass

The next morning after a terrible night, we gave up our plans of climbing Kala Patthar and then on to the Gokyo Lakes and Cho La Pass trek. Even though I wasn’t feeling dizzy, nauseous, or lightheaded anymore, the sinus congestion was really getting to me. At altitude a cold can turn serious quickly, you just can’t take a chance when altitude is involved.

But, if we were going to trek on, this would be the next stop. It is supposed to be beautiful and if you are feeling up to it, we highly recommend it. This makes the trek much more interesting as you get to take a different way back to Lukla.

Cho La Pass: Altitude 5420 meters (17,782 feet) Gokyo Ri: 5357 Meters (17,575 feet) Gokyo Lakes: 4,700–5,000 m (15,400–16,400 ft)

Day 9 – The Descent and Kala Patthar

Kala Patthar is a hill above Gorak Shep that offers the best views of Everest and is a must-stop on anyone’s Everest Base Camp trekking route. We had planned to climb to the summit of Kala Patthar, but my congestion was so bad, that we decided it was safer to get to a lower elevation quickly.

Kala Patthar is a quick two-hour trek to add to your descent back to Lukla. It is a good option if you are feeling up for it as it gives a great view of Mt. Everest. Make sure to start early morning before dawn as there is still a long day of trekking after summiting Kala Pattar. Plan on another five or six hours to your next overnight stop at Pheriche.

Kala Patthar to Pheriche – Afternoon

By the time you reach your accommodation at Periche, you should be feeling a lot better. Dave and I find that we are fine in the 4000-meter ranges of altitude and experience very few symptoms of altitude sickness. It is at 5000 meters and above that, we start to feel our symptoms. Periche is a much more manageable 4371 meters.

Kala Pattar: 5643 metres Pheriche: 4371 Meters Altitude Loss : 1272

Days 10 to 11 – The Descent from Everest Base Camp

It took us two days more to trek back from Everest Base Camp to our final destination on the EBC Trek. I started feeling better on the second day as the dryness of the Everest base camp disappeared. My sinuses cleared and soon I was breathing easily. I started to feel guilty about turning around, but in hindsight, I know it was the right choice. You never want to take a chance with altitude sickness.

Even though we were heading down, there is still a lot of altitude gain as the EBC trek doesn’t continuously go downhill. I was feeling really fatigued and we still had a tough couple of days ahead of us. But knowing there was light at the end of the tunnel made everything easier.

It takes a lot of mental stamina to climb back down as the euphoria of reaching the Everest base camp has worn off, but we made the most of it, by chatting with other trekkers and getting to know our guides better.

During our decent we could actually take our time to smell the roses or should I say enjoy the trekking trail that ran through the stunning rhododendron forest.

Rhododendrons are beautiful flowering plants that bloom in different shades of pink, red, white, and purple. The rhododendron forest is particularly prominent in the areas of Phakding, Namche Bazaar, Tengboche, and Dingboche which we really didn’t notice until we made our way down the mountains.

We followed the route we came up with, but it was much faster and we stayed in different villages. The beauty of booking organized trips with a local guide is that our guide Dipendra knew the routes like the back of his hand, so he could change accommodations easily to suit our speed.

Day 12 – Lukla

We were back in Lukla early on day 12 of our EBC Trek and had an evening booked in a guest house here to catch the first flight from Lukla back to Kathmandu in the morning. As much as we loved our trip to Everest, we were excited to be moving on to explore more of Nepal.

The accommodation was pleasant with a lovely restaurant, hot shower, and warm and cozy beds. It was a great way to end the trip.

Day 13 – Return To Kathmandu Flight from Lukla Airport

It is very important to give yourself an extra cushion when booking your return flight not only home from Kathmandu but from Lukla. We stayed overnight in Lukla on the final night of our trek and booked a flight to Kathmandu for first thing the next morning.

It is not uncommon for flights to be canceled or delayed flying out of Lukla Airport. Weather conditions change quickly. So give a bit of a cushion when booking your flight home from Nepal after you’ve finished your trek to Everest Base Camp. Many a traveler has missed their connecting flights home from Kathmandu because of delays in Lukla. It is safer to plan to spend a night or two in Kathmandu after your trek.

We were delayed an entire day. Even though we were booked on the first flight from Lukla, the weather made us wait until near sunset. We were the first (and only) flight out that day, so everyone else who was waiting for their flights all day was stuck another night.

It was a bumpy flight back to Kathmandu and we almost wished that we didn’t make it on the flight. The turbulence was so bad, I was sure we were going to drop out of the sky.

Everyone on the flight was silent as we were tossed about dropping huge amounts of elevation at a time. But we landed and we have never been so happy to arrive in Kathmandu. We kissed the ground, thankful to have trekked to Everest Base Camp, but vowed to never do it again.

Accommodation – Tea Houses on Everest Base Camp

The main lodges of each teahouse we stayed in during the first half of our trip were cozy and warm. At the lower elevations, woodstoves burned wood in the dining room and common areas and our rooms were a comfortable temperature as we were wrapped up in our sleeping bags.

But as we ventured higher, the stoves were less abundant and instead of wood, they burned yak dung. You heard me, Yak Dung. Wood can’t burn in thin air, so they use yak dung to heat the teahouses at high elevations. Rooms are not heated so when we went to our rooms, we had to wear hats, thick socks, puffy coats, and long johns.

There were charging stations at the accommodation for electronics and we paid by the hour for electricity.

• We highly recommend taking a portable USB charger to charge your own electronics.
• We also used a solar USB charger that recharged during the day as we hiked.

Meals on Everest Base Camp

Because we booked an all-inclusive Everest Base Camp trek with Simrik Real Nepal tour company, all meals and snacks were included with our accommodation. Each evening, hearty meals were served that included pasta, rice, or Dal Bhat. Dal Bhat is the staple food of Nepal consisting of lentils, vegetables, steamed rice, and curry.

For the first few days, meat was served at meals, but as you climb higher, meals turned to vegetarian as it is more difficult to get the meat up the mountains.

Prayer Flags and Prayer Wheels – EBC Trek Etiquette

We saw many prayer wheels, prayer flags, and prayer rocks (mani stones) all along the trail to Everest. Everest is a sacred mountain and these monuments help give luck to the climbers on the mountain. There are customs to be followed when approaching prayer rocks or prayer wheels.

How to properly trek around prayer Wheels and Prayer Rocks

• When approaching a prayer rock, it is important to walk to the left of the prayer rocks (mani stones) in a clockwise direction. The stone on the right means you are on the “right hand of God.”
• When using prayer wheels, you walk along and spin them to ask for blessings for the climb ahead.
• Sherpas and locals spin prayer wheels saying the mantra “ Om Mani Padme Hum” giving blessings to the climb ahead.
• The prayer flags have prayers and mantras written on them which are believed to carry messages of positivity and to spread goodwill and compassion they are carried by the wind.

Altitude Sickness

Altitude Sickness is a very real possibility on the EBC Trek. On average 3-5 people die each year doing the trek to Everest base camp. Make sure to keep an eye out for signs of Acute Mountain Sickness. Acute Mountain Sickness is life-threatening and early symptoms include nausea, headache, and vomiting. It can lead to death. The Best way to alleviate symptoms is to go down to a lower elevation.

If you start to feel dizzy, have a pounding headache, or if you start to vomit go down to a lower altitude as quickly as possible. Take your time climbing, stay hydrated, and listen to your body.

Drink plenty of fluids, try to eat, and rest regularly. It is better to walk slowly and steadily rather than rushing at high altitudes. And when you get to your accommodations each day, relax as much as possible.

It can be dangerous trekking to Everest Base Camp from falling off the mountain to succumbing to altitude sickness. Some people have simply disappeared. Hiring a guide is a good option (and now the only option) for safety and it is very important to look for signals of altitude-related sickness.

But the Everest basecamp trek isn’t nearly as dangerous as climbing to the summit of Mt Everest. In 2019, 11 people died while trying to summit Mount Everest.

The village of Lukla is located at a high elevation so you will feel the effects of the thin air as soon as you land. The elevation of Lukla, Nepal is 2869 meters (9,350 feet). We were short of breath and already feeling fatigued upon landing. So instead of immediately starting our trek, we had a hot breakfast at one of the many restaurants in Lukla.

Travel Insurance for Everest Trek

We always travel with travel insurance on our travels, but hiking to Everest Base Camp will not be covered by regular insurance providers. It is highly recommended to get supplemental comprehensive travel insurance that offers trip cancellation insurance, and medical evacuation insurance.

Medjet is a good option for medical evacuation insurance and is a good addition to your regular travel insurance. There is a very real possibility of altitude sickness and we knew of two people that needed helicopter rescues during our trek.

World Nomads offers specific Everest Base Camp Insurance. You can check them out to get a quote. I would suggest a combination of World Nomads travel insurance and Medjet medical evacuation insurance. Regardless of what travel insurance you choose, be sure to call them directly to ask for specific advice about trekking to Everest Base Camp.

For a trip like Everest Base Camp, you will want to make sure to have trip interruption and trip cancellation insurance as well as lost luggage. This is a trip of a lifetime, so make sure you have a backup plan.

Can you Trek Independently to Everest Base Camp?

As of April 1, 2023, Nepal has banned solo trekking. Foreigners must hire a guide for treks in high-altitude trekking regions of national parks. According to the Kathmandu Post in March, “ solo or independent trekkers have to mandatorily hire a guide or a porter before setting off to Nepal’s mountains.” However, after an updated article in the Kathmandu Post, it seems that the Everest Region is an exception. Before booking, we would check with local companies and authorities as rules are constantly changing.

Regardless, we loved hiring a local guide to make oure experience richer, to support the local economy and to feel safer hi

• Our all-inclusive Everest Base Camp Trek through the Simrik Real Nepal included return flights from Lukla, food, lodging, guiding, and all permits and paperwork.
• We didn’t have to search for accommodation at the end of each day of trekking
• We had English-speaking guides and a porter.
• We had our own room, but you can also share rooms on the EBC Trek
• We never worried about the cost of meals. They were all prepaid.
• And our guide (Dipendra) and porter were part of the package for the trip.

Costs for Everest Base Camp Trek

Prices can vary greatly for trekking to Everest Base Camp. You can contact Simrik Real Nepal for up to date prices.

• Booking with an international agency can cost from $1800 – $5000 USD
• Booking with a local agency and be anywhere from $1400 – $2500

W hen is the Best time to Trek to Base Camp?

The high season for treks is April to May and October to November. We climbed in early March and felt that it was the perfect time of the year. The weather was beautiful, the skies were clear and the official climbing season hadn’t picked up yet. So we had a lot of the mountain to ourselves. We had heard stories of how busy the trail is, but at this time of year, it was quite deserted.

But a week and a half after our trek started as we made our way back to Lukla, it was already busier. We saw a lot of parties climbing up and the trail was getting congested. I can only imagine how packed the trails are during the high season.

What to Pack For Your Everest Base Camp Trek

Layering is extremely important when trekking to Everest Base Camp. This is a quick guide for clothing but we wrote a complete packing guide for base camp here .

Make sure to have a day pack to carry the important items and layers that you will need for your day of trekking for the entire trek. Your porter will carry everything else.

• 2  quick drying long sleeved  base layer shirts
• 2 trekking shirts short sleeve
• 2 Thermal Base Layer – 2 leggings/2shirts
• 2 liner socks
• 3 pairs of  woolen blend trekking socks
• 2 pairs of trekking pants with zip-off bottoms
• 2 fleece sweaters – one lightweight, one heavier
• Outer windproof jacket and pants
• 2 water bottles to fill regularly
• Steripen or Lifestraw – this is great for purifying water
• Portable USB Charger
• Basic First Aid Kit – A first aid kit is important to have but your guide, they will have one as well.
• Warm sleeping bag. If you don’t have a sleeping bag rated to below zero, we recommend renting one from your guding company.

Treats and Medication

• Tang – I was glad we packed Tang for our water. It made it taste better, keeping us well-hydrated. We didn’t really want to drink just water, but the Tang (which we bought in Kathmandu) was actually delicious. Gatorade or another electrolyte-replenishing drink is a great idea.
• Diamox – (You can buy this in Kathmandu without a prescription) I highly recommend using Diamox tablets for altitude sickness as well. We met so many people suffering from headaches, dizziness, and fatigue and they weren’t taking anything. We’ve always used Diamox when climbing to altitude and it has worked beautifully for us.
• Chocolate – When we were feeling ill, we were happy to have chocolate to eat. It was the only thing that we could eat at times.

How to Get Fresh Water on An Everest Trek

We recommend two refillable water bottles per person that can be refilled along the way. You can fill up anywhere for free along the Everest Base Camp route, but make sure you have a SteriPen or some other form of water purification with you. We love the SteriPen for purifying water, see our review here.

You can also use the LifeStraw or water purification tablets , but once we discovered the SteriPen , we never went back. See our complete Packing a Travel First Aid Kit here

Do You Need Climbing Experience for Everest Base Camp Trek?

There is no need for any technical climbing experience to make it to Everest Base Camp. If you are relatively fit, it is very doable. But it is a full two weeks at a sustained altitude of over 4000 meters.

We didn’t train for our Everest Base Camp Trek but we had been to altitude before and had spent a lot of time backpacking leading up to the months prior. It’s good to know how your body reacts to altitude. We suggested doing a couple of treks above 3000 meters (9000 feet) to see how your body reacts.

Hot Tips for Trekking to EBC

• Keep your camera batteries close to your body when not in use. The cold and altitude really eat up battery life, so you will want to keep them warm for as long as you can.
• Bring USD, ATM Fees are high and you are limited to the amounts you can take out of the ATM, so have ISD to exchange instead.
• Pack handi wipes and Gold Bond Powder – it’s a lifesaver when you can’t get hot showers.
• See our Full list of Everest Base Camp Tips here.

How to Get to Everest Base Camp

There are daily flights to Kathmandu International Airport from international hubs around the world.

Where to Book Your Everest Base Camp Trek

We booked our trek in Kathmandu with Local Guide Dipendra of Simrik Real Nepal.  If you are looking for a local guide he is an excellent choice with nearly 20 years of experience in the mighty Himalayas.

Prices for the Everest base camp trek cost can vary depending on where you book. Group tours booked in North America will charge more. Ranging from $1500 – $5000 USD

You can save a lot of money by booking a local guide as you will cut out the middleman prices. Having a local guide let us know our money was going directly to the Nepal economy. Check with Simrik Real Nepal for current prices.

How Much to Tip Guides and Porters for an EBC Trek

Guides and porters in Nepal do not make a lot of money and rely on tipping. When we take tours of any kind, we (ourselves) tip 15% – 20% but that is a part of our culture in North America, we are quite large tippers and realize that others are not comfortable with that. We’ve done a lot of research and gone by what our tour companies have suggested on other tips, what we feel is a fair tip and what the average is across the internet.

For tipping in Nepal we have broken down the cost for a guide and porter.

Guide – Tipping – 10% – 15% of the total cost of the trip. We find this the easiest to figure out. If you paid $2000 for your trek, the lead guide should receive $200 – $300

Guide per day – Some suggest $10 – $15 per day per person for guides – For a 14 day trek that means you would tip your guide $140 – $210.

Porters per day – $5 – $10 per day per person for porters. – $70 – $140 for your porter.

We like to start at 15% of the total cost of our trips to give to the guides and then pay the porters a daily fee of $10.

If you can afford to trek to Everest Base Camp, you should be able to tip your guides and porters who have worked so hard accordingly.

Daily Life in the Everest Region of Nepal

While trekking to Everest we passed through many picturesque villages. The people are friendly and life goes on as it would in any community in Nepal. People do well in the Khumbu Region and they respect the tours passing through because the tourists are what keep them going. 

There is electricity from the water that they harness from the Imja Khola River and Dudh Kosi River; two rivers that run through the trek. They also have solar power for electricity as well. There are schools, fresh running water, televisions, a health clinic, and bars.

That is not to say that life is all roses. It is a remote region of Nepal and it is difficult to get any supplies in. Food and equipment need to be carried into villages on foot. Porters carry heavy loads on their backs and women and children also do the heavy lifting. Everything needs to be carted in by hand or by animals. Check out our tips for climbing to Base Camp

How Long Does it Take to Trek to Everest Base Camp?

The Everest base camp trek takes 12 – 14 days to climb including two acclimatization days. Treks can be done in 11 days and it is not uncommon for trips to take 15 days to allow for more acclimatization.

How Difficult is it to trek to Everest Base Camp?

Trekking to Everest Base Camp requires good fitness. You spend several days at a sustained altitude of more than 4000 meters (16,404 feet). Altitude sickness is a genuine possibility, it is important to take your time, stay hydrated, and listen to your body.

Can you trek to Everest Base Camp on your own?

As of April 1, 2023 the government states that all high altititude treks require a guide, but then after some backlash, they made an exception for the Everest region. However, we highly recommend hiring guides and porters . You can trek the region yourself carrying your own packs and gear, but you have a much better chance of making to base camp (and enjoying the experience) if you hire guides.

How Long is the Everest Base Camp Trek?

The trek is 63km (39 miles) each way . 126 km (78 miles) round trip from Lukla. Expect to hike anywhere between 7 to 17 km per day.

And that is a day-by-day breakdown of our experience on the Mount Everest Base Camp Trek. If you plan ahead and understand what to expect on the EBC Trek, you will be sure to have an amazing journey.

It’s an experience we’ll never forget and highly recommend it to everyone. The Himalayan Mountains are the most beautiful and spiritual place on earth and this trip will change your life.

Read More about travel to Nepal and things to do in Kathmandu before your trek

• Flight to Lukla
• Packing list for Everest Base Camp
• Remarkable Everest Base Camp Trek in Photos
• 30 Tips for Trekking to Everest Base Camp
• Nepal Travel Guide
• Top 6 Places to visit in Kathmandu, Nepal
• Where to Eat in Kathmandu – Eight Great Spots to Indulge After Your Trek
• The Ultimate Travel Songs Playlist to Inspire Wanderlust

Dal Bhat photograph courtesy of Wikimedia – I don’t know why we never took a photo of our Dal Bhat. We ate it nearly every day while trekking to Everest Base Camp. You’ll either learn to love it or despise it.

• Inca Trail – Machu Picchu Hiking Tips – How To Hike the Inca Trail
• Complete Guide to Climbing Mount Kilimanjaro – How Hard is It?
• Top 13 Best Treks in Nepal to Help you Choose The Right Trek for you
• Trolltunga Hike – Trekking to Norway’s Most Famous Landmark
• The Complete Guide to Climbing Mount Fuji

Travel Planning Resources

Looking to book your next trip? Why not use these resources that are tried and tested by yours truly.

Flights: Start planning your trip by finding the best flight deals on Skyscanner

Book your Hotel: Find the best prices on hotels with these two providers. If you are located in Europe use Booking.com and if you are anywhere else use TripAdvisor

Find Apartment Rentals: You will find the cheapest prices on apartment rentals with VRBO . 

Travel Insurance: Don't leave home without it. Here is what we recommend:

• Allianz - Occasional Travelers.
• Medjet - Global air medical transport and travel security.

Need more help planning your trip? Make sure to check out our Resources Page where we highlight all the great companies that we trust when we are traveling.

You May Also Like

30 Beautiful and Best Hikes in the World

24 Best Hikes in the USA to Add to Your Bucket list

Weekend Warriors – 14 Awesome Hobbies to Turn You Into an Adventurer

About The Planet D

Dave Bouskill and Debra Corbeil are the owners and founders of The Planet D. After traveling to 115 countries, on all 7 continents over the past 13 years they have become one of the foremost experts in travel. Being recognized as top travel bloggers and influencers by the likes of Forbes Magazine , the Society of American Travel Writers and USA Today has allowed them to become leaders in their field.

Join thousands of others who get our monthly updates!

Leave a comment cancel reply.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

53 thoughts on “Everest Base Camp Trek – Ultimate Guide For 2024”

Beautiful article! You have shared a thrilling journey with us till the end. It will definitely be useful for us trekkers. Thanks for the great pictures, videos, and useful tips!

This is a fantastic and unique post! After reading it, I learned a lot about Basecamp that I didn’t know before. Excellent article! That is true adventure, and conquering Mount Everest is without a doubt the goal of all hikers around the world. Keep up the excellent work. Thank you for providing this information.

Wow, the content has got all the details about the trek. Thank you so much for sharing your Journey experience of Everest Base Camp Nepal.

Hi There, Great Article! That’s the real adventure and especially climbing Mount Everest is the dream for all hikers across the globe without any doubt. Keep up the good work. Thanks for sharing.

Wow, the content has got all the details about the trek. Thank You so much for writing such an efficient article on Everest Base Camp Trek.

That’s the real adventure and especially climbing Mount Everest is the dream for all hikers across the globe without any doubt.

Thank you for taking the time and effort to produce such an awesome post with amazing pictures. Loved reading all your posts, really good insights here into Everest Base Camp ! Looking forward to read more.

Nice article on trekking best of luck for your new journeys

Dear Dave and Deb Namaste It is really beautiful article regards of Everest base camp trek in Nepal. Your article provides a lot details of the EBC trek. I’m sure your blog helping lot to organize other trekkers.

Excellent article. Everest Base camp is in my bucket list but I haven’t attempted because I’m prone to sickness quickly. Reading this article has triggered the interest even more. Thank you so much for explaining in detail about EBC trek. I hope One day I too can share my experience 🙂

Hey, I love trekking, I went last month with my friends in Nepal after reading your blog the memory are refreshed Thank you for sharing

Namaste, Dave and Dave, Thank you so much for sharing your Journey experience of Everest Base Camp Nepal. And also glad to read that why not support the local economy by hiring a guide and porter… I salute to your positive view. Visit Nepal anytime.

It is very interesting to read this Everest base camp trekking. I love trekking and i am excited very to do this base camp trekking once. Thanks for sharing.

This popped up in my inbox I love the way you break down your travel itinerary this way. I’m one of those people that love to know every detail of a place before travelling there myself. Another place to add to the list, thanks to you guys! Beautiful photographs.

Thank you for taking the time and effort to produce a terrific blog of your trek to EBC. I really appreciate being able to experience what it is going to be like before I actually arrive.

Everest is the highest mountain. It is at the Zenith. Most of the people just a dream of it.Very useful information. Thanks for sharing with us.

Excellent article !! Thanks for sharing such a great informative post it really helpful and amazing so keep it up and all the best………….

this was just amazing… keep sharing

The post was very informative. If you love adventure and treks you should definitely visit Nepal, it’s gonna be a life time experience. This post will really help people who are planning their next trek to Everest base camp. If you are planning your next trek to Nepal, North Nepal Trek can help you to make your trek much easier and will give you unique experience.

All of your photos are just awesome. Information is perfect.

Such an awesome post with amazing pictures. Thanks for sharing your experience with us.

This is really a very good blog post and thanks for sharing it with the community

It’s an informative post and I was thinking how you backpack for the weather? There are many things that somewhere can’t be cope at altitude like a sickness. I remember I scare when I attempt sky diving in Dubai. It’s was a wonderful experience but I have a fear of altitude places.

I have read about it but never tried. I am glad that at least i am reading such an informative article that clearly shows experience of treking over there. It might so much exciting and filled with happiness because seeing something like that would always be more of fun and achieving some of our own. Would love to try it once for sure!

Hi guys. Nice blog. Very informative. I just wonder, how did you prepare for the weather? How did you acclimatise so that you can cope with thr danger of altitude sickness? It is the ine thing that scares me to try to trek on high altitude places. To climb Kilimanjaro and to reach the EBC are in my bucket list. I’m hesitant because of my fear that I might die from cold temperature and altitude sickness.

Dress in layers, and drink plenty of water. You will want to bring DIamox with you and take it. You can get it in Kathmandu, or go to a travel clinic before leaving home. You won’t die from cold temperatures at Base Camp if you have a proper guide, and dress properly. The real dangers are if you are summitting Everest, that’s when you can get into problems, but Base Camp is very doable for anyone that is physically fit. If you don’t have the gear, you can buy winter coats, boots etc in Kathmandu. But we do recommend breaking in your boots beforehand, so you should buy those before you leave home and wear them a lot. Get warm, waterproof breathable boots with wool socks and bring several pairs. We have a guide to winter base layers to avoid the deep freeze here: https://theplanetd.com/layering-tips-for-cold-weather-travel/

Loved reading all your posts, some really good insights here into EBC! You mention putting your hair in braids, why is that? Is it because of the sweat? Is it windy so it gets knotted up? Just curious as I am doing this trek in a week and am open to all tips ?

Yes, hair can get really matted due to wind, dryness and lack of showering. The Braids kept it from matting up like dread locks. Have a great time!

Long hair can get very matted almost like dread locks. It’s becuase there aren’t a lot of chances to shower after Namche Baazar, the wind, sweat and dryness from altitude really takes its toll on both hair and skin and the braids, keep the hair from matting and breaking off.

Great read! Just curious. what time of year did you go to avoid the masses of tourists?

Thanks for sharing articles and videos it will be helpful to all people those wants to go Mount Everest.

This is just amazing and knowing each and every experience that we will have while travelling is another aspect that made me read this article fully. I am in Dubai now on a trip and would surely try to visit this place i could. I should consider the right time and other things roo. I must thank you for this wonderful piece.

Such a great journey you have shared from start to finish and your presentation is also impressive. I would love to follow these things when I will go for a camp tour.

Regards, Ronit

Your Video is superb, I feel your treking experience in this article. worth to read it.

Wow what an wonderful place is this. Want to trek this place in my life.

Great article, thanks, surprised at the early time of year you did the trek, but sounded ideal – any other good write-ups or links discussing the pros and cons of going in the spring vs fall? …weather, landscape, crowded w/ other trekkers, festivals, etc Thanks!

I am looking forward for this kind of base camp.

What an excellent post!! Thank you so much for an informative article and personal feel. This is very helpful and inspiring for my upcoming trek to Everest Base Camp.

There is so great view in pictures.it’s useful and helpful for the trekkers .i like these types of views .and tourist are also love these types of views.

Anyways amazing photos and love the videos! really gives you a feeling how it is there and must be just thrilling. Looking forward to read more about your travels.

Nice Articles and sharing a good details of Everest base camp and amazing photos. I will try to go this year Nepal and go to Everest Base Camp.

Great post. I am doing the Everest Base Camp trek in October. I completed the Annapurna Circuit in 2012 and loved it. Nepal is a such a lovely place and the people are amazing. Thanks for sharing!

Wow congratulations on your trip and everything looks really cool. I would love to do the same! Did you train a lot before you went there? Did you prepare physically? I don’t know how fit I have to be to be able to take on such a travel. Anyways amazing photos and love the videos! really gives you a feeling how it is there and must be just thrilling. Looking forward to read more about your travels.

Hi Marus, we didnt’ train a lot before. We were traveling a lot though. Before heading to Nepal we spent 4 months traveling Sri Lanka and India. We did a yoga retreat and a lot of hiking and walking, but we didn’t do any proper training. We were in relatively good shape. It’s mostly just a long uphill hike. The difficulty is being at altitude for a sustained amount of time. It affects everyone differently. Some people can be in tip top shape, but not do well at altitude and vice versa. So, it’s best to take it slow and steady, drink plenty of fluids and pay attention to how you are feeling.

All your photos are simple awesome and your posts are speaking a lot of useful information. Thank you for sharing this article.

Thanks for your beautiful video. I fell a little up lifted seeing this. I believe one of the prayer flags is for a lady I knew. Inspiring. I wish I would have done adventurous things like this when I was young. Young people don’t put off adventure.

I’m glad I read this. This is something I have always wanted to do but have been a little nervous to think about doing it when the climbing season is in full swing. The time of year you went and the company you chose make a lot of sense! Thanks for sharing.

The views are amazing!! I love adventure, but I would definitely need to build up my stamina to do the Everest Base Camp trek. It looks like it was an awesome experience for you!

Wow, what a beautiful experience. Your photos are amazing!

-Siggi The Voyaging Viking

Amazing! Can’t wait to check this off my list!

Thanks for writing this.

Thank you for sharing these helpful tips. Your post has given me some great ideas. Thanks again for the valuable information!

Everest Base Camp Trek: The Ultimate Guide

Jackson Groves

Posted on Last updated: August 10, 2023

Categories NEPAL , HIKING

Mt. Everest is the highest mountain in the world and trekking to the base camp is no easy feat either. It’s a journey through some of the most spectacular mountain views but also through a number of beautiful villages along the way. The Everest Base Camp Trek takes anywhere from 9 to 15 days depending on your route and itinerary but also how well you acclimatize.

In this article, I will cover everything you need to know about the logistics of the Everest Base Camp (EBC) trek but I will also share with you my experience on each day of the trek. A short journal entry with a vlog from my experiences from each day will give you an idea of what to expect and you can see how the journey went for me. After sharing my experience, I will then include all of the information you need to know in this complete guide about trekking to Everest Base Camp.

BEST TREKKING COMPANY IN NEPAL

Interested in trekking in Nepal or doing the Everest Base Camp Trek? I recommend booking your trek with Himalayan Masters , which is the company I use for all of my treks in Nepal. Use my code  JACKSON5  when you book to receive a 5% DISCOUNT .

Table of Contents

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK DETAILS

• Distance : 120 km round-trip from Lukla to Base Camp and back to Lukla (You will fly to Lukla from Kathmandu)
• Days required : 12 -14 days
• Total Incline : (Undulation) – 6015 m
• Total Decline :(Undulation) – 5821 m
• The highest point on the trek : 5640 m/18 500 ft, this is actually at Kala Patthar, which you will hike to in the morning after reaching Everest Base Camp. This is where you get the best views of Mount Everest.
• Difficulty : It’s hard for an average hiker but the altitude is definitely more difficult to manage than the distance with several rest days and acclimatization days.
• Permits : Your tour operator will take care of these but in case you do the trek independently it’s good to know that you will pay a Local Government fee and Sagarmatha National Park permit, which totaled together cost about $40-$50
• Cost per day : This will depend on your tour price and whether you do the trek with a group, a porter, a guide, or independently. Somewhere between USD $40 (without flights) $60 per person per day with all meals, transport, and guides included.
• Guide : It isn’t required but highly recommended. You can do the Everest Base Camp Trek in a few different ways such as by yourself with no guide, with an experienced guide or in a group with a guide.
• Accommodation : Guest Houses, also known as Tea Houses along the way where you will sleep in a comfortable bed and have access to showers (extra charge) and restaurant facilities. Very comfortable accommodation and great after a long day of hiking.

TRY THE 3 BEST TREKS IN NEPAL

Manaslu Circuit : My personal favorite 2-week trek through Tibetan villages and stunning scenery. Less crowded and more authentic.

Annapurna Circuit : The most beautiful & scenic 2-week trek in Nepal although can be crowded at times.

Everest Base Camp Trek : The most iconic 2-week route reaching the famous (EBC) Everest Base Camp at 5,300m.

BOOKING A GUIDE FOR THE EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK

The Everest Base Camp Trek doesn’t require a guide but it’s great to have a guide managing the logistics such as directions, tea-houses, distances, medical issues, and the overall organization. I’d say 90% of trekkers go with a guide. I highly recommend booking with Himalayan Masters which is one of the top trekking companies when it comes to the Everest Base Camp Trek. I’ve trekked many different routes in Nepal with them and I’m a big fan of their attention to detail.

The trek costs around $1500 USD with Himalayan Masters as of 2022 and includes all transfers, accommodation, meals, drinks, permits, and even the hotel stay before and after the trek at a high-quality hotel. I honestly had a great time on this trek and I can wholeheartedly recommend Himalayan Masters.

You can use my discount code ‘ JACKSON5 ‘ for 5% off the total price of your trek with Himalayan Masters which is a pretty handy saving.

Email: [email protected]

TOP 3 PLACES TO STAY IN KATHMANDU

• Ultimate Luxury: The Dwarika’s Hotel – Luxury, Spa-service, Pool
• Best Value : Aloft Kathmandu Thamel – Swimming Pool, Gym & Great Restuarant
• Budget Choice: Hotel Jampa is easily the top cheap hotel in Kathmandu

MY EXPERIENCE ON THE EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK

I’d like to share with you my experience and photos from my two weeks of trekking to Everest Base Camp. I hope you enjoy recounting the journey as much as I did.

Day One, Two & Three: Kathmandu to Lukla to Phak Ding to Namche

Day one began with an incredible flight from Kathmandu to Lukla. Unfortunately for me, I had come down with food poisoning the night before the trek so it was a rough start for me but I decided to battle on. The flight gives you incredible views of the Himalayas before you touch down at Lukla Airport, one of the most famous and scariest airports in the world. The landing strip is on a downwards slope and gives passengers a heart-in-mouth moment on take-off and landing.

After landing, we had a quick coffee and look around Lukla before making the short and relatively flat trek through the villages and forest to reach Phak Ding. Day one is a short trek but you have made your way up pretty high even just by landing at Lukla Airport so it is not a bad idea to take the first day easy, given that your biggest battle on this trek will be the altitude, not the distance or speed.

Day Two for me was actually a day of recovery in Phak Ding where I spent the entire day sick in the guesthouse. There is usually one day scheduled on your itinerary for sickness or rest day so I had used mine early!

Day three was a tough day as I was still recovering but we made the climb up to Namche, which is a winding climb through the forest and out above the tree line. Namche  Bazaar is located at an altitude of 3450m inside the Sagarmatha national park, a UNESCO world heritage site and it is actually known as the last frontier for trekkers and climbers before the trek to Everest Base Camp starts to get serious.

Day Four & Five: Namche to Tengboche to Dingboche

Day four is a big day of climbing. Namche Bazaar is 3,440 meters and Tengboche is 3,860 meters but the constant undulation on the trail means you will climb almost 900 meters of incline throughout the day.

The day begins by following the valley wall as you get some great views of the Everest mountain range out in front. The path then heads down into the valley floor as you lose a lot of elevation. However, you will then cross over the river and gain all the elevation back as you approach Tengboche where you will stay for the night.

Expect to have views of the mighty mountain Ama Dablam as well as Lhotse, Nupste, and even the peak of Mount Everest. Interestingly this will be one of the best views you have of Mount Everest until you reach Kala Patthar in a few days’ time.

On day five of the Everest Base Camp trek, you say goodbye to the village of Tengboche and head towards Dingboche. It is a stunninng day as you voyage through the valley as the glacier river flows down below while snow-capped peaks loom in the distance. Along the trek, you will stop for tea in the village of Pangboche with lots of views of Ama Dablam mountain .

The elevation gain on day five is 700 meters and the entire journey will take about 5-6 hours at a moderate pace. Dingboche is 4,400 meters above sea level so it’s common to start to have a couple of symptoms of altitude sickness at this stage of the trek.

When you leave Tengboche, you begin a descent into the beautiful forest and can enjoy the shade as you pass through the village of Deboche. After you pass through Deboche, the trail gains some elevation and you will cross a suspension bridge, which guides you to the left side of the valley. Ama Dablam is still in view as you navigate the steep sections of the incline.

Day Six & Seven: Chuukhung Ri Acclimitization and Dingboche to Lobuche

Day six was an acclimatization day up to Chukhung Ri viewpoint, which was actually one of my favorite days. Because we would stay a second night in Dingboche, we left our bags in the tea house and did the climb up and down Chukhung Ri to help our bodies adjust to the altitude. The idea is to hike high and sleep low, which helps the body adapt.

Chukhung Ri is actually at 5500 meters, which is more than 1000 meters above Dingboche. This is a steep climb and you don’t need to go all the way to the summit. However, with spectacular views, isolation from other hikers, and a good chance to help your body adapt to the altitude, it’s a great day excursion with incredible scenery.

On day seven of the Everest Base Camp trek, we hiked from Dingboche to Lobuche, which is actually the second-highest village on the entire trail. Today is also the first time we will see the Khumba Glacier, which is one of the highlights of the trip.

The total elevation change for day seven is 500 meters in altitude but you will climb 600m in total for the day taking into account a few downhill sections on the trail. It’s a shorter day taking just four hours to reach Lobuche from Dingboche.

Day Eight: Lobuche to Gorak Shep to Everest Base Camp

On day eight of the Everest Base Camp trek, it is finally time to reach Everest Base Camp. From Lobuche your first trek to Gorak Shep, which is the highest village you sleep at throughout the trek.

Gorak Shep is a small village, and it’s the closest to Everest Base Camp is also the closest village to Everest Base Camp. Basically, you will trek to Gorak Shep, have an early lunch, and drop off your bag before doing the round-trip trek to explore Everest Base Camp. Then you will return to Gorak Shep where you will stay the night before heading to the nearby Kala Patthar in the morning.

The journey from Lobuche to Gorak Shep is along a rocky path, which slowly gains elevation as you walk next to the Khumbu Glacier. From Gorak Shep to Base camp, you will reach an altitude of 5,364m, which won’t be the highest on the trek as you will go higher the next morning at Kala Patthar.

When you leave Gorak Shep you walk next to the Khumbu Glacier with the Everest Mountain Range looming behind. The glacier is covered in dust and rocks due to the sediments, which have been falling from the surrounding peaks over the last years.

The trail continues alongside the glacier until you reach Everest Base Camp. It’s interesting because you actually can’t see Mount Everest from the base camp, which surprised me but the surrounding peaks are still very impressive and dramatic. Depending on if you come during the climbing season or off-season will alter how the base camp looks. I visited in the low season so there were no tents set up and it was pretty barren.

The trail continues past some Sherpa prayer flags as the rocky terrain leads you towards the famous Everest Base Camp rock, which is covered in hundreds of prayer flags. We’ve made it!

Day Nine: Kala Patthar

The highlight of the Everest Base Camp trek was the climb up to Kalapathar (also spelled out as Kala Patthar). It’s a 5,540-meter peak, which looms over the small village of Gorak Shep where you have just spent the night. It’s worth the freezing wake-up call in the morning as it is one of the best spots in Sagarmatha National Park to take in the views of Mount Everest.

It’s only a 3-kilometer round-trip trek from Gorak Shep with 300 meters of incline but at such high altitude, it can be quite difficult. I suggest starting 1.5-2 hours before sunrise so you are at the summit when the morning glow begins. After enjoying the sunrise with epic views of the cloud-filled valley and Mount Everest, we began the trek back down to Lukla.

It would take us another two days to reach Lukla, which is less than normal but going down is much easier.

Day Ten & Eleven: Heading back down

Heading back down is now at the pace of your choosing. We were keen to get back to Kathmandu so we took just two days to head back down the mountain. With altitude sickness no longer an issue, you can really make some good time.

If you are ahead of schedule you can keep going to the next village as there are no pre-made bookings. Heading down is a great feeling as you have accomplished reaching the base camp and you can now just breathe in the mountain air and enjoy the descent.

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK: THE ULTIMATE GUIDE

In this section of the blog post, I will share with you the logistics and everything you need to know about trekking to Everest Base Camp.

HOW TO TREK TO EVEREST BASE CAMP

You have a few different options depending on your experience and requirements:

• Book a package through an agency to join a tour group
• Do the trek independently (not with an agency) but still hire a guide and/or porter
• Do the Everest Base Camp Trek entirely independently

If you are alone and don’t want to do the trek independently then it is a great idea to join a group. There are lots of free time and chill moments at the teahouses to play cards and chat with your group.

Doing it entirely independently means you are in charge of all the logistics and it can be quite stressful if you aren’t experienced at managing all flights, maps, costs, negotiations, food, language barriers, first-aid and more.

BOOKING AN EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK IN ADVANCE

These are the most popular routes and are organized by the top tour companies who have a global reputation.

The Everest Base Camp Trek doesn’t require a guide but it’s great to have a guide managing the logistics such as directions, tea-houses, distances, medical issues, and the overall organization. I’d say 90% of trekkers go with a guide.

I highly recommend booking with Himalayan Masters which is one of the top trekking companies when it comes to the Everest Base Camp Trek. I’ve trekked many different routes in Nepal with them and I’m a big fan of their attention to detail.

CHOOSING THE RIGHT TOUR AND A GUIDE

Trekking to Everest Base Camp can be done without a guide although I suggest hiring one. Here are 3 reasons why:

• Directions : The route isn’t incredibly hard to follow but there are many twists and turns I would have missed had I not had a guide. The route is available on many maps and map applications but it isn’t a clear trail throughout and some previous experience following a trail in a foreign country would be necessary.
• A guide is relatively cheap to hire : Included in your trekking package will be a qualified guide. However, in your package is also meals, accommodation, flights, etc. The guide him or herself will only cost $10-15 per day.
• When things go wrong : My guide helped me through food poisoning, altitude sickness and was as much a nurse as a guide. I rarely get sick at normal heights but altitude sickness is uncontrollable. I am pretty fit and it still smashed me hard. You can go it alone and be fine but it’s comforting to have a guide there when you come into trouble, especially with altitude sickness. My guide had seen it all before so his calm made me feel better about feeling sick for four days straight.

If you think you will get a guide like the majority of people on the Everest Base Camp, you have a lot of options and things to consider. Pictured below is my guide, Lapsang, who was a legend and someone who became a good friend. When I left Nepal he waited at the bus stop for two hours with me and gave me a Nepali scarf as a gift.

I suggest going with a small group of friends. We saw a few big groups and it looked like a Contiki tour compared to the experience I had with just myself and my guide. Only get a porter if you really need it. You should be able to carry your bag for 4-5 hours of trekking each day.

My guide, Lapsang Tamang, had done the trek multiple times as a porter and now many times a guide. He said he has lost count but somewhere over 20 times, he has been hiking the Everest Base Camp Trek. The best thing to do is to contact my guide and arrange to meet him first in Kathmandu so you can chat and decide if you want to go ahead. You will be together for 12 days after all!

You can directly contact my guide Lapsang by emailing him here: [email protected]

Lapsang is an awesome guy and I had too many chai tea hangouts with him before and after the trip. Lapsang and I became friends during the trip and afterward, we went bungee jumping, cooked Dal Bhat at his apartment, and visited Swayambunath Temple.

EVEREST BASE CAMP PACKING LIST

I had no winter clothes or even trekking shoes before getting to Kathmandu and bought it all for under $200 brand new (Likely fake North Face). But just as a guide you can get all the gear new for under $200. Bargaining/second hand etc. may help you get it a bit cheaper but this was one time I didn’t want to be so tight with money then freeze my ass off later on top of a mountain.

Keep in mind you won’t be doing any washing. Clothes that dry quickly and are lightweight are key. I showered once… Here is a list of what I took:

• 2 pairs of pants that rip off into shorts ($15 each in Kathmandu) (Super Safari style but actually handy in this situation.)
• 2 long sleeve quick-dry material shirts ($10 each in Kathmandu)
• 5 Pairs of Thermal North Face socks ($2-3 per pair in Kathmandu)
• 1 Fleece pants and sweater. ($25 for top and bottom in Kathmandu)
• 1 Thermal Lycra long sleeve and pants ($20 in Kathmandu)
• 5-6 pairs of quick-dry underwear
• 1 huge waterproof down jacket (Rented for $1 a day in Kathmandu)
• Beanie ($1 in Kathmandu)
• Neck Buff ($2 in Kathmandu)
• Gloves ($5 in Kathmandu)
• Water Purification pills and 1L bottle
• Camera gear and electronics (Not necessary but up to you. Obviously I carried a lot)

All of this should fit into a backpack no bigger than 50L and be less than 15kg. I used my 60L backpacking bag because I didn’t want to buy a new bag for a two-week trek. It worked out fine and weighed about 13kg including all of my lenses, chargers, and power banks.

What are my favorite pieces of trekking gear?

There are six pieces of gear that I simply never forget when I go trekking. These are five items that I using right now and this list gets updated every year! Here are my trekking essentials.

• Arcteryx BETA AR Rain Jacket : This is my go-to rain jacket. It’s super light, folds down into a tiny ball, and protects brilliantly in a storm. This one never leaves my backpack.
• Salomon X Ultra 3 Mid GTX Hiking Boots : For the best ankle support, waterproofing, and durable exterior I’m a fan of tough but light hiking boots like these Salomons for my adventures.
• Black Diamond Head Torch : I can’t tell you how many times, I’ve arrived back from a hike unexpectedly late. I always keep this lightweight but strong headtorch in my bag for the unexpected.
• Darn Tough Socks : These are the most comfortable hiking socks I’ve ever worn and last for years. They also have a lifetime warranty and you just send them in with a hole and they replace it no questions asked.
• Osprey Atmos AG 65L Backpack : I’ve never had a more comfortable 65L pack than this one. I got it in the Navy Blue and have trekked with it through many a mountain.
• Bl ack Diamond Trekking Poles : They might feel weird at first, but on a long trek with incline and decline you’ll begin to love these.
• Grayl GeoPress Water Filter Bottle : I’ve used this for three years. It filters your water with one press and you can drink directly from it. Never buy a plastic water bottle again!

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK COST

I paid $900 USD for my package all the way back in 2016 but you can expect to pay anywhere from $1400 to $2500 these days.

What’s included in the package for trekking to Everest Base Camp:

• Taxi from Thamel to Kathmandu Airport
• Flights from Kathmandu Airport to Lukla Airport
• Flights from Lukla Airport to Kathmandu Airport (Regular price $320 round trip)
• Breakfast, lunch, and dinner from the guesthouses you are staying at. I could pick anything on the menu, which had western options or Nepali options. You can eat pancakes, pizza, and burgers or you can go for the 24-hr Nepali Power Dal Bhat. I could also choose any hot drink with each meal.
• Your guide throughout the trip.

What’s not included:

• Water. You can buy bottled water like me if you are playing it safe. It is $1 per bottle at a lower elevation and $3 per bottle at the highest elevation. Or lots of people use purification tablets and they seemed to be fine.
• Electricity

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK: WIFI/ELECTRICITY AVAILABILITY.

Wifi: Costs anywhere from $3 to $10 to use wifi at the guesthouses. Buy a Ncell Sim before you go. Ncell works at 50% of the guesthouses. Electricity:  You will have to pay anywhere from $2 at low elevation to $8 at high elevation to charge your power banks, cameras, and phones. The key is to get a fat power bank. Pay to charge that then charge everything from your power bank. My power bank lets me charge my phone and four camera batteries before it would be done.

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK: BEST TIME OF YEAR

This is an interesting question. Do you want snow, reliable weather or to get away from crazy crowds?

February to May – Peak season, clear bright days, very busy trails, lots of people attempting Everest ascent June to August – Monsoon season, no crowds and empty guesthouses September to October – Most stable and clear weather, trails are quite busy November to January – Coldest period, can reach -25, some routes closed

I trekked in the first week of June and was lucky to escape the rain. I didn’t get wet once. Normally it rained in the afternoon or at night if at all but we trekked in the morning and usually only heard the rain as we slept. The trails were open and some days we didn’t even see anyone.

My guide showed me a photo of Namche on a busy morning and I couldn’t believe it. The path looked like the start of a marathon. After seeing that I was so glad to have gone in the off-season.

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK TEMPERATURE

During June when I trekked it was sunny in the days and I actually wore shorts every day. However as I mentioned above about when the best time to be trekking to Everest Base Camp is, it can get very cold at high elevations during November to January (-20 to-30)

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK DIFFICULTY

Trekking to Everest Base Camp takes some serious effort. But do you need to be in great shape to complete the journey? The simple answer is NO.

You can go at a slow pace, your own pace, and still make it to Everest Base Camp. In fact, going slow will help you to acclimatize better. I am all about speed but this is not a race. Some days we only trekked for just over three hours but we gained 500m in altitude so we rested for a day and then went again in the morning.

Having said all of that you should be able to walk 10-15 km in a day. Be able to walk up intense inclines for at least an hour. Be able to carry a bag while doing all of this unless you plan to hire a porter.

It’s hard to measure if you are ready. It isn’t like a marathon or anything else you have ever done most probably. I didn’t train at all and was fine. I’m in pretty good shape and played sport my whole life. There were people on the trail who were overweight and going incredibly slow but they were right there with us at base camp to celebrate the achievement.

EVEREST BASE CAMP ALTITUDE

The base camp is 17,600 ft or 5,380m. However, you will probably also trek to Kala Patthar, which looks over the base camp. Kala Patthara is 5,644m high.

EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK DISTANCE

The distance from Lukla the first town to Everest Base Camp is 38.58 miles or 62 kilometers. Most people take 8-9 days trekking to Everest Base Camp and 3-4 days trekking back to Lukla. It took 8 days to trek to Base camp and two days to trek out.

EVEREST BASE CAMP ITINERARY

Your itinerary will vary depending on your speed and your guide. However, most people follow a somewhat similar trail and timeline. This was my timeline. Note that I spent one extra day in Phak Ding due to sickness. Most people spend that extra day in Namche.

• Day 1.  Kathmandu flight to Lukla Lukla to Phak Ding (3-4 hrs)
• Day 2. Phak Ding rest day (sickness)
• Day 3.  Phak Ding to Namche (5 hrs)
• Day 4.  Namche to Tenboche (4 hrs)
• Day 5.  Tenboche to Dinboche (3 hrs)
• Day 6.  Dinboche to Chukhung Ri (2.5 hrs) Chukhung Ri back to Dinboche (1.5 hrs) (Acclimatization day)
• Day 7.  Dinboche to Lobuche (3 hrs)
• Day 8.  Lobuche to Gorak Shep (2 hrs) Gorak Shep to Everest Base Camp (1.5 hrs) Everest Base Camp to Gorak Shep (1.5 hrs)
• Day 9.  Gorak Shep to Kala Patthara (2 hrs) Kala Patthara to Gorak Shep (1 hr) Gorak Shep to Tenboche (7hrs)
• Day 10.  Tenboche to Lukla (8 hrs)

I hope you enjoyed my guide to the Everest Base Camp Trek and you have a great adventure.

HAVE YOU READ MY OTHER NEPAL BLOGS?

I’ve been lucky enough to have many awesome adventures in Nepal, which you can check out below where I’ve listed some of my favorite blog poss from Nepal.

• The Most Iconic route: Everest Base Camp Trek
• The Most Scenic Route: Annapurna Circuit Trek
• My Favorite Trek in Nepal: Manaslu Circuit Trek
• An Easy Nepal Trek: Langtang Valley Trek
• A great beginner peak: Island Peak Climb (6,165m)
• My Favorite Climb in Nepal: Climbing Ama Dablam (6,812m)
• My first 8000er: Climbing Manaslu (8,163m)
• My toughest climb in Nepal: Climbing Makalu (8,463m)
• Where to stay: 16 Best Places to Stay in Kathmandu

Tuesday 31st of October 2023

Sunday 17th of September 2023

So much informative articles which helps people to trek Everest Base Camp Trek

Inge Winkler

Saturday 3rd of June 2023

Hello, thank you for posting all the great infos, this will be very helpful for us. Could you please update me if the requirement of a Professional Guide is in place now or is there a way around it. Thank you so much in advance. Happy Trails, Inge

Sunday 18th of June 2023

I believe you need a guide now to trek anything above 3000m

Monday 21st of November 2022

Thanks for sharing such an adventurous trip experience with us. I read your blog. It feels like I was personally enjoying this trip.

Friday 12th of August 2022

Hi Jackson,

This was a helpful and informative guide. Kudos!

I had a small suggestion: You could have a small sections box right in the beginning and link each sub-section directly to the relevant content below, for ease of navigation!

• Best Hikes In The World
• Appalachian Trail
• European Hikes
• Nepal Hikes
• Patagonia Hikes
• See All Hikes
• Mount Kenya
• Mount Kilimanjaro
• Mount Toubkal
• See All Mountains
• South Africa
• New Zealand
• Switzerland
• United Kingdom
• Packing Lists

Everest Base Camp Trek – Nepal’s Most Famous Trek

Asia , Nepal

The Everest Base Camp Trek is one of the most popular and best treks in Nepal .

Home to four of the six highest mountains in the world – Mt. Everest (8,848 meters), Mt. Lhotse (8,516 meters), Mt. Makalu (8,470 meters) and Cho Oyu (8,201 meters) – the Everest (or Khumbu) region affords trekkers the opportunity to hike in one of the grandest and most awe-inspiring trekking areas in the world. 

Trekkers get to retrace the footsteps taken by Sir Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay on their historic Everest expedition in 1953.

On this page, you will find a comprehensive and impartial guide to the Everest Base Camp Trek.

Everest Base Camp Trek

Ebc hike overview.

In this detailed Everest Base Camp trek article, you will find information on the typical route and its variations; a day-by-day itinerary breakdown of the trek; practical information on accommodation, meals, permits, equipment and insurance; as well as guidance on the best time to trek Everest Base Camp.

Key Highlights

Highlights on the trek include: unforgettable mountain views from Kala Patther , including Mt. Everest; the chance to see the famous Everest region Sherpas and Sherpa town – Namche Bazaar; sightseeing in the Sagarmatha National Park – a World Heritage Site; glimpses of the highest Buddhist monasteries in the world; and a sneak preview into the inner workings of the base camp to the world’s highest mountain.

Everest Regional Map

The Everest Base Camp trek is situated in the Everest, or Khumbu region of Nepal (see map below). It is the most popular trek in the region, if not the country.

EBC Recommended Map

This map is one of the better representational schematics of the Everest Base Camp trail (we believe it is from GlobeTrekker but can’t be certain as there are many maps scattered across Google Images).

The map above shows the classic Everest Base Camp trek running up from Lukla to Namche Bazaar and then veering North-east up to Periche / Dingboche. From Dingboche / Periche the trail turns North-west to Lobuche before heading north gain to Gorak Shep. From here Everest Base Camp can be seen to the East and Kala Patthar in the North-west.

The map also shows the route to Island Peak in the East, via Dingboche and Chhukung, and the Gokyo Lakes in the West.

Please Note:  The above recommended map is not to scale and should not be used as an accurate representation of the Everest Base Camp trek route. We provide links below to excellent maps of the Everest region.

EBC Trek Itinerary

Most trekkers fly from Kathmandu to Lukla Airport to begin their Everest Base Camp trek. The ‘classic’ or typical route follows straight up the Khumba Valley and through the Sagarmatha National Park to Everest Base Camp.

Variations via Gokyo Lakes or Chhukhung Valley are also popular (see the variations section below).

The typical Everest Base Camp trek duration is between 14-16 days (including transfers between Kathmandu and Lukla). The trek itself (excluding sightseeing in Kathmandu and transfers) usually lasts about 12 days with acclimatisation days at Namche Bazaar and Pheriche.

Here is a brief overview of a typical itinerary on an EBC trek, with approximate trekking times and altitudes.

Day 1: Arrive Kathmandu

Arrive in Kathmandu. Rest and tour Kathmandu (often your tour operator will have pre-organised tours around Kathmandu).

See more in our guide on things to do in Kathmandu . 

Day 2: Fly Kathmandu to Lukla. Trek to Phakding

Fly from Kathmandu to Lukla (expect a slightly scary landing at Lukla but rest assured the pilots are very experienced!). Weather can sometimes be a problem, so delays are common.

The flights afford great views of the Everest region, so have your camera ready. Try to sit on the right side of the plane to see Mt Everest. Upon arrival you will be transported to the trailhead and take a relatively easy trek from Lukla (2,800 meters) to Phakding (2,652 meters).

Namche Bazaar, Khumbu District

Day 3: Trek from Phakding to Namche Bazaar

Phakding (2,652 meters) to Namche Bazaar (3,440 meters) via Monjo (2,840 meters) and the beginning of Sagarmatha National Park. Weather permitting you might get your first glimpses of Mt Everest from the steep trail to Namche.

Day 4: Acclimatisation in Namche

This is usually a rest acclimatisation day in Namche (3,440 meters). If you are lucky enough to be in Namche on a Saturday, then make sure to visit the weekly market. Most operators will encourage you to take an acclimatisation trek to the Everest View Hotel (3,880 meters) where you can have lunch and capture views of Mt. Everest.

Day 5: Trek from Namche to Tengboche

Trek from Namche (3,440 meters) to Tengboche – also written Thyangboche (3,860 meters), home to the largest gompo (a Buddhist ecclesiastical fortification of learning). The trek is an undulating one which provides great views of   beautiful mountains including Everest, Nuptse, Lhotse and Ama Dablam. Some treks go via Thame to visit the Thame Monastery, before continuing to Tengboche.

Day 6: Trek from Tengboche to Periche

Trek from Tengboche (3,860 meters) to Periche (4,280 meters) via the town of Pangboche. The Himalaya Rescue Association are based here, and it is well worth visiting them if your operator hasn’t already organised a tour.

Day 7: Acclimatisation day in Periche

Periche (4,280 meters) is usually used as the location for your second rest and acclimatisation day. Depending on your operator you will likely visit the Tshola Tsho Lake and then take a short trek towards Dingboche (4,360 meters) where you will get great views of the south face of Mt. Lhotse and Island Peak.

Day 8: Trek from Periche to Lobuche

A fairly long and steep trek from Periche (4,280 meters) to Lobuche (4,940 meters) via the Khumbu Glacier. You will see Sherpa Memorials built of stone cairns in remembrance to the many Sherpas and climbers that have died climbing Everest.

Day 9: Trek from Lobuche to Gorak Shep

Trek from Lobuche (4,940 meters) to Gorak Shep (5,170 meters) where you will have lunch and then onto Everest Base Camp (5,364 meters).

Most treks are not allowed to stay at Everest Base Camp without specific permission. The rules and regulations have changed around this issue over recent years, so it is worthwhile checking with your tour operator. 

Visits to the icefall require mountaineering permits and are usually not part of a standard Everest Base Camp trek. After visiting Everest Base Camp you will return to Gorak Shep for the night.

Kala Patthar

Day 10: Trek from Gorak Shep to Kala Patthar and EBC (Return to Dingboche)

A trek from Gorak Shep (5,170 meters) up the steep slopes to Kala Patthar (5,554 meters), a peak west of the Everest Base Camp which affords the best views of Mt. Everest, Nuptse Nup II and Changtse; as well as the northern flank and summit of Lhotse. You will leave Gorak Shep early to reach Kala Patther before the clouds roll in.

On a typical Everest Base Camp trek, Kala Patthar will be the highest altitude you will reach. It is also home to the worlds highest webcam – Mount Everest Webcam. From Kala Patthar, you then descend all the way back to Dingboche (4,360 meters). 

Day 11: Trek from Dingboche to Namche

Trek from Dingboche (4,360 meters) to Namche (3,440 meters) via the rhododendron forests around Tengboche.

Day 12: Trek from Namche to Lukla

Trek from Namche (3,440 meters) all the way back to Lukla (2,800 meters) – a long and tiring walk to finish what is an incredible Himalaya trek.

Day 13: Fly from Lukla to Kathmandu

Fly from Lukla to Kathmandu. 

EBC Route Altitude Profile

Above is an altitude profile chart for a typical Everest Base Camp hike. The highest peak is Kala Patthar, at a staggering altitude of 5,554m. 

Everest Route Variations

Below are typical route variations for the Everest BC hike. 

Gokyo-Ri glacier

Gokyo Lakes

The Gokyo Lakes or Gokyo Ri Trek is a fantastic variation on the Everest Base Trek. The route begins in Lukla and follows the traditional EBC trek itinerary for the first three days up to Namche Bazaar. Here it veers off to the North-west via the towns of Dole and Machemo, up to the stunningly beautiful Gokyo Lakes . The trail then ascends Gokyo Ri (5,483 meters) and traverses Cho La Pass (5,420 meters) before joining back up with the classic base camp trek at Lobuche.

The variation adds 2-3 days to an average Everest Base Camp trek but provides an excellent opportunity to avoid the crowds on the busy everest trail, as well as gives one the opportunity to trek up and down on different routes.

Chhukhung Valley

The Chhukhung Valley sits east of Dingboche and provides an alternative and longer passage to Lobuche than the traditional Everest Base Camp trail. Trekkers stay a night in Chhukhung (4,730 meters) before returning to Lobuche via Kongma La Pass (5,535 meters), an epic Himalayan pass .

Island Peak headwall

Island Peak

Island Peak is one of Nepal’s 33 trekking peaks. Standing at 6,189 meters, Island Peak is a real challenge in terms of altitude, but only requires beginner level climbing skills (you will need to be comfortable with ice axes and crampons though). Most climbers use the traditional Everest Base Camp trek to acclimatise for Island Peak. 

Returning from Everest Base Camp, you can either trek to Cchukhung via Dingboche from Lobuche or veer South-east from Lobuche traversing the Kongma La Pass to Cchukhung (4,730 meters). From here you can trek to Island Peak Base Camp (5,120 meters) in preparation for their trek / climb up to Island Peaks summit. The summit typically takes 2 days and the total trip, including Everest Base Camo, between 18-20 days.

Everest Base Camp Trek FAQ

How much does the ebc trek cost.

Like many treks in Nepal, there are three ways you can plan your Everest Base Camp trek. See more in our guide on a detailed breakdown on the cost of an Everest Base Trek . 

Below are four options for Everest Base Camp treks and their estimated costs.  

Independent Trekking

Here you organise your trek. You will need to get yourself from Kathmandu to Lukla (a flight is the fastest and easiest; there are buses but these are rather unpleasant). You can employ the services of a porter or guide in Lukla or indeed in Namche, but it is important to note that as an independent trekker, it is illegal to use a guide or porter that is not licensed as a trekking agent through TAAN, or affiliated with a licensed trekking agent. You will need a Green TIMS card (costing NPR 2,000), money to buy food and water, a reliable and accurate map, and negotiations skills to book teahouse accommodation.

The estimated cost for an independent trek excluding flights is between $500-$800. 

Local Tour Operator 

There are many local tour operators in Kathmandu who organise guided Everest Base Camp treks. Generally local Nepal trekking companies are quite good. You will join a group of trekkers (up to 15 people) and have a team of porters, assistant guides and lead guides (who can speak English) of a similar size to the trekking group.

It is important to check that your local operator is a licensed trekking agent. We recommend shopping around and asking for recommendations from other trekkers. The cheap local operators tend to be the least reliable, often only providing tent accommodation or access to old and poorly run teahouses. Their ethical standards towards staff and the local environment may not be to the highest standard as well. 

The estimated cost for an Everest Base Camp trek organised by a local tour operator is between $800-$2,000.

Western Run / Operated Tours

There are many Western run companies that offer Everest Base Camp treks. Most of these Western companies have their own ground teams or strong relationships with the best local tour operators who they outsource their on-the-ground operation to, whilst managing the overall tour experience.

The best Western companies own their on-the-ground operations. Expect a well-run tour with either a Western guide or a very well-trained local guide who understands the subtle service nuances expected of a Western trekker. 

The estimated cost for an Everest Base Camp trek organised by a Western run tour operator is between $1,200-3,000.

Everest Climbing Expedition

A fourth option of joining an Everest climbing expedition is also possible. Major climbing operators like Adventure Consultants, Jagged Globe or Alpine Ascents usually offer Everest Base Camp trekking spaces on their Everest climbing expeditions. Securing a trekking space can be a little pricey but offers one an incredible insight into an Everest expedition as well as the chance to spend a night or two at Everest Base Camp.

If you think a base camp trek is expensive, wait till you hear how much it costs to Climb Mount Everest !

Are permits required for the EBC trek?

Yes, there are two permits you require for standard treks from Lukla to EBC. They are:

1. Trekkers Information Management System (TIMS Card)

TIMS cards are issued by the Tourism Agency Association of Nepal (TAAN). There are three different types:

• Organised TIMS Card (Blue in colour, USD 10). If you are trekking with an organised tour these will be arranged for you. You will need to provide your passport number and one passport photograph
• Individual TIMS Card (Green in colour, USD 20). If you are trekking independently (without support) you will need to get one of these TIMS cards from the Nepal Tourism Board in Kathmandu
• SAARC Country TIMS Card (Red in colour, USD 3). These cards are for nationals from the South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation, i.e. India, Bhutan, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Maldives, Bangladesh and Afghanistan.

2. Sagarmatha National Park Entry Permit  (USD 30 + 13% Govt. Tax)

The Sagarmatha National Park or Solukhumbu is the region through which the EBC trek runs. A National Park entry permit is required to enter Sagarmatha. Permits can be acquired at the first checkpoint along the route, north of Lukla called Monjo. The cost is US$30 + 13% tax for trekkers using a trek operator or agency, as well as for independent trekkers. Permits can also be acquired in Kathmandu, but we recommend getting it in Monjo as it is more straightforward.

For treks from Jiri to Everest Base Camp, there is another permit required called the Gaurishankar Conservation Area Project permit. It costs US$20 (no discount for independent trekkers or SAAEC nationals). The checkpoint is at at Shivalaya (just after Jiri). We recommend getting the permit in Kathmandu before departing as the cost is double if they have to issue the permit in Shivalaya.

As a rule of thumb, we recommend bringing at least 4 passport size photographs for all your permit requirements.

When is the best time to trek to Everest Base Camp?

The best time to trek Everest Base Camp is during the dry and warm months of September through November of March through late May / Early June.

The monsoon rains arrive in mid-late June and get into full swing for the months of July and August (as seen in the average rainfall map below). The route is really too wet for trekking and you would be better placed to explore treks in rain shadow areas like the Upper Manang, Mustang, Annapurna or Dolpo region.

December, January and early February are very cold. Treks run during these periods but be prepared for freezing temperatures and possible snow flurries. The upside is that the route is a lot quieter than in the peak seasons.

The chart shows average temperatures and rainfall in Nepal (data from 1960-1990 compliments of the Climate Change Knowledge Portal at the  World Bank ). 

Is altitude sickness a risk on the Everest Base Camp hike?

Yes, altitude sickness is a risk on the Everest Base Camp route. The trek takes one from a moderately high altitude, 2,800 meters in Lukla, to high altitude, over 5,300 meters at Everest Base Camp and over 5,500 meters at Kala Patthar. At these higher altitudes, the body needs to have acclimatised to the lower saturation of oxygen in the air in order to avoid the symptoms of altitude sickness (or what is sometimes referred to as Acute Mountain Sickness – AMS).

The good news is that a typical Everest Base Camp hike has a slow ascent profile which maximises the amount of time available to acclimatise. Nonetheless, every year 100s of people suffer altitude sickness symptoms and some need to cut their trek short due to more severe complications.

How difficult is the Everest Base Camp Trek?

The difficulty of the Everest Base Camp Trek is relatively low. It should be noted that the Everest Base Camp trek requires no climbing expertise and there are certainly no technical climbing sections. With determination and a basic fitness level, you should be able to trek the route. We have seen old and young, overweight and underweight complete the trek – all with a smile on their face!

With that being said, there are certainly some factors that should be considered prior to your trek, such as altitude, length and  training that will enable you to better understand what you are getting yourself into before deciding.

What gear do I need for the EBC Trek?

One of the most frequent questions that we get asked is what gear should be packed for an Everest Base Camp trek.

To make your life a lot easier we have written a very detailed  Everest Base Camp packing list  article. The list is fairly exhaustive but includes all the absolutely necessary items of clothing and  outdoor gear  that you should bring with you.

You will have the opportunity to either buy or rent gear in Kathmandu, Lukla or even in Namche Bazaar, but in general we recommend you bring with you the main items (i.e.  hiking daypack , hiking boots, warm down jacket, sleeping bag and  sleeping mat ,  trekking poles , appropriate trekking clothes, headgear and  headlamp and gloves etc.)

What travel insurance do I need for the EBC hike?

Trekking Everest Base Camp comes with obvious risks. We recommend you get travel and trekking insurance for all treks in Nepal .

On the Everest Base Camp route, you will reach a maximum altitude of 5,416 meters, so it is important you choose an insurance package that covers you up to that altitude.

Are there any recommended guidebooks for the Everest Base Camp Trek?

Absolutely. There are some great guidebooks and trekking maps to choose from when doing the Everest Base Camp Trek. 

The classic EBC trail itself is well-worn, but there are many smaller yak trails that can confuse people.

We recommend taking a detailed trekking map. The region is sparse, and it is possible to get lost in the many valleys that lie on either side of the main trail. The most recent Lonely Planet Trekking in the Nepal Himalaya provides the most up to date information and maps of the region.

Sian Pritchard-Jones and Bob Gibbons’s book: A Trekking Guide to Everest is also rather good.

For a more general guide to Nepal, you may want to check out the Nepal Lonely Planet Travel Guide .

Are there any other hikes in Nepal you would recommend? 

Yes, there are many other hikes in Nepal that I love.

Some of the most popular alternative Nepal trekking routes are the Annapurna Circuit Trek , the  Langtang Valley Trek  and the  Manaslu Circuit Trek . If you're looking for some easy Nepal hikes , then check out the Poon hill hike or the Royal hike . For short Nepal hiking routes see the Helambu hike , which is near Kathmandu. 

Continue browsing

See more information on  Nepal . Or check out these other Everest/Nepal articles:

• Best Climbing Mount Everest Tips
• Food on the Everest hike
• Internet Access on EBC hike
• Everest Base Camp Trek Deaths and Statistics
• Best Places to Visit in Nepal
• What to Expect in Nepal Tea Houses

About the author 

Mark Whitman

Mark has trekked extensively in Asia, Europe, South America and Africa. He founded Mountain IQ in 2014 with the sole aim to be the best online information portal to some of the most popular mountain destinations around the world. When not writing for Mountain IQ, Mark is out exploring the outdoors with his wife!

Leave a Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked

Nice article. Full of true information and very supportive for new trekkers.

We work with local guides to offer great value adventures at unbeatable prices

How to trek to Everest Base Camp

Jun 20, 2023 • 10 min read

From permits to teahouses, here's everything you need to know about trekking to Everest Base Camp © Mint Images / Getty Images

Top of many people's travel bucket lists, the trek to Everest Base Camp is often the first thing people think about when they start dreaming of a trip to Nepal . 

The walk takes trekkers past Sherpa villages and Tibetan-style monasteries, right up into the heart of the high Himalaya, into a breathtaking world (literally) of iconic glaciers, lakes and the tallest peaks on earth. It's probably the world's most famous trek.

But what is it actually like to trek to Base Camp? Is it something within your capabilities or budget? What should you bring? And, most importantly, can you get a proper coffee en route? 

I just returned from trekking to Everest Base Camp for Lonely Planet's Nepal guide . Here’s what I think you need to know.

What's so great about the Everest Base Camp (EBC) trek anyway?

Firstly, the mountain scenery surrounding the world's highest peak is truly spectacular. The sublime views of Ama Dablam, Pumori, Nuptse and Thamserku peaks are unbeatable and constantly change as you progress along the walk. The Sherpa villages and monasteries are fascinating places to visit and the lodges (called teahouses) are the best in the world. 

The knowledge that you are walking in the expedition footsteps of Hillary, Tenzing, Messner and others is a thrill. Anyone who has read Into Thin Air will be moved by the memorial stupas of Rob Hall, Scott Fischer and others who have lost their lives on the mountain. And then there's the fact that you will have reached the base of the world's highest peak; whether you call it Chomolongma (Tibetan), Sagarmatha (Nepali) or Everest, it’s a rush all the same.

And what’s not so great about the Everest Base Camp trek?

Well, if you force us to play devil's advocate… EBC is one of the busiest trails in Nepal. In the high season months of October and November you'll be walking with thousands of other trekkers, competing with them to get a bed, a lunch order or an airplane seat. There will be lines at checkpoints and even at moments on the trail itself. In bad weather you might be stranded at Lukla airport with hundreds of other trekkers, all trying to get on the first flight out. It's not quite the Zen-like wilderness experience you may have been imagining.

Bear in mind also that even after a solid week of walking, your view of Everest will be partial at best (for infinitely more dramatic Everest views visit the northern Everest Base Camp in Tibet ). If you trek outside of May's expedition weather window you won’t actually find much to see at Base Camp beyond a boulder hastily spray-painted with "Everest Base Camp".

If this has put you off, don’t worry; there are dozens of other fantastic treks in Nepal .

How long does it take to trek to Everest Base Camp?

The walk from the airport at Lukla to Everest Base Camp and back takes a minimum of 15 days. Several of the days are surprisingly short, but this is because you have to figure in time to acclimatize to the high altitudes.

If you can, it's definitely worth adding on a couple of extra days to this basic itinerary. Some of the most dramatic (and least visited) views are from detours off the main trail. I always add two days to visit Thame, two days to visit Chhukung and, if possible, three or four days to visit the lakes of the Gokyo Valley – probably the most beautiful scenery in the Everest region.

Be sure to also budget an extra day or two as a transport buffer. Weather-related flight delays in and out of Lukla are not uncommon (I had to wait six days for a flight to Lukla on my recent trip) so you need some buffer time if heading back for an international flight home.

How challenging is the trek to EBC?

In terms of physical effort, the EBC trek itself is not especially tough. There are only a couple of steep climbs, lasting about an hour each, and most days involve less than four hours of walking.

The thing that makes the EBC trek tough is the altitude. Base Camp is at 5600m (18,373ft) and you will need to spend one or two nights above 5000m (16,404ft). Above 4000m (13,123ft) you are going to feel increasingly lethargic and out of breath as the amount of oxygen in the air decreases. Combine this with the cold, the discomfort of being at altitude and the compounded tiredness from walking for two weeks straight, and you can see why the whole trek experience is definitely a physical challenge.

While you don't need to be an athlete to walk to EBC it is still a good idea to start a fitness regime in the weeks leading up to your trek. You'll enjoy the walk so much more if you are in decent shape.

When is the best time to trek to Everest Base Camp?

October and November bring the best weather and the clearest skies but these are also the most popular months. The second most popular season is April to early May, when spring blooms and expedition traffic bring extra interest to the trail. To avoid the crowds but still enjoy clear views, pack an extra thermal layer and come in December or March.

What can I do to avoid altitude sickness?

The majority of people who fail to reach Base Camp do so because they failed to acclimatize properly to the altitude. It's essential not to gain altitude too quickly by following the recommended overnight stops and limiting your daily altitude gain to a maximum of 400m (1312ft) when above 3000m (9843ft).

Be sure to add in acclimatization days at both Namche Bazaar and Dingboche, during which it's a good idea to hike to higher altitudes during the day, returning to sleep lower at night.

What are the teahouses like?

At lower altitudes the Everest lodges are the most comfortable in Nepal. Private rooms are the norm, many of which have private bathrooms. Showers are available at most places, though the hot water supply can be patchy. All have cozy dining rooms with tables arranged around a central dung-fueled stove. There are even a few luxury lodges along the trail.

In budget lodges, or when you get above Dingboche, things get simpler, with rooms offering little more than a collection of plywood walls, a solar light and a foam mattress. Toilets are a mixture of seats and squatters; sometimes outdoors, always freezing. A blanket is normally supplied but be sure to bring a four-season sleeping bag rated to well below 0°C (32°F).

What's the food like?

Menus in teahouses range from pasta and pizza to spring rolls, fried potatoes and soups, though the most popular meal is a daal bhaat , a set Nepali meal of rice, lentil soup and fried vegetables, normally served with a papad and pickle, and with a refill included. It's the most filling and environmentally sustainable meal you can order.

In villages such as Namche Bazaar and Dingboche you will also find bakery-cafes serving espresso and slices of delicious apple pie, plus shops selling everything from Snickers bars to bottles of beer. This is one trek where you might actually gain weight!

Can I get wi-fi or phone coverage?

Most lodges offer wi-fi, either free of charge or for a few dollars per day (at higher elevations). Above Namche Bazaar you will likely have to buy a scratch card, giving you unlimited data for twelve hours (AirCell) or a specific amount of data over a month (Everestlink). Depending on your network provider you'll likely get data and a phone signal at lower elevations, and possibly even at Everest Base Camp, but not at other high altitudes. So yes, in theory, you can Skype all your friends from Base Camp!

What should I bring?

Warm clothes are a must, and you should pack thermal underwear, a down jacket and fleece hat. Comfortable hiking boots and good, padded socks are also essential. Sun block, a sun hat with a brim and good sunglasses are important against the strong high-altitude light. 

Morale-boosting snacks like chocolate and salami are always helpful, as is a book and smartphone with mapping software like Maps.me. Bring water purification of some sort. If you forget something, don’t worry, you can buy almost anything you might want in Namche Bazaar these days (from ice axes to cans of Pringles), though at prices higher than in Kathmandu .

Do I need a porter and guide?

In terms of finding your way you don't need a guide if you are an experienced walker, as the route is clearly marked and well-trod. A guide can be useful for smoothing your way at teahouses, making sure you get your food on time and helping you pay your bill. It's important not to trek alone, so solo trekkers should find a companion or take a guide or porter.

A porter will carry a bag of around 15kg, freeing you up to pack a few extra chocolate bars and enjoy the walk with little more than a day pack. Not having the strain of carrying a full pack is worth its weight in gold for anyone over the age of 50. Trust me.

How much does the Everest Base Camp trek cost?

For a room in a lodge and three meals a day, figure on US$20–25 per person per day, a bit more if you want a room with a private bathroom and the occasional slice of apple pie. Add on another US$5 every time you want a shower. Figure on an additional US$20 per day for a porter, and US$25–30 for a guide, and budget 10–15% of that fee for an end-of-trip tip.

You'll pay a bit more to have a Kathmandu-based trekking company arrange your entire trek, and a lot more for the convenience and backup of an international trekking tour.

Do I need any permits?

You will need to buy an Everest region permit (US$20) at Lukla, as well as a Sagarmatha National Park entry ticket (US$30) at Monjo. Currently that's all you need.

How can I trek more sustainably?

With 60,000 trekkers and guides headed to the Everest region, it’s important to minimize your impact on the region. Firstly, don't buy bottled water on the trek, as the bottles are nonrecyclable and are a huge problem throughout the region. Bring a system of water purification, like a Lifestraw or Sawyer filter, a Steripen or chemical purification.

Secondly, carry all your trash out (especially batteries), and sign up for the Carry Me Back program, whereby you carry a 1kg bag of trash from Namche Bazaar to Lukla, for it to be recycled in Kathmandu.

Finally, be polite to the Sherpas and porters you meet en route, as well as your fellow trekkers. Walk clockwise around stupas and be respectful at monasteries and shrines.

How do I get to Lukla to start the trek?

Flights run multiple times daily between Kathmandu and Lukla, taking around 30 minutes. During high season however you may have to drive five hours from Kathmandu to Ramechhap airport to catch your Lukla flight there.

It's also possible to fly or drive to Phaplu and walk two days to Lukla from there, or walk from Shivalaya to Lukla in seven days as an excellent pre-trek warm-up.

This article was first published January 2013 and updated June 2023

Explore related stories

Mar 14, 2023 • 4 min read

To reduce accidents and promote jobs, Nepalese authorities recently announced a ban on solo trekking in national parks and conservation areas.

Jul 13, 2022 • 8 min read

Jan 31, 2022 • 6 min read

Jan 9, 2022 • 8 min read

Sep 14, 2021 • 11 min read

Jan 28, 2021 • 5 min read

Jan 12, 2021 • 7 min read

Dec 10, 2020 • 6 min read

Jan 7, 2020 • 6 min read

Oct 10, 2019 • 9 min read

Everest Base Camp Trek

ACTIVITY LEVEL

Kathmandu, nepal, $4,295 usd (including domestic flights to/from trek start point).

Download our Everest Base Camp Trek itinerary:

Trek to mt. everest base camp in nepal, j oin the explorer’s passage on one of the world’s most extraordinary adventures: an everest base camp trek in nepal on this journey into the heart of the mighty himalayas, you will follow in the daring footsteps of some of mount everest’s legends, including sir edmund hillary and tenzing norgay., the trail to everest base camp immerses you in truly unparalleled landscapes. along the way, you will pass through forested valleys and small villages, ascend past the tree line, and eventually reach the famed base camp at the foot of earth’s tallest mountain. you will cross glacier-fed rivers, visit monasteries and shrines, traverse high-altitude yak pastures, and will constantly be glancing up past fluttering strings of prayer flags to take in the regal peaks and glaciers that surround you., this captivating region is unlike any other, and will undoubtedly give you remarkable stories that you can pass down through generations. your unique reward on this trip will not only be up-close experience with mt. everest, our planet’s highest summit, but also an unrivaled sense of personal achievement as you take on one of the world’s most famous trekking journeys., read more below to review trip details and highlights, a sample itinerary, trip customization options, accommodations, photos, and more, visit everest base camp with t.e.p., we take care of everything.

W e go above and beyond our competitors in handling every detail of your Everest Base Camp trek, so that you can focus exclusively on experiencing all that Nepal and the Himalayas have to offer. Our trips are all-inclusive, crafted with the intent of providing you with an unforgettable adventure travel experience. All you have to do is show up at the airport in Kathmandu!

Expert guides.

E xperience the Everest Base Camp Trek with the finest trekking guides in Nepal. Our knowledgeable guides have been leading adventures in the Himalayas for over thirty years, and are some of the pioneers of trekking to Mount Everest Base Camp. Many of the guides are also local to the Khumbu region of Nepal, which is home to the Sherpa community.

Responsible travel and sustainability.

T he Explorer’s Passage is a member of Sustainable Travel International, a partner/supporter of the Leave No Trace Center for Outdoor Ethics, as well as a supporter of the Center for Responsible Travel (CREST). We very proudly incorporate the principles of these organizations throughout your trip to Nepal. You can read more about our commitment to sustainability and responsible travel later on this page.

Trip highlights.

• Explore Kathmandu on a private guided tour , and experience the sights, sounds, and tastes of one of South Asia’s most intriguing capital cities;
• Visit UNESCO World Heritage Sites such as Boudhanath and Pashupatinath, where you can walk among some of Nepal’s most sacred places;
• Journey deep into the Himalayas as you hike to Everest Base Camp, and find yourself surrounded by the majesty of the soaring peaks, peaceful woodlands, rhododendron forests, mammoth glaciers, unique wildlife, and rushing rivers of Nepal;
• Retrace the legendary route of Sir Edmund Hillary & Tenzing Norgay and their historic 1953 expedition to Mount Everest;
• Discover vibrant Nepalese communities along the route, including the colorful market town of Namche Bazaar, the serene Tengboche monastery, and other adventurous waypoints such as Dingboche, Thukla, Gorakshep, and more;
• Rest and replenish at mountain ‘tea houses’ in villages along the trail, where you can share hearty, memorable meals with fellow adventurers and local Sherpas ( note: hotel in Kathmandu included before and after the trekking portion of the trip);
• Reach Everest Base Camp, where you will be rewarded with up-close views of the planet’s tallest mountain as well as an unrivaled sense of personal achievement – as one of the lucky few to experience this unique point on Earth.

From $4,295 USD per person

*More info. on pricing

Pricing starts at $4,295 USD per person

Single Supplement for Hotel: from $795 USD

More questions? Read more about pricing here

START DATES

For the Everest Base Camp trek, pre-scheduled group tours depart:

• various dates in March, April, and May 2024;
• various dates in Sept., Oct., and Nov. 2024;
• Click here to view all 2024 trip dates

Custom dates (for individuals or private groups) also available. To inquire on a custom date, please contact us !

2024 Group Trip Dates below:

• March 15, 2024
• March 29, 2024
• April 12, 2024
• April 22, 2024
• May 3, 2024
• May 13, 2024
• September 14, 2024
• September 27, 2024
• October 11, 2024
• October 21, 2024
• November 1, 2024
• November 11, 2024

To inquire on a custom date, please contact us!

 Options for 18 or 14 Day Itineraries

With 18-day itinerary, trekking duration is 13 days. With 14-day itinerary, trekking duration is 9 days (for more information about itinerary options, please review the section about trip customization on this webpage).

ACCOMMODATIONS

Various Options*

In Kathmandu (before and after the trek to Everest Base Camp), choose between 3-Star or 5-Star hotels. While hiking to E.B.C., everyone stays in ‘tea houses,’ which are comparable to many other mountain lodges/huts in other parts of the world.

*Read about accommodations in Nepal

MAX. GROUP SIZE

( Private groups: 12 people)

Advanced* Activities: multi-day hiking on the route to Everest Base Camp.

Total trekking distance: either ~85 miles / ~136 kms or ~56 miles / ~90 kms (depending on itinerary option selected)

*Please refer to our Trip Activity Level Guide for more information

Please Note – the Trip Activity Level Guide is for guidance only and provides a general sense of what you should expect on our trips. Actual times, distances, and elevation can be outside the ranges outlined below.

Trips designated “easy” are perfect for first-timers, or travelers looking for a mild physical challenge. hikes, treks, and horseback rides are short and terrain is typically flat, at an elevation not exceeding 5,000 feet. on paddling trips, river currents move swiftly, thus minimal paddling is required..

“Moderate” trips are more active and require a bit more endurance. Hikes, treks, and horseback rides includes occasional steep ascents. Elevation can occassionaly reach up to 15,000 feet. River currents are moderate and some stretches include Class 1-2 rapids.

Trips marked “Advanced” require strong physical stamina, as we’re often active for 8+ hours per day. Hikes, treks, and horseback rides include traversing more rugged and mountainous terrain, at elevations that can reach up to 15,000 feet. Rivers currents are moderate to swift and often include paddling white water through Class 1-3 rapids.

TEP’s most physically demanding trips fall into the “Explorer” category. Expect 8+ hours of activity per day. These trips are demanding, yet attainable for those seeking the challenge. Hike, trek, and horseback ride on rugged and mountainous terrain with frequent steep ascents. Elevation may exceed 15,000 feet. Rivers currents are moderate to swift and often include navigating white water through Class 1-3 rapids.

More Questions? Speak to one of our Adventure Consultants at 855-208-6800 to determine if this is the right trip for you OR Read more about the Trip Activity Level Guide

MAP OF EVEREST BASE CAMP TREK ROUTE

– khumbu region, nepal –.

Note: this map only corresponds with the standard 18-day itinerary’s 13 days of hiking to and from Everest Base Camp. The alternative 14-day itinerary option (featuring 9 days of trekking) is very similar – except that on the return trip, trekkers take a helicopter from Pheriche to Kathmandu. For more information about itinerary options, please review the section about trip customization on this webpage.

SAMPLE TRIP ITINERARY

18 day / 17 night trip daily overview, day 1: arrival in kathmandu, nepal.

Namaste and welcome to Kathmandu (elevation: 4,347 feet / 1,325 meters)! Get ready to experience one of the most undeniably awe-inspiring journeys our planet has to offer.

At the airport, you will be greeted by a member of our team (your driver will be waiting for you, holding a sign with the T.E.P. logo and/or your name) and then driven to the hotel. Depending on your arrival time, you will have some free time today to explore Kathmandu on your own. Later in the evening, you will enjoy a festive meal at one of our favorite restaurants in the city. This will be an excellent introduction to the vibrant local cuisine and culture, and will also help set the mood for an exciting adventure ahead!

Day 2: Kathmandu Tour

Day 2: explore kathmandu.

Get ready for real cultural immersion today as you spend the day on a guided sightseeing tour of Kathmandu. We begin by exploring two UNESCO World Heritage Sites.

The first is Pashupatinath, a sacred Hindu temple complex located on the banks of the Bagmati River, which includes an array of temples, ashrams, sacred images, and inscriptions. We will spend some time walking around the grounds before driving to Boudhanath, our second stop for the day.

Boudhanath is home to one of the largest stupas in Nepal, which dominates the skyline. Marking an ancient trade route from Tibet, the structure is a subject of many local legends, its construction having been dictated by the landing place of a flying hen. Many of Nepal’s most sacred sites have similar origin stories, revolving around interactions between the sacred, the natural world, and humankind. At Boudhanath, we will enjoy a group lunch and then a walking tour of the site. Eventually, at the conclusion of the tour, you will be driven back to the hotel.

Later in the afternoon, your guides will conduct a 45 – 60 minute pre-trek briefing at the hotel. Following the briefing/orientation, you will have free time to get dinner and explore the city even more! In your free time, you may want to walk to Durbar Square, in front of the old royal palace. Dating back to the third century, it is a site that has housed many generations of Nepalese royalty, including the Malla and Shah dynasties.

Day 3: Kathmandu to Lukla, then Trek to Phakding

Day 3: travel to lukla, then trek to phakding.

Today, you will finally be able to start one of the world’s most exciting adventures: the Everest Base Camp trek! After a very early morning start you will be driven from the hotel to Ramechhap Airport, several hours east of Kathmandu, where you will board a short flight to Lukla Airport (also known as Tenzing-Hillary Airport).

After exiting the airport, you will link up with the trail team (guides & porters) and then head to a nearby lodge in Lukla (9,300 feet / 2,835 meters). While there, you can change, use bathrooms, enjoy some tea and snacks, top off water bottles, and more as you prepare for the imminent start of the trek.

Once everyone is ready we will begin the trek around 9:30 or 10:00 AM, passing Chauri Kharka village and heading north. You will soon enjoy breathtaking views of the Dhudh Kosi River at the base of the valley. Snow-capped Himalayan mountains will provide the ultimate backdrop as you approach your evening’s stay at a tea house in Phakding.

Daily trekking distance: approximately 5.6 miles / 9 kilometers (over ~4-5 hours)

Day 4: Trek to Namche Bazaar

Begin the day with breakfast with your fellow trekkers, before setting out north along the river again, crossing several bridges along the way. We will stop for lunch in Jorsale (9,200 feet / 2,804 meters) before continuing towards Namche Bazaar. Eat heartily, because the post-lunch section is fairly challenging (one of the trek’s toughest segments), with lots of switchbacks and an elevation gain of several hundred meters. Known as the gateway to Everest, Namche Bazaar (11,286 feet / 3,440 meters) is a particularly key trading hub, home to a variety of stores and other services. There will undoubtedly be plenty of color and life to enjoy in the town, set against the natural wonders of the impressive landscape.

Daily trekking distance: approximately 7.5 miles / 12 kilometers (over ~5-6 hours)

Day 5: Acclimatization Day in Namche Bazaar

Day 5: acclimatization day in namche bazaar (w/day hike).

Today is our first acclimatization day, as well as a chance to take in the beauty of some of the surrounding snowy peaks. These include Kwangde, Thamserku, and Kangtega, all over 19,700 feet / 6,000 meters. Following breakfast, we will do a day hike up past an old airstrip and through grassy alpine terrain to the Everest View Hotel (13,000 feet / 3,962 meters), one of the highest altitude hotels in the world. Once there, you can enjoy tea and snacks while absorbing the stunning views to the northeast of Ama Dablam (22,349 feet / 6,812 meters), Nuptse (25,791 feet / 7,861 meters), Lhotse (27,940 feet / 8,516 meters), and Mount Everest itself (29,029 feet / 8,848 meters).

Upon return to Namche Bazaar in the early afternoon, you will have a later lunch and then will have free time to explore the town and its vibrant Sherpa culture.

Day-hike distance: approximately 2.5 miles / 4 kilometers (~4 hours round-trip)

Day 6: Trek to Debouche

Today we leave Namche Bazaar and descend towards the Phunki Tenga Bridge over the Dhudh Kosi River, on our way to Debouche (12,533 feet / 3,820 meters). Eventually, we will stop for lunch near some stupas, as a short respite from the narrow and steep path towards Tengboche, a small monastic village. Don’t forget to look up from the trail occasionally, because you will be able to see Mount Everest in the distance!

The Tengboche monastery – which we will be able to visit when we pass through the village – is the largest of its kind in the Khumbu region. While the original structure has been all but lost to earthquake and fire, the rebuilding was possible thanks to the contributions of patrons from around the world. Tibetan painter Tarke-la’s work now decorates the sanctum, and you’ll also see many inscribed stones and prayer flags fluttering around the mountain village. You may even be lucky enough to encounter the monks who live and pray here.

After leaving Tengboche, we will continue hiking about half an hour down to the rhododendron forests of Debouche, where we will spend the night. You will be able to enjoy incredible views of the snow-capped peaks of Tawoche to the west and Ama Dablam to the east.

Day 7: Trek to Dingboche

From Debouche, today we will we make our way to Dingboche (14,304 feet / 4,360 meters). We pass through Pangboche and have lunch around the day’s halfway point – at around 4,000 meters altitude, where the treeline ends – before continuing up a gradual ascent to Dingboche. Along the way, you will again be able to spot Everest. In this area, you will also see a patchwork of fields against the mountainsides, where local farmers cultivate barley, buckwheat, and potatoes.

While in Dingboche, you will overlook the Imja River. The town features many kilometers of stone walls, covering much of the valley.

Daily trekking distance: approximately 8.1 miles / 13 kilometers (over ~4-5 hours)

Day 8: Acclimatization Day in Dingboche

Day 8: acclimatization day in dingboche (w/day hike).

Today, being an acclimatization day, features a day hike. We will wake up later (around 7:00 AM), have breakfast, and then depart for the hike around 9:00 AM. In order to help our legs and lungs get even more used to the altitude, we will spend a few hours round-trip hiking Nagarshang ridge (16,732 feet / 5,100 meters). Along the hike, you will enjoy excellent views of the surrounding area.

Upon return to Dingboche, the rest of the afternoon/evening is a leisure day for you to explore the small village as well as relax with your fellow trekkers. If you would like to do another short hike today, that is also an option. Dependent on weather, you could potentially visit Chukhung (15,518 feet / 4,730 meters) about two to three hours to the northeast, a place traditionally used to raise yak.

Day 9: Trek to Lobuche

A gentle ascent through alpine scrub and yak pastures today takes us first to Thukla (15,156 feet / 4,620 meters). As we hike above the Pheriche Valley, we will reach the Summiteers’ Memorial in Thukla Pass. This memorial, surrounded by dozens of colorful flags, pays tribute to the explorers who have come before. From this point, we will follow the trail north through a big valley towards Lobuche (16,175 feet / 4,930 meters).

Daily trekking distance: approximately 7.5 miles / 12 kilometers (over ~4-5 hours)

Day 10: Trek to Gorakshep, then Everest Base Camp

Today, you will finally reach Everest Base Camp!

The day’s journey begins with a roughly three hour hike towards Gorakshep (16,995 feet / 5,180 meters). Gorak Shep is a small village at the intersection of the Changri Shar and Khumbu glaciers.

After a quick lunch in Gorakshep, we follow the Khumbu Glacier northeast towards Everest Base Camp. This glacier flows at 164 feet / 50 meters per year, its melting ice creating a stream which eventually becomes the Dughla Waterfall. Looking out at the sheer scale of the glacier and the mountains that feed it, you’ll certainly be able to understand why these icy Himalayan watersheds are informally known as Earth’s “Third Pole.”

Upon eventually reaching Everest Base Camp (17,600 feet / 5,364 meters), you can revel in the extent of your achievements, take photos, and absorb the adventurous atmosphere. This final gateway to Mt. Everest is where Hillary and Norgay camped for two months before starting their historic climb. Later, you will return to the tea house in Gorakshep with a new appreciation for this unparalleled landscape.

Daily trekking distance: approximately 7.5 miles / 12 kilometers (over ~8 hours)

Day 11: Kalapathar Viewpoint, then Trek to Pheriche

As we prepare to head back south, we will first have an unparalleled opportunity to view Mt. Everest from up close one last time, from the Kalapathar viewpoint. To reach Kalapathar, we’ll have an early start (around 5:00 AM), then set out from the tea house in Gorakshep to gradually ascend a big ridge.

It will be grassy and open until we approach the viewpoint, where we will encounter more boulders and rockier terrain. Upon reaching the viewpoint – which marks the highest elevation point of the trip, at about ~18,000 feet / ~5,500 meters – you will be able to enjoy an incomparable view of Everest, and take prize-winning photographs! Next, we’ll return to Gorakshep to finish packing up, have breakfast, and then depart mid-morning for Pheriche (14,041 feet / 4,280 meters). We retrace our steps south, descending and enjoying increased oxygen saturation as we go!

The trail splits at Thukla (where we usually have lunch on this day) and we will take a slightly different route than we did a few days earlier, when we were heading north. The hike is very easy, through a long stretch of valley, affording us excellent views of Ama Dablam as well as other surrounding mountains. We should reach Pheriche later in the afternoon.

Daily trekking distance: approximately 9.3 miles / 15 kilometers (over ~8-9 hours)

Day 12: Trek to Tengboche

Today, we continue hiking south, following the river and enjoying lunch in Pangboche. We then continue on to Debouche and pass the nunnery, which is also the oldest Buddhist convent in Nepal. Although a 2015 earthquake damaged the building, the site has been rebuilt.

After passing through Debouche we continue a short distance to Tengboche, where we will rest for the night. Today’s hike is descending the entire time (except for a few hundred meters between Debouche and Tengboche at the end).

Daily trekking distance: approximately 6.2 miles / 10 kilometers (over ~5-6 hours)

Day 13: Trek to Namche Bazaar

Starting in the morning, we retrace our steps from several days ago until we reach Namche Bazaar, nestled in the hillside. Tenzing Norgay grew up nearby, and here you will see many local guides and porters who know this terrain better than anyone and who help non-local trekkers and climbers achieve their audacious goals in the Himalayas.

While in Namche Bazaar, you can shop at a local market, explore the town’s streets and architecture, or relax at a cozy bakery or cafe. If you have time, you could also visit the Sherpa Culture Museum. The town also features a pub that bills itself as the highest altitude Irish pub on the planet! ( note: if you choose to drink alcohol, please exercise caution/moderation as alcohol consumption at higher altitudes will affect you much faster than when you are at lower altitudes ).

Day 14: Trek to Phakding

As we continue our journey, today we will hike alongside the frigid waters of the Dhudh Kosi River. This river is fed by some of the enormous glaciers that you have experienced up close during this adventure.

While we trace the winding river, we will have lunch in Monjo. Later, we will continue to the village of Phakding, where we will stop to rest for the night.

Daily trekking distance: approximately 7.5 miles / 12 kilometers (over ~4-6 hours)

Day 15: Trek to Lukla

From Phakding, we begin our final full day of trekking. While hiking, you will be surrounded by stunning Himalayan scenery as well as in the excellent company of fellow adventurers. Eventually, we will reach Lukla in the afternoon. Once there, you will be able to enjoy a hearty lunch, shower, and relax at the conclusion of the trekking portion of this incredible journey!

Day 16: Return to Kathmandu

Day 16: return to kathmandu, nepal.

This morning we will wake up very early for a quick breakfast around 5:00 AM. Then, we will walk the short distance (5-10 minutes) to the Lukla Airport to catch a flight. Following the brief 15-20 minute flight to Ramechhap Airport, the group will board a private van/shuttle and drive several hours to Kathmandu. Later, upon returning to Kathmandu in the afternoon and refreshing at the hotel, you will have time to explore the city some more.

The Thamel District is certainly a great place to wander, its winding streets lined with shops, bars, restaurants, and more. The Garden of Dreams is also well worth a visit. Located next to the former royal palace, it is a small reserve in which to escape the bustle of the city, featuring greenery, pavilions, as well as decorative ponds.

For dinner, you could seek out an authentic thali . With variations common to much of South Asia, it is a hearty meal which includes rice and lentils, meat, and vegetable curry. Enjoy it, you’ve certainly earned it after the many days of trekking!

Day 17: Explore Kathmandu, then Farewell Dinner

Today is our final full day together, but there is still a lot for you to experience in the Kathmandu area: you might consider seeing some live music in Lazimpat, or visiting the Newa Chen house in northern Lalitpur to experience a 350 year-old Newari home, restored to its original beauty. Our local team can also provide additional recommendations for destinations and activities.

Be sure to explore as much of Kathmandu as you can, before gathering in the evening for our final meal together. Raise a glass to newfound friends, and also to your physical accomplishments and mileage! Finally, take a moment to reflect on the unique experience of having trekked through an incredible part of the world that most have only read about!

Day 18: Final Day in Nepal

Congratulations on a magnificent journey! Count yourself amongst the lucky few who have witnessed the majesty of Mt. Everest from up close. This story is now written into your own personal narrative, and we hope you will remember it for many years to come. Although it may be time to return home, we will all leave with an unforgettable experience to look back on – until your next adventure with us!

Please contact us  for a complete detailed itinerary.

Customizing your everest base camp trek, 18 day & 14 day itinerary options.

In our standard itinerary, you spend 18 days in Nepal, starting and ending in Kathmandu. 13 of these days are spent ‘on the trail.’ You can review this full sample itinerary in the Itinerary Overview section of this webpage.

To shorten your Everest Base Camp trek, you can instead opt for a 14-day itinerary (featuring 9 days of trekking, instead of 13). This itinerary is identical to the 18-day itinerary up until Day 12, when you reach Pheriche as you head back south. There, you will take a helicopter to Kathmandu.* Once back in Kathmandu, the itinerary is similar to the final few days of the standard 18-day itinerary. This 14-day option omits most of the southbound return trip on foot (between Pheriche and the original start point of Lukla).

*Please note that pricing for the helicopter between Pheriche and Kathmandu is variable, contingent upon the number of passengers (up to 5 with bags). The helicopter pricing is also separate from the overall trip pricing.

Optional Trip Add-Ons

Optional everest base camp trip ‘add-ons’ [at additional cost].

• * Important Notes: camping at Everest Base Camp is subject to availability. Furthermore, an overnight stay at E.B.C. means that there will not be enough time to ascend the Kalapathar Viewpoint on the following day (typically on Day 11 as described in the standard itinerary).
• Flight over Mount Everest: soar above Everest in a fixed-wing plane, and enjoy incomparable views of the entire landscape ( what more is there to say! ).
• Extra Nights in Kathmandu: if you would like to extend your time in Nepal, we are happy to help arrange additional nights in Kathmandu.

Are you interested in another activity or destination in Nepal that isn’t listed above? Planning to spend extra time in the region, or interested in specific travel dates? No problem. As experts in tailored trip planning, we can weave your interests and your timeframe into our customizable itineraries so that every detail of your extraordinary trip unfolds just the way you want it to.

Contact us today to get started customizing your dream trip to Nepal!

Ready to book call us, learn more below, traveler testimonials, read what people are saying about their once-in-a-lifetime travel experiences with the explorer’s passage:, allison (england):, “i had such a great time in nepal with tep. it was the best thing i have ever done”, adam (u.s.a.):, “everything went beyond smooth. it felt like there was a guardian angel over our shoulder the whole time. trip of a lifetime”.

↑ Click the logo to visit our TripAdvisor reviews page, and see why travelers trust our team with organizing their global adventures!

Accommodations in nepal, before and after your everest base camp trek, you can enjoy a comfortable stay at hotel marshyangdi, one of kathmandu’s best hotels (alternatively, a 5 star hotel option can be reserved instead – contact us for more details). during the trekking portion of the trip, you will stay overnight at ‘tea houses’ along the route. learn more about these trip accommodations below:, hotel marshyangdi in kathmandu, hotel marshyangdi  |  kathmandu, nepal.

Located in the attractive Thamel District and close to many city attractions, Hotel Marshyangdi is owned and operated by a family from Manang. Manang is a mountainous region of Nepal, and Marshyangdi means ‘raging river’ in the local Manangi dialect.

All rooms are air conditioned with en-suite bathrooms and internet available. The property also features a relaxing courtyard restaurant, a bar, and a café. Finally, breakfasts at the hotel are included during your stay.

Hotel website

Accommodations on the Route to Everest Base Camp

Accommodations on the trail to everest base camp: ‘tea houses’.

During the trekking portion of the adventure, the accommodations will be in tea houses that offer dormitory-style rooms with single and double bunk beds, comparable to many other mountain lodges/huts in other parts of the world.

The tea houses are typically equipped with running cold water and shared bathrooms in a separate section. At most of them, there are propane-fueled hot showers available to use for a small fee (typically $5-10 USD equivalent). It is usually possible to charge personal electronic devices in the common/dining areas, however they also charge a small fee for this (typically $5-10 USD equivalent).

What Sets Us Apart

Personal attention before your everest base camp trek.

There is no other operator in the travel industry that will provide the same level of personal attention before your adventure in Nepal. We get very involved with our travelers before each trip, by offering a series of pre-planning calls in the months and weeks before departure. This provides you with an opportunity to hear directly from us on preparation, trip experience, as well as training. It also gives you the platform to ask questions about any aspect of the trip.

Staff Support

Our knowledgeable support staff take care of the details of your in-country transportation, lodging, meals, cultural tours, and activities. We’ve even scheduled in a bit of free time for you to explore, relax, shop, or eat on your own. When you travel with The Explorer’s Passage, we ensure that every detail is handled.

Sustainability and Responsible Travel

The Explorer’s Passage is a proud member of Sustainable Travel International, a partner/supporter of the Leave No Trace Center for Outdoor Ethics, as well as a supporter of the Center for Responsible Travel (CREST).  In addition to ‘Leave No Trace’ principles, the concepts of sustainability and responsible trekking are at the forefront of our Himalayan journeys. As part of this commitment, we: minimize single-use plastic; intentionally stay at smaller tea houses/lodges along the trekking route (they are generally more sustainability-oriented and less wasteful); minimize disruptions to wildlife and local Nepalese communities (this includes noise moderation near homesteads and villages); do not allow collecting of plants, rocks, or other items from the trail; and we only use authorized paths to prevent erosion and damage/disrespect to local sites.

Ready to Book? Contact Us

Everest base camp trek photos.

More Trip Inspiration

Annapurna Circuit Trek

Salkantay Trek

Classic Machu Picchu Adventure

Everest Base Camp

Mount Kilimanjaro

Chilkoot Trail

Upper Mustang Trek

Virgen del Carmen

Everest Base Camp Trek: A Complete Guide-2023

Introduction:

Welcome to the exhilarating world of the Everest Base Camp Trek, a captivating journey that beckons adventurers from far and wide. Nestled amidst the awe-inspiring Himalayan range, this iconic trek offers a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to witness the grandeur of Mount Everest, the tallest peak on the planet.

Nepal, with its stunning landscapes and Himalayan charm, has long been a magnet for trekkers and mountaineers seeking to immerse themselves in the natural splendor of the region.

The Route and Itinerary:

Embarking on the Everest Base Camp Trek is a mesmerizing journey that unfolds day by day, immersing trekkers in the breathtaking landscapes and cultural wonders of the Khumbu region. Here’s a detailed day-by-day itinerary that highlights key locations and landmarks along the route:

Day 1: Arrival in Kathmandu

The journey begins in Kathmandu, Nepal’s vibrant capital city. After arrival, trekkers have a chance to explore the city’s cultural heritage, visiting ancient temples, bustling markets, and vibrant streets.

Day 2: Fly to Lukla and Trek to Phakding

An early morning flight takes trekkers to Lukla, a small mountain airstrip renowned for its dramatic landing. From Lukla, the trek commences with a descent to Phakding, a charming village located alongside the Dudh Koshi River.

Day 3: Trek to Namche Bazaar

The trail leads to Namche Bazaar, a bustling Sherpa town, and an essential acclimatization point. Furthermore, as trekkers ascend, they catch glimpses of Everest and other Himalayan peaks. Additionally, Namche Bazaar offers a perfect blend of cultural immersion and stunning mountain vistas.

Day 4: Acclimatization Day in Namche Bazaar

This day is dedicated to acclimatization. Trekkers can explore the town, visit the local markets, and hike to nearby viewpoints, gaining altitude gradually to adapt to the thinning air.

Day 5: Trek to Tengboche

The trail winds through rhododendron forests and crosses suspension bridges en route to Tengboche. This picturesque village houses the famous Tengboche Monastery, offering breathtaking panoramic views of Everest, Ama Dablam, and other peaks.

Day 6: Trek to Dingboche

The trek proceeds to Dingboche, a scenic village nestled in a high-altitude valley. Along the way, trekkers encounter captivating landscapes and get a sense of remote mountain life.

Day 7: Acclimatization Day in Dingboche

Another acclimatization day allows trekkers to explore Dingboche’s surroundings and hike to Nangkartshang Peak for mesmerizing views of Everest, Lhotse, and Makalu.

Day 8: Trek to Lobuche

The trail leads to Lobuche, where the terrain becomes more rugged and barren as trekkers approach the Everest region. The spectacular Khumbu Glacier comes into view, adding to the allure of the journey.

Day 9: Trek to Gorak Shep, Visit Everest Base Camp

On this day, trekkers hike to Gorak Shep, the last settlement before reaching Everest Base Camp. From Gorak Shep, they continue on an awe-inspiring journey to finally stand at the base of the world’s highest peak – Everest Base Camp.

Day 10: Hike to Kala Patthar and Descend to Pheriche

The early morning hike to Kala Patthar presents a stunning sunrise view over Everest and the surrounding peaks. After capturing the breathtaking scenery, trekkers descend to Pheriche for a well-deserved rest.

Day 11: Trek to Namche Bazaar

The return journey commences, taking trekkers back to Namche Bazaar through picturesque landscapes and charming villages.

Day 12: Trek to Lukla

The final leg of the trek leads back to Lukla, where trekkers bid farewell to the mountains and celebrate the completion of an unforgettable adventure.

Day 13: Fly to Kathmandu

A morning flight from Lukla brings trekkers back to Kathmandu, where they can reflect on the incredible journey and relish the memories of their Everest Base Camp Trek.

The Everest Base Camp Trek is a wondrous blend of natural beauty, cultural encounters, and personal triumphs, making it a once-in-a-lifetime experience for adventurers seeking to conquer the roof of the world.

Preparation and Packing:

Embarking on the Everest Base Camp Trek requires meticulous preparation and packing to ensure a safe and enjoyable journey. Here’s a comprehensive guide to the essential gear, clothing, and health considerations for this awe-inspiring adventure:

Essential Gear and Equipment:

• Sturdy and comfortable hiking boots with good ankle support are crucial for the varied terrain.
• A well-fitted backpack with a capacity of 30-40 liters to carry personal belongings and essentials.
• Sleeping bag rated for cold temperatures to ensure a comfortable rest at higher altitudes.
• Trekking poles provide stability and reduce strain on knees during steep ascents and descents.
• High-quality headlamp with spare batteries for navigating in the dark and early morning starts.
• Water purification tablets or a water filtration system to ensure safe drinking water throughout the trek.
• Durable and waterproof duffel bags protect gear from moisture during domestic flights and porters’ transport.

Packing Tips for Clothing and Accessories:

• Layering is key to managing varying weather conditions. Pack moisture-wicking base layers, insulating mid-layers, and a waterproof and windproof outer shell.
• Quick-drying trekking pants and convertible pants are versatile options for varying temperatures and terrain.
• Thermal gloves, a warm hat, and a buff or neck gaiter to protect against cold and windy conditions.
• Sunglasses with UV protection and sunscreen with a high SPF to shield from intense mountain sun.
• A wide-brimmed hat or cap to shield from the sun during long hours of trekking.
• Comfortable and moisture-wicking socks to prevent blisters and keep feet dry.
• High-altitude trekking requires warm clothing. Pack down jackets, down vests, and fleece layers for added warmth.
• Lightweight and compact rain gear to stay dry during unexpected rain showers.

Health and Fitness Preparations:

• Consult with a healthcare professional before embarking on the trek to ensure that you are in good physical health for high-altitude trekking.
• Regular cardiovascular exercises such as hiking, jogging, or cycling can help improve stamina and endurance.
• Practice hiking with a loaded backpack to simulate the conditions of the trek and build strength.
• Acclimatization is essential for a successful trek. Plan for acclimatization days during the journey to adjust to higher altitudes gradually.
• Carry a basic first-aid kit with essential medications and supplies like pain relievers, blister pads, and antiseptic creams.

Preparing for the Everest Base Camp Trek is not only about physical readiness but also mental preparation.

The journey demands determination, resilience, and a spirit of adventure. Moreover, with proper gear, clothing, and fitness, along with a positive mindset, trekkers can embrace the challenges and triumphs of this unforgettable odyssey.

Furthermore, remember, the Everest Base Camp Trek is not just about reaching the destination; it’s about embracing the journey and immersing yourself in the magnificence of the Himalayas.

Best Time to Trek:

Trekking in the Everest region is a year-round possibility, but the timing of your journey can significantly impact your overall experience. Each season offers unique advantages and challenges, making it essential to consider the different trekking seasons before planning your Everest Base Camp adventure:

Spring Season (March to May)

Spring is one of the most popular and favorable seasons for the Everest Base Camp Trek. Additionally, the months of March to May bring mild temperatures, blooming rhododendron forests, and clear skies, offering trekkers breathtaking views of the surrounding peaks.

Moreover, the advantages of trekking in spring include pleasant weather, ideal trekking conditions, and vibrant landscapes. However, being the peak trekking season, trails and teahouses may be crowded, and advance bookings are recommended.

Autumn Season (September to November)

Autumn is another favored season for the Everest Base Camp Trek. September to November brings stable weather, crisp air, and excellent visibility, making it perfect for capturing stunning mountain vistas.

Trekkers can enjoy comfortable temperatures during the day and clear skies, which enhances the overall trekking experience. However, like spring, autumn is also a busy season, and popular teahouses can fill up quickly.

Monsoon Season (June to August)

The monsoon season brings heavy rainfall to the Everest region, making it the least preferred time for trekking. The disadvantages of trekking during monsoon include slippery trails, leeches, and limited mountain views due to cloudy skies.

Landslides and flight cancellations can also disrupt travel plans. While this season is not ideal for trekking, it can be an excellent time to explore the lush landscapes and unique cultural experiences of the lower altitudes.

Winter Season (December to February)

Winter brings cold temperatures and occasional snowfall to the Everest region. The advantages of trekking in winter include fewer crowds and a quieter atmosphere along the trails.

However, the cold temperatures can make high-altitude trekking challenging, and certain passes might be closed due to heavy snow. Winter trekkers must be well-prepared for freezing conditions and be cautious of potential hazards.

Recommended Months

For a comfortable and safe Everest Base Camp Trek experience, the best months are generally spring (March to May) and autumn (September to November). These seasons offer stable weather, pleasant temperatures, and breathtaking views, creating an ideal environment for an unforgettable journey. However, if you prefer a less crowded trek or wish to experience the monsoon landscapes, other months may also be considered.

Before setting out on the trek, always check the latest weather forecasts and trail conditions, and plan accordingly. Remember, the best time to trek is a personal choice, and each season has its unique charm in the ever-changing landscape of the Everest region.

Challenges and Safety:

The Everest Base Camp Trek is a thrilling adventure, but it also comes with its fair share of challenges. Trekkers must be well-prepared to face the high-altitude environment and unpredictable weather conditions. Here’s a comprehensive overview of the potential challenges and essential safety measures to ensure a safe and successful journey:

High Altitude and Acclimatization:

One of the most significant challenges of the Everest Base Camp Trek is the high altitude. Furthermore, as trekkers ascend, the air becomes thinner, resulting in lower oxygen levels. Consequently, this can lead to Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS), a condition that affects trekkers differently. Therefore, it is crucial to include acclimatization days in the itinerary to give the body time to adapt to higher altitudes gradually.

Unpredictable Weather:

The weather in the Himalayas can be highly unpredictable, especially in higher altitudes. Sunny days can quickly turn into rain or snow showers. Trekkers must be prepared for changing weather conditions and always carry waterproof and windproof clothing to stay dry and warm.

Physical Endurance and Stamina:

The Everest Base Camp Trek involves long hours of walking on rugged terrain, including steep ascents and descents. Trekkers must have adequate physical endurance and stamina to cover daily distances and overcome challenging sections along the trail.

Remote and Limited Facilities:

The trek takes trekkers into remote mountain regions where facilities can be basic. Access to medical facilities may be limited in higher altitudes, so carrying a well-stocked first-aid kit is essential.

Safety Measures and Precautions:

To ensure a safe and enjoyable Everest Base Camp Trek, trekkers should keep the following safety measures in mind:

• Acclimatization: Plan acclimatization days at higher altitudes to allow the body to adjust to reduced oxygen levels gradually.
• Hydration: Stay well-hydrated throughout the trek, as proper hydration helps reduce the risk of AMS.
• Listen to Your Body: Pay attention to any signs of altitude sickness , such as headaches, dizziness, or nausea. Descend to a lower altitude if symptoms persist or worsen.
• Stay on the Designated Trail: Follow the marked trekking trail and avoid shortcuts or unmarked paths to reduce the risk of getting lost.
• Trek with a Guide or Group: Hiring a licensed guide or trekking with a group can enhance safety and provide valuable support and knowledge throughout the journey.
• Dress in Layers: Layer your clothing to adapt to changing weather conditions, ensuring you stay warm and dry.

Information about Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS):

AMS is a potential concern during the Everest Base Camp Trek, especially as trekkers reach higher altitudes. It is caused by the body’s inability to adapt quickly to reduced oxygen levels at high elevations. Symptoms of AMS include headaches, nausea, fatigue, and shortness of breath.

Prevention of AMS involves proper acclimatization, staying hydrated, and avoiding rapid ascents. If symptoms of AMS develop, it is crucial to descend to a lower altitude immediately. Carrying medications such as Diamox can be helpful, but it should only be used as a preventive measure under the guidance of a healthcare professional.

Cultural and Natural Highlights:

The Everest Base Camp Trek is not only a journey through stunning landscapes but also a cultural immersion into the unique heritage of the Sherpa people and the natural wonders of the Sagarmatha National Park. Let’s delve into the rich cultural and natural highlights that make this trek an unforgettable experience:

Rich Culture and Traditions of the Sherpa People:

The Everest region is deeply intertwined with the rich culture and traditions of the Sherpa community. Additionally, as trekkers traverse through charming Sherpa villages, they are greeted with warm smiles and a sense of hospitality that reflects the heart of the Himalayas.

Moreover, Sherpas are renowned for their mountaineering prowess and have been essential guides and climbers on Everest expeditions for decades. Furthermore, trekkers have the opportunity to witness firsthand the Sherpa way of life, experience their traditional dance and music, and gain insight into their Buddhist practices and beliefs.

Significant Monasteries and Religious Sites:

The trail to Everest Base Camp is adorned with numerous monasteries and religious sites that hold deep spiritual significance for the local communities. Furthermore, the Tengboche Monastery is one such prominent site, perched atop a hill with panoramic views of Everest and Ama Dablam.

Moreover, trekkers may have the opportunity to witness the daily rituals and ceremonies performed by the resident monks, adding a spiritual dimension to the journey.

Diverse Flora and Fauna in Sagarmatha National Park:

The Sagarmatha National Park , a UNESCO World Heritage Site, is home to a diverse range of flora and fauna that thrives in this pristine high-altitude environment. As trekkers ascend through the park, they encounter lush rhododendron forests, silver fir, juniper, and blue pine trees.

The region is also known for its elusive wildlife, including the Himalayan Thar, musk deer, and various species of pheasants. Birdwatchers can spot colorful avian species like the Danphe (Nepal’s national bird) and the majestic Lammergeier.

Unique Alpine Flora:

As trekkers approach higher elevations, they enter the realm of the unique alpine flora, where only resilient plant species can survive. These alpine meadows burst with vibrant hues during the spring, carpeting the landscape with wildflowers and dwarf rhododendron blooms.

Pristine Glacial Lakes:

The Everest region is adorned with pristine glacial lakes that mirror the surrounding mountains. Gokyo Lakes, a series of turquoise-hued lakes nestled amidst the snow-capped peaks, stands as a breathtaking highlight of the trek. The trek to Gokyo also offers incredible views of the Ngozumpa Glacier, the largest glacier in the Himalayas.

The cultural and natural highlights of the Everest Base Camp Trek create a profound connection with the Himalayan landscape and the Sherpa way of life. The trek is not merely a physical endeavor but also a soul-stirring experience that immerses trekkers in the beauty and spirituality of the region.

Guided vs. Solo Trek:

The choice between joining a guided group and trekking solo is a crucial decision that can greatly impact your Everest Base Camp experience. Each option offers unique advantages and challenges, and it ultimately depends on your preferences, experience level, and comfort with the unknown. Let’s explore the pros and cons of both choices and share the personal experiences of trekkers who have opted for each option:

Guided Trek:

• Safety and Support: Joining a guided group provides an added layer of safety and support. Experienced guides are well-versed in the terrain, weather conditions, and potential risks, ensuring a safer trekking experience.
• Local Knowledge and Insights: Trekking with a guide offers the opportunity to gain insights into local culture, traditions, and wildlife from someone intimately familiar with the region.
• Group Camaraderie: Being part of a guided group fosters a sense of camaraderie among trekkers, providing a support system during challenging sections of the trek .
• Logistical Convenience: The trekking company takes care of logistics, permits, accommodations, and meals, allowing trekkers to focus on the journey without worrying about the details.
• Limited Flexibility: Being part of a guided group may mean adhering to a fixed itinerary, leaving less room for spontaneous detours or additional exploration.
• Cost: Guided treks generally come at a higher cost due to the inclusion of services and support.
• Complete Freedom: Trekking solo offers the freedom to set your own pace, itinerary, and rest days, allowing you to fully immerse yourself in the experience at your own leisure.
• Personal Challenge: Solo trekking can be a deeply personal and rewarding challenge, pushing you to rely on your own skills and decision-making abilities.
• Cultural Immersion: Traveling alone often opens up opportunities for deeper connections with local communities, fostering a more authentic cultural immersion.
• Safety Risks: Trekking solo carries inherent safety risks, especially in remote and high-altitude areas. Quick access to help or assistance may be limited in case of emergencies.
• Logistics and Planning: Organizing permits, accommodations, and meals can be more challenging and time-consuming without the support of a trekking company or guide.
• Loneliness: Trekking alone can sometimes be lonely, particularly during long stretches of solitude on the trail.

Personal Experiences:

Some trekkers who have chosen guided groups share that having a guide offered peace of mind, as they felt safer and more informed about the surroundings.

Tips for Choosing the Right Trekking Company or Guide:

• Research and Reviews: Look for reputable trekking companies with positive reviews and testimonials from previous clients.
• Experience and Expertise: Choose guides with extensive experience in leading Everest Base Camp treks and ample knowledge of the region.
• Safety Measures: Inquire about the safety protocols and emergency procedures followed by the trekking company.
• Group Size: Consider the group size and ensure it aligns with your preferences for group dynamics and personal attention.
• Budget and Inclusions: Compare the costs and services offered by different trekking companies to find the best fit for your budget and needs.

Ultimately, the decision between a guided group and a trekking solo depends on your comfort level, experience, and objectives for the journey.

Budget and Cost:

The Everest Base Camp Trek is a dream journey for many, but understanding the expenses involved is crucial for planning a successful and affordable trip. Here’s a breakdown of the expenses for the Everest Base Camp Trek, along with a cost comparison between guided and solo treks, and tips for budget-conscious travelers:

Breakdown of Expenses for the Everest Base Camp Trek:

• Flights: The major expenses for international travelers are flights to Kathmandu, Nepal, and a domestic flight from Kathmandu to Lukla, the starting point of the trek.
• Permits: Trekkers need two permits – the Sagarmatha National Park Permit and the TIMS (Trekkers’ Information Management System) Card.
• Accommodation: Tea houses along the trek route provide basic lodging facilities at varying costs.
• Meals: Food expenses include breakfast, lunch, and dinner at tea houses or lodges. Prices increase as you ascend to higher altitudes due to transportation costs.
• Guide and Porter (if applicable): Hiring a licensed guide or porter incurs an additional cost, but they provide valuable support and assistance during the trek.

Cost Comparison between Guided and Solo Treks:

• Guided Trek: The cost of a guided trek typically includes permits, domestic flights, accommodation, meals, guide fees, and sometimes, porter fees. Guided treks can range from $1200 to $2500 or more, depending on the services offered, group size, and duration of the trek.
• Solo Trek: Solo trekkers have more control over their expenses, but they still need to cover the costs of permits, domestic flights, accommodation, meals, and any additional gear or equipment. Solo treks can cost anywhere from $800 to $1500 or more, depending on personal preferences and choices.

Tips for Budget-Conscious Travelers:

• Plan in Advance: Booking flights and accommodations early can help secure better deals and save costs.
• Travel in Shoulder Season: Consider trekking in the shoulder seasons of spring (March to May) or autumn (September to November) when the weather is favorable, and the trails are less crowded.
• Skip Expensive Extras: Avoid unnecessary expenses and opt for standard meals and accommodations instead of luxury options.
• Carry Snacks and Water Purification: Bringing snacks and water purification tablets can save money on tea house meals and bottled water.
• Share Costs: If trekking with others, consider sharing costs for guides and porters, which can reduce individual expenses.

Remember that while budgeting is essential, the Everest Base Camp Trek is a once-in-a-lifetime adventure. Some expenses are worth the investment for safety, support, and an enriching experience. It’s essential to strike a balance between budget-conscious decisions and ensuring you have the necessary resources to enjoy the journey to the fullest.

Experiences and Stories:

The Everest Base Camp Trek is a transformative journey. It leaves trekkers with indelible memories and a profound sense of achievement. Let’s explore some real-life experiences and testimonials that capture the essence of this extraordinary adventure:

Testimonial

“My journey to Everest Base Camp was a life-altering experience. Additionally, the raw beauty of the Himalayas, the warmth of the Sherpa community, and the camaraderie among fellow trekkers created an indelible mark on my heart. Moreover, standing at the base of the world’s highest peak was an awe-inspiring moment that words cannot fully describe.”

A Serendipitous Encounter

During the trek, I met a seasoned mountaineer named Raj, who had summited Everest multiple times. He generously shared his wisdom and insights, making the journey even more meaningful. Our chance meeting was serendipitous, as he inspired me to push my boundaries and embrace the mountains with newfound fervor.

Finding Inner Strength

As the trail got steeper and oxygen scarcer, doubts crept into my mind. But with the support of our encouraging guide, Tenzing, and the resilience of my fellow trekkers, I tapped into a well of inner strength I never knew existed. Each step became a triumph, and I learned that true strength lies in perseverance and a steadfast spirit.

Overcoming Fears

Crossing the treacherous Khumbu Icefall was a daunting prospect. But with expert guidance and determination, I mustered the courage to navigate through the icy labyrinth. Conquering that fear instilled a newfound sense of self-belief, empowering me to tackle challenges beyond the mountains.

The Everest Base Camp trek was a rollercoaster of emotions, pushing me to my limits and beyond. The memories of this extraordinary adventure will forever remain etched in my soul. It will inspire me to embrace life’s greatest adventures fearlessly.

Inspiration for Readers:

The Everest Base Camp Trek is more than just a physical journey; it’s an odyssey of self-discovery, connection, and perseverance.

The experiences and stories of trekkers highlight the transformative power of the mountains, inspiring readers to undertake their own adventures. Furthermore, the mountains beckon, inviting you to embrace the unknown, challenge your limits, and discover the strength within.

Additionally, the Everest Base Camp Trek is a canvas where dreams are painted and souls are ignited. Moreover, from the majestic peaks to the warm smiles of the Sherpa people, every step unveils a new chapter of the journey. Whether you seek adventure, personal growth, or a chance to forge lifelong friendships, the mountains have something extraordinary in store for you.

You May Be Interested In :

• Gokyo Lake Trek Difficulty
• Can you fly to Everest Base Camp? 
• Is Helicopter to Mount Everest Possible?
• Solo Everest Base Camp Trekking 

In conclusion, the Everest Base Camp Trek is a remarkable journey that captivates the hearts of adventurers from around the world. From the majestic peaks to the rich Sherpa culture, every step of the trek offers a tapestry of experiences that stay etched in the memories of those who embark on this extraordinary adventure.

Whether you choose to join a guided group or trek solo, the mountains provide a backdrop for personal growth, connection, and self-discovery. As trekkers stand at the base of the world’s highest peak, a sense of awe and accomplishment envelops them.

Additionally, this leaves them forever transformed by the grandeur of the Himalayas. Moreover, the Everest Base Camp Trek is not just a destination; it’s a profound journey of the soul. Furthermore, it is inspiring each traveler to embrace the unknown and savor the triumphs that lie beyond the horizon.

Trekking Packages

Everest base camp trek, annapurna base camp trek, chulu west peak climbing, everest three pass trekking, manaslu trek, everest gokyo ri trek, associated with.

WE ACCEPT CARDS

Conquer the Everest Base Camp Trek in 12 Days – A Journey of Legends!

Nepal, the name is unfamiliar among many people of the world, but the name Everest is popular among the trekking enthusiasts. Mount Everest rests on the northern mountainous part of Nepal in the Everest region. And Everest Base Camp trek takes you to the lap of this highest peak in the world.

In general, you can do the Everest Base Camp trek in 14 days which includes 2 acclimatization days as well. However, as per your convenience, you can plan your own itinerary as well. You can plan how long you wish to spend on this trekking trail in the Everest region.

Whichever itinerary you follow all you get is to explore the diverse culture, nature, geography of the Everest region. The typical Sherpa people , their Tibet-influenced culture and traditions, their Buddhist practices will keep you accompanied in the trek.

You also get to delve into the several monasteries, and chortens and walk past the Mani walls and Prayer flags to reach your dream destination- the Everest Base Camp.

This high-altitude trek to EBC is doable all year round, but, Autumn and Spring are the peak season for the trek. You will collect the finest trekking memories during this time.

But since the mountain weather is unpredictable you must come prepared for any physical and mental problems. With enough preparation and proper packing this trek is doable and will be your lifetime memory as well.

• Full Name *
• Country * Select Country Afghanistan Åland Islands Albania Algeria American Samoa Andorra Angola Anguilla Antarctica Antigua and Barbuda Argentina Armenia Aruba Australia Austria Azerbaijan Bahamas Bahrain Bangladesh Barbados Belarus Belgium Belize Benin Bermuda Bhutan Bolivia Bonaire, Sint Eustatius and Saba Bosnia and Herzegovina Botswana Bouvet Island Brazil British Indian Ocean Territory Brunei Darrussalam Bulgaria Burkina Faso Burundi Cambodia Cameroon Canada Cape Verde Cayman Islands Central African Republic Chad Chile China Christmas Island Cocos Islands Colombia Comoros Congo, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Republic of the Cook Islands Costa Rica Côte d'Ivoire Croatia Cuba Curaçao Cyprus Czech Republic Denmark Djibouti Dominica Dominican Republic Ecuador Egypt El Salvador Equatorial Guinea Eritrea Estonia Eswatini (Swaziland) Ethiopia Falkland Islands Faroe Islands Fiji Finland France French Guiana French Polynesia French Southern Territories Gabon Gambia Georgia Germany Ghana Gibraltar Greece Greenland Grenada Guadeloupe Guam Guatemala Guernsey Guinea Guinea-Bissau Guyana Haiti Heard and McDonald Islands Holy See Honduras Hong Kong Hungary Iceland India Indonesia Iran Iraq Ireland Isle of Man Israel Italy Jamaica Japan Jersey Jordan Kazakhstan Kenya Kiribati Kuwait Kyrgyzstan Lao People's Democratic Republic Latvia Lebanon Lesotho Liberia Libya Liechtenstein Lithuania Luxembourg Macau Macedonia Madagascar Malawi Malaysia Maldives Mali Malta Marshall Islands Martinique Mauritania Mauritius Mayotte Mexico Micronesia Moldova Monaco Mongolia Montenegro Montserrat Morocco Mozambique Myanmar Namibia Nauru Nepal Netherlands New Caledonia New Zealand Nicaragua Niger Nigeria Niue Norfolk Island North Korea Northern Mariana Islands Norway Oman Pakistan Palau Palestine, State of Panama Papua New Guinea Paraguay Peru Philippines Pitcairn Poland Portugal Puerto Rico Qatar Réunion Romania Russia Rwanda Saint Barthélemy Saint Helena Saint Kitts and Nevis Saint Lucia Saint Martin Saint Pierre and Miquelon Saint Vincent and the Grenadines Samoa San Marino Sao Tome and Principe Saudi Arabia Senegal Serbia Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Sint Maarten Slovakia Slovenia Solomon Islands Somalia South Africa South Georgia South Korea South Sudan Spain Sri Lanka Sudan Suriname Svalbard and Jan Mayen Islands Sweden Switzerland Syria Taiwan Tajikistan Tanzania Thailand Timor-Leste Togo Tokelau Tonga Trinidad and Tobago Tunisia Turkey Turkmenistan Turks and Caicos Islands Tuvalu Uganda Ukraine United Arab Emirates United Kingdom United States Uruguay US Minor Outlying Islands Uzbekistan Vanuatu Venezuela Vietnam Virgin Islands, British Virgin Islands, U.S. Wallis and Futuna Western Sahara Yemen Zambia Zimbabwe Country
• Number of Travellers *
• Phone Number
• Travel Date Day 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Month 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Year 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2009 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994 1993 1992 1991 1990 1989 1988 1987 1986 1985 1984 1983 1982 1981 1980 1979 1978 1977 1976 1975 1974 1973 1972 1971 1970 1969 1968 1967 1966 1965 1964 1963 1962 1961 1960 1959 1958 1957 1956 1955 1954 1953 1952 1951 1950 1949 1948 1947 1946 1945 1944 1943 1942 1941 1940 1939 1938 1937 1936 1935 1934 1933 1932 1931 1930 1929 1928 1927 1926 1925 1924 1923 1922 1921 1920
• Send us your Message *

Table of Contents

Highlights of Everest Base Camp Trek

• Walk into the base of the world’s highest peak Mt. Everest (8848 meters) at 5346 meters from sea level.
• Step into the most popular vantage point Kala Patthar (5555 meters) to catch the finest glimpse of Everest.
• Walk through the diverse flora and fauna of Sagarmatha National Park
• Collect blessings from the oldest monastery of the Khumbu region, Tengboche monastery.
• Walk past the stunning icefalls, Khumbu glacier, and icicles on the way to the base camp.
• Take an adventurous stroll around the glacial lakes and Gokyo Ri in the Gokyo valley
• Connect with the local Sherpa people of the Khumbu region.
• Do some shopping in the popular business hub of Khumbu region, Namche Bazar
• Take an electrifying flight from Kathmandu – Lukla. Lukla airport is among the world’s dangerous airport.
• Do some interaction with those mountaineers preparing for the Everest, or Island Peak, or Mera Peak, or Lobuche Peak.

Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary

You can go on standard Everest Base Camp trek in 14 days . But the itinerary is customizable. You can either extra days to your trek or you can cut-off trek days.

You can plan your own itinerary as per your convenience. You can also complete the trek in 11 days or extend it to even 19 days as well. The number of days you will be spending on the trek depends on your trek preference and convenience.

Despite the number of trekking days, you must get the necessary permits for EBC trek once you are here in Kathmandu. While in the city, you need to obtain the necessary permits for the trek.

If you are a solo trekker you need to arrange the permits by yourself. But if you are trekking through a travel company, they will arrange all the permits and complete the legal formalities for you.

Here’s a standard 14 days detailed itinerary for the Everest Base Camp Trek.

Day 01- Kathmandu – Lukla – Phakding

Altitude: 2804 meters, Phakding

Flight duration: 45 minutes

Trek duration: 4-5 hours

After morning breakfast, you will leave the airport to catch a 45 minutes flight to Lukla. The flight is among the electrifying flights in the world. You will get to enjoy the first view of the mountains and amazing views of the Everest region.

This scenic flight lands at Lukla from where your actual trek starts. You climb downhill to Phakding for about 4-5 hours for an overnight stay.

Day 02- Phakding – Namche Bazaar

Altitude: 3441 meters, Namche Bazar

Trek Duration: 6-7 hours

The next morning you will enjoy a warm meal at Phakding and leave for Namche Bazaar . On walking across the bank of Dudh Koshi river and crossing several suspension bridges you will reach Namche in around 6-7 hours.

On this day you will enter Sagarmatha National Park where you need to verify your permits to enter the region. On walking past the lush forests of rhododendrons you will finally reach this popular town of the Everest region.

There are enough hotels and lodges for your overnight stay.

Day 03- Rest Day at Namche Bazaar

Since altitude is the major concern during this trek, you will be spending a rest day at Namche Bazaar.

If the weather is clear you will catch the first views of Mt. Everest and its neighboring peaks from Namche Bazaar. On this acclimatization day, you will be taking short strolls around the nearby villages like Khunde and Khumjung.

You will get a chance of a closer encounter with the Sherpa people of the region and their lifestyles. Plus, you can also visit a school constructed by Sir Edmund Hillary and get to know about its present conditions.

In the evening you can walk around the market of Namche Bazaar and do some shopping.

Day 04- Namche Bazar – Tengboche

Altitude: 3860 meters

Trek Duration: 5-6 hours

Breakfast the next day and you will start your trek of the day. Bidding farewell to the Namche Bazaar you will start ascending towards Tengboche.

On this day, you will walk to the Tengboche monastery- the oldest monastery of the region. Plus, if you trek during the expedition season, you will encounter many mountaineers. They come to take blessings in the monastery for their successful climb to the summit.

Also, on clear days the monastery offers the panoramic views of the chain of Himalayas in the Everest region. There are enough tea houses on the monastery premises for your overnight stay.

Day 05- Tengboche – Dingboche

Altitude: 4400 meters, Dingboche

Collecting the blessings at the monastery you will leave for the next destination after breakfast on the next day. You will start to ascend to altitudes above 4000 meters so you must walk slowly and take proper rest.

You cross several rocky trails and boulders to catch a view of a small village on the lap of Ama Dablam – Dingboche village. The small village on the lap of mountains and on the neighborhood of rivulets and streams has limited teahouses for your overnight stay.

So, it is a good idea to pre-book rooms. Overnight stay at Dingboche.

Day 06- Acclimatization day

Altitude: 4710 meters, Nagarjuna Hill

Hike duration: 4-5 hours

This is the second day of rest during your 14 days Everest Base Camp trek. On this day you will spend time exploring the village, hike to the nearby hillocks like Nagarjuna Hill.

This scenic hike will offer you the closest views of the Everest, Nuptse , Lhotse , Ama Dablam, and other peaks.

Or, you can hike to Chukung Ri to catch the best view of Island Peak and the mountaineers busy in climbing Island Peak. You will spend the night in the same teahouse at Dingboche.

Day 07- Dingboche – Lobuche

Altitude: 4900 meters, Lobuche

Trek Duration: 4-5 hours

Spending 2 nights in a tea house at Dingboche you will leave for Lobuche. En route, you walk past the Khumbu glacier and icefall.

This is among the challenging part of the trek, you must be very careful to proceed forward.

En route, you walk past the memorial of the dead mountaineers where you can rest for a moment to pray for the departed soul.

Catching the finest views of Lobuche Peak on your side you walk towards the Lobuche village for an overnight stay.

Day 08- Lobuche – Gorak Shep- Everest Base Camp

Altitude: 5160 meters, EBC

Trek Duration: 7-8 hours

Early morning breakfast and you will leave Lobuche village to trek to Gorak Shep. Gorak Shep is the final point of the trek before you reach the Everest Base Camp.

First, you walk past the rock, adventurous terrains of the Lobuche village to reach Gorak Shep. After reaching the tea house, you will take a short rest and then hike to the base camp.

On reaching the Base Camp you will have amazing feelings. You will spend some amazing moments on the lap of Himalayas . You can click as many pictures as you like.

After enjoying the bliss of this closeness to the mountains you will return back to Gorak Shep for an overnight stay.

Day 09- Gorak Shep- Kala Patthar- Pheriche

Altitude: 5555 meters, Kala Patthar

The next morning you will leave the tea house quite early in the morning and walk for 45 minutes to reach Kala Patthar . There, you can catch the best views of Mount Everest along with its neighboring peaks.

This is the vantage point for the best views of Mt Everest, Nuptse, Lhotse, and other chains of Himalayas. And, it is the final destination for your trek.

After spending some time in the vicinity of the mountains you will walk back to Gorak Shep and enjoy your lunch. Then you will descend to Pheriche village for the overnight stay.

Day 10- Pheriche – Namche Bazaar

Altitude: 3860 meters, Pheriche

On this day you will get to open your eyes with the skyrocketing peaks in front of you. After breakfast, you will descend back to the Namche Bazaar where you will be spending the night. Once in Namche, you can do some souvenirs shopping if you wish to.

Day 11- Namche Bazar- Lukla

Altitude: 3440 meters, Namche Bazar

The next morning you descend past the lush forests of rhododendrons and magnolias. You will do final checking at the entry point of Sagarmatha National Park. And start trekking to Lukla, the final destination of the day.

On walking, you descend through different monasteries, temples, chortens and meet locals. Once you reach Lukla, you can book the Kathmandu flight for the next day.

Day 12- Lukla – Kathmandu

Altitude: 2,860 meters, Lukla

This is the final time you will review the chain of Himalayas in the Everest region. You will catch the morning flight back to Kathmandu from Lukla.

Once in Kathmandu, you can either take rest or spend your time strolling in the alleys of Thamel or Basantapur.

Note: The bad weather and wind may cause flight delays. So, you must prepare yourself for such unexpected situations as well.

Altitude Details of Everest Base Camp Trek

Trek to the Everest Base Camp is among the high-altitude treks in the world. On this trek, you will start from the low altitude and gradually ascend to the base of the highest peak in the world.

You will start the trip from Kathmandu at the elevation of 1300 meters, land at Lukla Airport at an altitude of 2860 meters. From there you slowly descend to Phakding at an altitude of 2652 meters.

Following the trail, you will ascend to the height of 3440 at Namche then 3867 at Tengboche. From there you leave for 4350 meters at Dingboche followed by 4940 meters at Lobuche.

Then to Gorak Shep, 5164 to Everest Base Camp, 5380 meters to Kala Patthar, 5555 meters. And descend back to Lukla following the trails of Pheriche 4371 meters.

Best time for Everest Base Camp trek

Autumn (September – November ) and Spring (March-May) is the peak season for Everest Base Camp Trek. Or, say it is the best time for traveling and any other treks in Nepal .

This is the finest time to explore the nook and cranny of the Everest region. Because the weather and temperature are most favorable during this time of the year.

Besides the altitudes, you will have lesser difficulty in the trek during this time of the year. You do not have to worry either of the rain, or snow, or blizzards, or leeches on the trails. You can walk free without any worries.

The crisp surrounding, sharp views, less humidity, blue skies, and the bearable temperature make Autumn and Spring the best time for this trek.

But, with the proper preparation and appropriate packing, you can opt for this trek in summer as well as winter. You must be extra careful during this time.

Everest Base Camp Trek Difficulty

This is a moderate trek on the exotic terrains of the Everest region. On this Everest region trek, you walk past several boulders and cross the stone stairs. You walk past the ice falls, cross many rivers and suspension bridges.

In the process, you climb several uphills as well as downhills. But you do not need to fear the difficulty as this trek does not demand a steep, vertical, and challenging climb.

But altitude sickness is the ultimate threat factor during the trek. The trek starts from the altitude as low as 1300, Kathmandu to Lukla at 2860 meters. And then you ascend up to the height of 5555 meters.

So, the altitude is a real challenge in this trek. So, you must not compromise on the acclimatization days you will be spending on the route.

Also, to keep yourself moving, healthy and happy you must walk slowly, take proper rest, and drink enough water. A minor muscle cramp may be threatening up in the mountains. So, be careful while walking. Have faith in yourself, pack properly this trek is completely doable.

Everest Base Camp Weather and Temperature

Ebc weather and temperature in autumn.

Autumn is the best time of the year. It has the most favorable weather and temperature for travel activities as well as other activities. During this time the days are much hotter nor they are colder. So, you will enjoy the pleasantness everywhere.

During the season the average daily temperature in the Everest region ranges from the lowest 15 degrees to maximum 20 degree Celsius. Where nights are more chilling with a drop of the temperature to -10 degrees.

The weather is the most stable than other seasons. The less humid atmosphere and the monsoon-washed surrounding are the clearest and crisp during this season. You will get the clearest views of the mountains and the landscape under the serene blue sky.

Also, there is less chance of rain and the weather changes during this time of the year. Such an amazing time you will have in the Everest region.

EBC Weather and Temperature in Spring

Spring is the time of wildflowers and the soothing melodies in the forests of the Sagarmatha National Park. This is the other best time to trek in the Everest region before the arrival of monsoon in Nepal.

The time is among the hotter months of the year. But the daytime temperature remains from lowest 17 degrees to the highest 25 degrees in the Everest region. While the nights and the mornings are chilling with the temperature to -15 degrees.

This is the time when the forests bloom in rhododendron and magnolia everywhere. You get to see different flora and fauna transforming into a new life after the end of winter months in the region.

There is the least chance of rain and snow. Plus, the lowest precipitation in the season offers the sharpest views of the chain off Himalayas. Alongside with the lush vegetations, and the exotic mountainside settlements.

Also, the weather remains stable during this time so, you do not have to fear much.

EBC Weather and Temperature in Summer/ Monsoon

Summer is the season when the waterfalls and the cascading rivers come into life. With the rainfall, the trail is washed away and you get to walk in the lush vegetation.

The days are quite hot and bearable during this time in the Everest region. The average daytime temperature is 18- 25 degrees whereas nights and mornings are around -15 degrees.

You have the high chance of getting the clearest views of the mountains and the landscapes after rainfall. However, this is among the humid month so there are high chances that the fog covers the crisp views of the mountains.

Plus, you may go through leech bites and slippery trails if you trek during this time. So, you must plan your trek carefully if you are choosing summer treks.

EBC Weather and Temperature in Winter

Winter is the month of snow and the whole surrounding turns into winter wonderlands. If you love snow then you can choose Everest Base Camp Trek in winter. However, it is much colder in the region during this time.

The daytime temperature will be around 4 degrees whereas in the night the temperature may drop around -15 degrees. That means you may feel much cold in nights and mornings. So, it is a good idea to carry along a sleeping bag to warm yourself.

Plus, there is a high chance of storms, blizzards, and dense fog obstructing the surrounding and the weather. So, if you plan to trek during winter you must go prepared for such unpredictable weather conditions.

Note: The weather in mountains can often go unpredictable despite the best season you are trekking. So, before you opt for this trek you must prepare yourself physically as well as mentally for anything that may occur along the way.

Plus, it is a good idea to have some spare days if in case your flight gets delayed or canceled due to bad weather.

Altitude Sickness during EBC Trek

Everest Base Camp trek takes you to the foot of the highest peak in the world Mount Everest. On this trek, you will ascend to the greatest height of 5555 meters at Kala Patthar. Whereas you start the trek for the altitude as low as 1300 meters in Kathmandu. So, there is a high chance of suffering from altitude while on the trek.

As you ascend higher you may feel difficulty in breathing, feel nausea, sleeplessness, lethargy, and loss of appetite. If you notice such symptoms you must immediately stop ascending and take rest.

You should consult your guides about your problem and seek immediate treatments. In such a case, you must descend and take rest until you feel healthy and fit to ascend further. In severe cases, you can take Diamox to prevent the problem from getting worse.

To prevent the risks of altitude sickness you must spend enough acclimatization days during the trek. Plus, you must be careful while ascending to higher altitudes in a single day.

And you must check your food and drinks as well. You must keep yourself hydrated and avoid the consumption of alcohol while in higher altitudes.

Permits for Everest Base Camp Trek

Permits are a mandatory thing you must have to enter or trek in any trekking regions of Nepal. There are various checkpoints in the different parts of the trekking route. There you need to verify your permits before entering the region. So, Permits are the must-have before you start your trek.

During Everest Base Camp trek, you will walk in the Everest region and enter the Sagarmatha National Park. So, you need two different permits for this trek. It includes:

Local Area Entry Permit: USD 10

Sagarmatha National Park Entry Permit: USD 20

To receive the permit, you have to submit a photocopy of your valid passport and a passport size photo at Nepal Tourism Board, Kathmandu. Or, you can even get them at the entry point of Sagarmatha National Park, Monjo.

Also, you may wish to escape the Lukla flight and start the trek from Jiri after 7 hours drive from Kathmandu. For this, you need to get an additional permit to enter Gauri Shankar Conservation Area. You can buy it at Kathmandu or buy it at Shivalaya, Jiri.

Gauri Shankar Conservation Area Permit: USD 20 per person.

Hiring Guides and Porters

Hiring guides and porter for the trek is not compulsory. But there are different perks of walking with them.

They take care of you, guide you through the trails, notify you about the changing weather and temperature of the places you will be trekking on the day.

Porters help reduce the weight of your backpacks. So, you can walk free and enjoy everything on the trek. And they will make it easier for you to communicate with the locals and know about them.

And they are your savior if in case you face some problems on the trails or you notice the symptoms of altitude sickness. In general, you can hire a guide for USD 20- 25 per day whereas a porter costs around USD 15-20 per day.

Most importantly they help you pre-book the room and arrange your food of choice without any obstacles. They will be every time on your help during the whole trip.

To book them you can either hire them through the travel companies or hire local guides to trek with you.

Travel Insurance for EBC trek

Travel Insurance is a must for every type of treks and travels. It ensures your safety as well as the safety of your belongings. You can travel everywhere once you ensure yourself with a reliable travel insurance policy.

Everest Base Camp trek is among the high-altitude treks in the world. It is an adventurous trek in the Everest region but dangerous at the same time. There are many difficulties and risk factors during the trek to Everest Base Camp.

In such high altitude, dangerous, and adventurous treks travel insurance is a must. Sometimes you may get some health problems for which you may need medical evacuations. In such case of emergencies, your travel insurance comes handy.

So, before you come trekking in the Everest region, get a reliable insurance policy that covers up to the height of 6000 meters and offers immediate helicopter evacuations in case of emergencies.

You cannot get the insurance policy in Nepal, so before you come insure yourself with the most convenient policies. Many trekking companies do not accept if you do not have travel insurance. So, do not forget to ensure and bring policy papers while coming to Nepal.

Everest Base Camp Trek Cost

The Everest Base Camp trek cost depends on various factors . It varies on whether you are traveling with a trekking company or going on solo treks.

The total cost of the EBC trek depends on the cost of permits, the cost of food/drinks and accommodations during the trek. Plus, it depends on the cost of hiring guides and porters, the routes you choose, the season of your treks, and so on.

On average the EBC trek costs around USD 1100- 1300 per person depending on these various factors.

Also, you need to pay for hot water, to charge your electronic gadgets. Or, you may like to tip your guides and porter or you may want to donate some money on the local school, temples, or monasteries. These various factors determine the cost of your trekking.

However, trekking in Nepal is quite cheap than in other treks in the world. So, you do not need to worry much about the budget you will be spending on the trek.

To reduce this cost, you can do solo treks, or you can choose to trek in off-seasons.

People and Culture during EBC trek

Everest region is the land of Sherpa. As you enter the region you will encounter different dispersed settlements of the Sherpa people. You will get to walk past the typical houses, farms and the pastures of the denizens of the mountainsides.

On knowing these people better, you will know about the great influence of Tibetan culture and Buddhism in their lives. Their food, clothing habits reflect the mountainside lifestyle.

Plus, to know more about their culture and religions you can pay a visit to their place of devotion and faith. There are many monasteries and gompas with chortens and the hanging prayer flags. It will give deeper insight into the ethnic culture of these Sherpas.

If you manage to trek to this region in October- November you can become a part of the biggest celebration of the region. The region shines in the colors of Mani Rimdu festival in the Tengboche monastery .

During your acclimatization days, you can visit villages like Khumjung, Khunde and spend time in the local school built by Sir Edmund Hillary and the local health posts. Plus, you can do some shopping in the local market of the Everest region- Namche Bazaar.

Tips for Everest Base Camp Trek

• Since altitude is the major issue in this trek, do not rush. Take proper acclimatization. Do not jump into high altitudes in a single day. Walk slowly, ascend gradually.
• Drink plenty of water and food rich in carbohydrate. You need to be fit and have good stamina to walk further. You can also drink as much garlic soup as you can. It keeps your blood thick and eases respiration.
• If you are trekking in peak season, do not forget to pre-book the room and food. You may have to compromise in the dining room if you fail to pre-book the room.
• Carry along the water purification tablets ao purifiers. Instead of buying expensive water bottles you can use the local water by making it drinkable.
• Mountain weather is quite unpredictable. It changes in every hour. A sunny morning may bring dark clouds with thunderstorms in the evening. So, before you leave it is good to pack wisely. You should go prepared for any weather changes.
• Mountains in the evening may show some unusual weather conditions. So, it is good to start early in the morning and reach your destination for the day before it gets dark.
• Whichever season you are trekking it is always a good idea to carry along the 4-season sleeping bag. And a waterproof backpack.
• If you are a solo trekker do not forget to carry along a trekking map and get necessary permits before you start the trek.

EBC Trek after 2015 Earthquake

The Gorkha earthquake of April 2015 affected the Everest Base Camp Trek route. Due to the avalanche in the mountains, many trekkers lost their lives.

Many tea houses were completely devastated. The trails blocked with the massive boulders and rocks. The route became unsafe for trekking because of various factors.

However, the place and the route are already restored . The tea houses are newly constructed following the earthquake resistant techniques. The boulders and rocks are cleared from the route. There are lesser risks of an avalanche.

The locals of the region in coordination with the government and trekking associations have already made the place and route much safer for trekking.

Plus, the number of teahouses has also increased in the region. So, you do not have to worry to trek in the Everest Base Camp. TAAN has declared and re-opened the place for trekking.

So, the Everest region is completely safe to trek despite the 2015 Gorkha earthquake.

EBC Helicopter Trek

If you are willing to do the trek but do not have enough to join the 14 days trek to Everest Base Camp then do not worry. You can opt for the Everest Base Camp Helicopter trek . On this tour, you will walk from Lukla to the Everest Base Camp/ Kala Patthar. And, on returning back you take a helicopter flight directly from Base Camp to Kathmandu.

Or, you have another option for Everest Base Camp Heli Tour where you get to explore the diverse topography and lifestyles of the Everest region in around 4 hours. On this tour, you fly in a helicopter from Kathmandu to Lukla then to Everest Base Camp. On returning you will enjoy a warm meal at the Everest View Hotel and then fly back to Kathmandu.

This tour is the best option for you if you are either short on time. Or you are unable to trek in the rugged terrains of the Everest region but still want to be at the base of the world’s highest peak.

Side Trips to EBC

Besides following the classic Lukla route to the Everest Base Camp you can also use some side route. And enjoy the extra views and adventures in the trek along with your trek to the base camp.

You have two different alternate routes to reach the Base Camp.

Gokyo Valley Lake trek

On this trek, you walk towards Gokyo valley from Lukla village. This is among the less crowded and peaceful trails in the Everest region.

On this route, you get to explore five different glacial lakes of the Gokyo valley. Also, you will hike to Gokyo Ri, to catch the finest views of the Everest but, for a different perspective than from Kala Patthar.

Exploring the exotic, and off the beaten trails of the Gokyo valley , you will then trek to the Everest Base Camp.

Jiri Everest Base Camp Trek

This is a classic route to reach the base of the giant peak of the world, the Everest. The route follows a drive from Kathmandu to Jiri and then trekking throughout the trail. If you choose this route you will follow the footsteps of Sir Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay Sherpa .

This is the best alternative for those who wish to escape the Lukla flight . This route takes you through different villages of Brahmins, Chhetris and other ethnicities before you reach Lukla village. From Lukla, you follow the ideal route to Everest Base Camp.

Everest Base Camp trek 14 days promises you the closest and best views of Mt. Everest along with its neighboring peaks. On this trek, you get to encounter the typical Sherpa people of the region, explore their distinct lifestyles.

You get to walk past several scattered Himalayan settlements, monasteries, and chortens. Also, cross numerous suspension bridges across the Dudh Koshi river.

With a trek of 14 days, you get to receive that amazing feeling of resting on the lap of Mount Everest, the highest peak in the world. A dream destination for many, isn’t it?

Related Articles

Everest Base Camp Elevation And Altitude Gain

Why To Climb Mount Everest in the Fall?

4 Scenic Trekking Routes to Reach the Pristine Gokyo Lakes

First-Ever Avalanche Death On Everest

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Reg. No. 108768/069/070

Vat No. 600962591

Tourism Lic. No. 1574

Kabiraj +977 9851229400

Sujan +977 9841035868

Whatsapp/Viber number

Island Peak Climb With Everest Base Camp Trek - 21 Days

Everest region is not just popular for trekking routes but also offers enthralling opportunities to go for peak climbing to the massive peaks like Ama Dablam, Island Peak, and Mera Peak. Significantly, Trekking Guide Team Adventure arranges Island Peak climb with Everest base camp trek which allows you to ascend up to the most popular Island peak which is also known as Imja Tse lying at the height of 6,160m.

This Island Peak Climb With Everest Base Camp Trek option return presents the delight of adventurous souls with more magnificent peak views, lush wooded valleys, and opportunities to learn about the rural life of Nepalese.

Overview of the 21 Days Island Peak Climb With Everest Base Camp Trek

To begin 21 Days Island Peak Climb with Everest Base Camp Trek, we will fly to Lukla and trek to Phakding located at the height of 2640m. After walking for some hours from Phakding, we will reach at the entrance gate of Sagarmatha National Park in Manjo.

Here we can spot a lot of wild lives, birds as well as plants. We will then reach Namche which is a thriving trading town and the center of the Everest Region. Trekking to Tengboche set at the height of 3876m.

We will be arrested by the views of Lhotse, Mt. Everest, Nuptse, Thamserku, and Kwangde peak. Likewise, while trekking to Lobuche, we will see the astonishing vistas of Tawoche, Pumori, Cholatse, Lobuche, Ama Dablam, and Mt. Makalu lying to the east.

Then, one of the awaited days of the trek arrives i.e. reaching  Everest base Camp  walking beside the Khumbu Glacier which lies at the elevation of 5360m. Also, we will traverse Kongma La Pass lying at the height of 5,535m where the immense vistas of Island peak valley, as well as Amphu Lapcha edge, will enthrall.

Another most important part of the trek is climbing Island peak. Firstly, we will trek to Island Peak Base Camp that lies at the elevation of 5,200m. After that, the next day we will trek to the High Camp at the height of 5600m.

A way up to High Camp has an incline with a narrow path that enters a vertical rock passage. Then, finally will ascend to the summit of Island peak located at the altitude of 6189m. At the summit, we will get pleasure from the panoramic and astonishing views of the gigantic peaks including Everest, Lhotse, Makalu.

Island Peak was first climbed by the Swiss team in 1956, then thousands of climbers have climbed this peak. Island peak actually gets its name from its appearance similar to an island in a frozen belt at Imjatse valley. It is set on top of the Chhukung glacier between Lhotse and Ama Dablam mountains.

Related Trips:

15 Days Everest Base Camp Trekking   |   15 Days Everest Base Camp Kala Pattar Trek   | Everest Base Camp Trek

• Cost Includes & Excludes

Day 01: Arrival at Kathmandu and transfer to hotel. (B)

On arrival at Kathmandu airport, a representative from Trekking Guide Team Adventure will wait for you with a play card of our company to receive you. He will transfer you to the hotel. Overnight at Kathmandu.

Day 02: In Kathmandu, preparation day for expedition. (B)

On this day, you will prepare for the expedition. If you already have the essentials like gears, harness, ice axe with leash, crampons, webbing, cord, sleeping bag, trekking poles, headwear, footwear, and several other pieces of stuff, then you do not need to buy.

Otherwise, you need to go for shopping. Also, our staff will help you get essential permits and papers for the expedition.

In the meeting, you will have pre-trek and climb discussion with staffs or guides. Overnight at Kathmandu.

Day 03: Fly to Lukla (2,800m) & trek to Phakding (2,640m)-3 hrs. (B/L/D)

On this day, we will leave Kathmandu and experience a scenic flight to Lukla which takes approximately 35 minutes. Lukla airport also popular as Tenzing–Hillary Airport is a spot from where your trekking begins.

Airport lies at the altitude of 2800m from where we will trek to Phakding located at the height of 2640m taking around 3 hours. Overnight in Phakding.

Note: The weather in Lukla is unpredictable and always changing. Sometimes due to bad weather, sometimes the flight may be delayed or cancelled. If the flight is cancelled, you will have to return back to the hotel. The transportation back to the hotel and accommodation on this night is not included. You will have to pay additional for this yourself. If the weather is clear next day, you will get either 3rd or 4th flight to Lukla. If still the weather is not clear, there will be option for helicopter flight also. The cost for helicopter flight is not fixed. It will be quoted by the airlines on the same day. The airlines will use your flight ticket plus, you will have to pay additional approx 250 to 300 USD. The total cost for helicopter flight is 400 USD approx. You will have to pay additional 250 USD combining your Lukla flight ticket. The weather problem is rare, it only happens sometimes. But you need to know this information in case the weather goes bad. This does not happens all the time, this is only a important information you need to know.

Day 04: Trek to Namche Bazaar (3,440m)-6 hrs.  (B/L/D)

Today, we will trek to Namche Bazaar which lies at the altitude of 3440m taking around 6 hours. On the way, we will trek up to the shore of the Dudh Koshi River and walk across the suspension bridge.

After walking for some hours, we will reach at the entrance gate of Sagarmatha National Park, Manjo. And a few hours walk from Manjo will take us to Namche which is a thriving trading town and the center of  the Everest Region .

Namche Bazaar has good facilities of ATMs, shops, Internet cafes, a police check, restaurants, post and a bank. Overnight at Namche Bazaar.

Day 05: Rest at Namche Bazaar for acclimatization and excursion. (B/L/D)

A day rest in between the days before moving to high altitude is always necessary to avoid altitude sickness. Therefore, we will rest in Namche Bazaar on this day which is set in a great remote hollow space offering you an amazing experience.

Plus, here you can witness the extraordinary scenes of the Khumbu peaks like Ama Dablam (6856m), Thamserku (6608m), and Mt Everest will captivate you. Overnight at tea house.

Day 06: Trek to Tengboche (3,867m)-5 hrs.  (B/L/D)

As we walk ahead from Namche Bazaar to Tengboche set at the height of 3876m. It takes around 5 hours to reach there. En-route, we will pass through rhododendron and conifer forests, and the most excellent views of Ama Dablam will enthrall us.

We will walk ahead which offers arresting views of Lhotse, Mt. Everest, Nuptse, Thamserku and Kwangde peak. The track climbs up passing all the way through the woods to get to Tengboche. Here the head lama resides at Rinpoche monastery. Overnight at Tengboche.

Day 07: Trek to Dingboche (4,260m)–5 hrs.  (B/L/D) 

On this day we will walk for around 5 hours to reach Dingboche lying at the height of 4260m. On the way, we will pass through the woodland of juniper, rhododendron, fir, birch etc. at Debouche.

Also, we will traverse the Imja River via a suspension bridge. Then, the track reaches to Pangboche where we will be attracted by the eye-catching peak vista especially of Ama Dablam. We will again walk on an another bridge to cross Imja River again to reach Dingboche. Overnight at tea house.

Day 08: Rest at Dingboche for acclimatization and excursion.  (B/L/D)

We will rest at Dingboche on this day to get accustomed to the settings at high altitude. We will have an alternative to exploring the surrounding area in Dingboche.

It is the last Sherpa settlement with the arresting terraced field bordered by a stone wall to drive back the grazing animals from buckwheat, barley, as well as potatoes. Overnight in Dingboche again.

Day 09: Trek to Lobuche (4,930m)–5 hrs.  (B/L/D)

We will on this day walk ahead from Dingboche to reach Lobuche. We will trek to the height of 4930m taking around 5 hours. We will also follow the track up for approximately one hour. Then with a rather steady walk, we will reach to Dugla.

As we reach Dugla, we will see the unbelievable vistas of Taboche, Pumori, Cholatse, Lobuche, Ama Dablam and Mt. Makalu lying to the east. Plus, on the west side, we will notice Mt. Cho Oyu in the west. Then, we will continue trekking to Lobuche. Overnight in Lobuche again.

Day 10: Trek to Gorakshep (5,170m) and to Everest Base Camp (5,364m) and return back to Gorakshep-7hrs.  (B/L/D)

This is one of the significant days of the trek. The track today is quite difficult but reaching the foot of the highest peak in the world, Mt. Everest lying at 8,848 m is just worthwhile.

Upon reaching the moraines of Changri Nup Glacier, we will go by a chain of small up and down path that takes us to glacial sands of Gorak Shep. Walking beside the Khumbu Glacier you will get to set which you are looking for i.e. Everest Base Camp.

Everest base camp lies at the elevation of 5360m. After experiencing the most memorable time at the base camp, we will walk back to Gorakshep. Overnight at tea house.

Day 11: Hike to Kalapatthar (5,545m) and return to Lobuche.  (B/L/D)

Climbing to Kalapatthar located at the altitude of 5545m is another beautiful experience you can get during the trek. From Kala Patthar we will witness the dazzling views of Mt. Everest as well as its backdrop peaks like Pumori (7,145m), Lingtren (6,697m), Khumbutse (6,623m), etc.

Then, spending good times and clicking beautiful pictures at Kalapathhar, we will walk on a gentle way down to the small settlement of Lobuche. Overnight in Lobuche.

Day 12: Trek and traverse Dingboche-4 hrs.  (B/L/D)

Trek to Dingboche. Overnight at tea house.

Day 13: Dingboche to Chhukung (3-4 hrs) - (4730m) over Night at tea house.  (B/L/D)

Trek to Chhukung. Overnight stay at a tea house.

Day 14: Trek and climb base camp or High Camp (5,600m)-4 hrs.  (B/L/D)

This is another challenging day since we will trek at the height of 5600m taking around 4 hours. We will pack the climbing and other equipments and climb to get to high camp.

A way up to reach High Camp has an incline with a narrow path that enters a vertical rock passage. As we reach the high camp we will be allured by the surrounding environment we will set our camp. Overnight in tented camp.

Day 15: Climb to the summit (6,189m) and return to base camp.  (B/L/D)

This is the most important day of the trek. We will ascend to the summit of Island peak located at the altitude of 6189m. We will have a steep climb and is slightly technical.

Our guides will help to fix rope where it is needed for this exhausting way up to get to the summit. At the summit, we will enjoy the panoramic and astonishing views of the gigantic peaks including Everest, Lhotse, Makalu.

After spending quality time and capturing good moments, we will walk down along the same way to reach the base camp. Overnight at the camp.

Day 16: Trek to Tengboche (3,867m)–7 hrs.  (B/L/D)

We will on this day trek back to Tengboche taking around 7 hours. On the way we will also get to see the fantastic views of Ama Dablam, Lhotse, Nuptse wall, Makalu and Island peak.

After that, we will head to the popular Tengboche with its striking monastery. We will also notice lush vegetation and tree lines getting visible again. At, Tengboche grand views of peaks will surround us. Overnight in Tengboche.

Day 17: Trek to Manjo (2,880m) via Namche Bazaar-6 hrs.  (B/L/D)

Today, after breakfast, we will walk passing Khunde village and then walk to Syangboche runway which presents us with a striking mountain sight. In addition, we will walk to Thame village.

As we go away from Thami, we will move crossways through the Bhote Khola via a bridge. We will then walk to Namche Bazaar. Walking further down, we will pass through the large suspension bridge above the Dudh Koshi River. Then we go by Jorsale to get to Manjo. Overnight at tea house.

Day 18: Trek to Lukla–5 hrs.  (B/L/D)

We will arrive at Lukla in just about 5 hours after departing from Manjo. We will walk on an easy trail through the Phakding village beside the Dudh Kosi to reach Lukla. At Lukla, we will rejoice the last part of the trek. Overnight at tea house.

Day 19: Fly to Kathmandu and transfer to the hotel. (B)

Early in the morning, we will fly back to Kathmandu with a scenic flight. After that, we will transfer to our hotel in Kathmandu. Rest of the day, we can explore around Kathmandu if any remaining. Overnight in the hotel.

Day 20: In Kathmandu free day at leisure. (B)

We will have a free day in Kathmandu. Alternatively, on this day we can go on a sightseeing trip to some of the cultural and historical sets enlisted in UNESCO World Heritage Sites.

You will visit Swayambhunath (Monkey temple) lying on the hill holds Buddha’s eyes on the four sides of the stupa; Boudhanath, another Buddhist stupa dominates the skyline and it is one of the largest on the earth;

Pashupatinath temple, a famous Hindu temple dedicated to Lord Shiva and is situated on the shores of the holy Bagmati River; and Patan Durbar Square lying centre of the town of Lalitpur which allures visitors showing up antique royal palace where the Malla Kings of Lalitpur once resided. Overnight at Kathmandu.

Day 21: Transfer to the airport for international departure. (B)

Today is the last day of the trek in Nepal. Our representative will help you to drive to the airport for your departure.

Cost includes

• Airport pick up and drops by car.
• 3 night’s standard accommodation in Kathmandu, Nivas Boutique Home or similar category, twin sharing basis including breakfast.
• Your daily meal (Breakfast/Lunch/Dinner) during the trek.
• All necessary paper works and national park entry permits, Peak Climbing Special Permit.
• Climbing guide through the period of climbing from Base Camp.
• All the equipments for climbing: (rope and tent).
• Domestic Flight Ticket (LUK-KTM-LUK)/Domestic Airport Tax.
• All accommodations in lodges/tea Houses during the treks run by Nepalese family outside toilet.
• 2 night accommodation in tent.
• Trekkers’ Information Management System (TIMS). National Park Entry Permits.
• An experienced, helpful and friendly trekking guide, porters (1 porter for 2 peoples).
• Salary, food, drinks, accommodation, transportation and insurance for the guide and porter.
• All transportation as per itinerary .
• Medical supplies (First aid kit will be Available).
• Typical Nepali cultural dinner.

Cost excludes

• Nepal entry visa fee you will easily issue the visa upon your arrival at Tribhuwan International Airport–Kathmandu. You will require 2 passport size photos, $30 USD per person.
• Your personal travel insurance covers helicopter rescue. Personal Island Peak Climbing insurance.
• Your personal climbing equipment for trekking. [Sleeping bag(-15), down jacket, climbing shoes, trekking shoes, sun glass, sunscreen, gloves, trekking stick, other personal climbing gears (you can buy or rent from Kathmandu)].
• International airfare and airport departure tax.
• Your lunch & dinner during in Kathmandu, choose from menu, 3 to 7 USD per item
• Your personal expenses, personal hygiene.
• All the alcoholic and non-alcoholic drinks. (Tea, Coffee, Mineral Water, hot water)
• Sweet things like chocolate and desert.
• Hot shower and laundry during the trekking.
• Tips for the guide and porter.
• Kathmandu sightseeing entry permit .(USD$26)
• All the things that are not mentioned in cost include
• Local government tax of 20 USD per person to be paid in Lukla counter directly.
• Wi-Fi, internet, phone calls, battery charging.

All Inclusive Tax

Number of Travellers

Total $ USD

Send us Your queries

Everest Region

Accomodation

Tea House accommodation in Mountain and 3 Star hotel in Kathmandu

Regional Trekking

• Everest Region Trekking
• Annapurna Region Trekking
• Langtang Region Trekking
• Dolpo Region Trekking

Can we see Mount Everest from Island Peak?

Unfortunately, one cannot enjoy the panorama of Everest from the Island peak as Everest is tucked behind the Lhotse. However, you can enjoy incredible sights of Mt. Ama Dablam, Lhotse, and Mera peak.

Nepali power

Narayan Baniya (nature pathfinder) and Sumir Gyawali (yoga teacher) guide me in this adventure. Actually they manage perfectly my short time and all the noisy burocratic thinks like documents or Covid control. They makes me feel safely and had care of me since the moment I reserved .. now I’m at home and still feel the power of their experience, friendship and good nature. They makes me “enter” in the Nepali lifestyle, from metropolitan Kathmandu until the top of the mountain were the vibes are soo deep. Their good vibes are compatible with all, Sumir had a clinical yogi eye and Narayan the calm you need to arrive over the clouds.. it was like a day dreaming and I never forget this experience out of time. Thank you Antonio

A great & well organised experience. I highly recommend Himalayan recreation to anyone planning to trek to the Annapurna Basecamp. Everything from start to finish was all taken care of, taking away all of the stress of organisation so that I could focus on enjoying the trek. Ashok was very responsive on whatsapp at all times and was able to adapt the tour when circumstances changed. For example, when my flight to Pokhara was cancelled, Ashok arranged for a friendly driver to take me all the way there by private car instead (I did have to wait 1.5 hours for the driver, but traffic in Kathmandu is difficult). My guide Santosh and porter Bal were very friendly and accommodating and were good company during the trek. They have the English skills required to answer the majority of questions, particularly relating to the trek. Overall, a very good experience. The trek itself is very beautiful. It has everything, including rural villages with rice terraces, bamboo forests, and epic mountains. The accommodation is basic but everything you need for a trek (much better than camping). The weather forecast is inaccurate - I enjoyed decent weather despite the forecast being constant rain/thunder. I found the difficulty to be much easier than others state, and could have completed the trek in 5-6 days. Almost anyone with a decent level of fitness would be able to complete this trek (adjusting the duration to accommodate).

The Annupurna Poon Hill Trip is a lovely trek through the lower elevations of the Annupurna range of the Himalayas. Starting from Pokhara, a 90 minute drive in a taxi drops us off at the beginning of the trek and then goes up from there. My guide, Raj, was absolutely awesome and provided a lot of great information about the area during our trek over the several days that this trek takes place. The second day of the climb takes us to the small town of Ghorepani, and then an early climb the next morning to Poon Hill. I went on this trip in the 2nd year of the virus. According to my guide, the number of travelers was still way down from pre-pandemic years. So, in one way, it is a great time to travel since you will have most of the trails to yourself. The tea houses are also pretty empty. The negative side to this is that there are limited menu items and several places didn't have WiFi. There are a few recommendations I would make about this trip. The first is the ride from Kathmandu to Pokhara. I took the bus and regretted it about halfway there. While the distance is only 200 km, it took about 8 hours on the bus. If I were to do this again, I would have opted for a 30 minute flight. It costs more, but is so worth it. Second, make sure you bring toilet paper with you on the trek. The tea houses I stayed in during my trek didn't have any. So, bringing a roll of your own is a huge help. And speaking of bathrooms, most of the toilets along the route are not the western style sit-down toilets. Rather they are the hole in the grounds. So, make sure to use the bathroom before leaving the tea house since the next western-style toilet isn't until the next guest house, which could be a half day hike away. Finally, if you have time after the trek, spend an extra day in Pokhara. It is much more interesting than Kathmandu. Otherwise, the trek was wonderful and the folks at Himalayan Recreation did a great job in staying in touch, picking me up at the airport when I arrived in Nepal, and provided excellent service all the way through.

This trip was the first we took with those guys. It was very nice, guide was interesting and gave us a lot information about Bhaktapur and Nepal itself. After they arranged few more trips for us. First was Chitwan national park and jeep safari. After Pokhara and paragliding. And then return to Kathmandu. It was very helpful to have someone local there who can arrange flights, pick ups, all the activities and return wherever needed. We didn't have more time, but all the time we had, they managed to organize for us, without stressing or worrying. I truly recommend them, because they are very responsible and helpful for any situation. I firstly met them in Kathmandu for our first trip and they helped us with all the others.

Trip Advisor Reviews

Base Camp Adventure

• Email: [email protected]

Everest Base Camp Trek Map

Everest Base Camp Trek is one of the major attractions of Nepal. Visiting the highest peak of the world at an altitude of 8848 meters so up close is on everyone’s bucket list. But only a few adventurous brave people can commit to embark on the adventure.

Embarking on any journey requires detailed information about the place. For any journey, the main requirement is always a map. Getting lost in a strange place is a nightmare. To avoid such a nightmare from becoming reality, you should always carry a map with you.

With the Everest Base Camp Trek map , the chances of you getting lost are reduced. The age of technology does make it seem like maps are pretty useless. But with the trekking being in a remote area, a physical Everest Base Camp Trek map would seem like the most useful and important item.

With a challenging adventure as the Everest Base Camp Trek , you can never be too careful. You will always need an Everest Base Camp Trek map with you in case of any uncertainties. Also, wherever you go, it’s a smart move to do a little research about where you will be reaching or what you will be doing there.

With the map of Everest Base Camp Trek, you will not only be able to find the routes easily, but you will also know where you are at the moment and what the main attraction of the place is. For example, with a map, you will know that a certain monastery or religious landmark is nearing and prepare yourself accordingly.

Trek Route Summary

Standard everest base camp route.

The 15 days Everest Base Camp Trek is the most popular route taken by trekkers. The trek starts with a flight from Kathmandu to Lukla. From Lukla, you will trek most of the day with around 5-6 hours of trekking every day. Passing through Namche bazaar on Day 4th for acclimatization , you will travel through religious monuments like Tengboche. Another acclimatization point at Dingboche is used during the trip.

You will reach the base camp on the ninth day of the trek. Taking the same way back, retracing your steps, you will return to Kathmandu on a flight from Lukla. This will mark the end of your Everest Base camp trek. This route is marked In blue in the map provided above.

Helicopter return (optional)

Another route for Everest Base Camp Trek is returning by helicopter. This allows you to have a clear view of the mountains from a higher altitude. The Everest Base Camp Trek with helicopter return includes all the same routes and stops as the base camp trek of 15 days. You will catch a flight from Kathmandu to Lukla and travel through Namche bazaar to the Everest Base Camp. The only difference is that you will be returning from Kala Patthar to Kathmandu by helicopter . Here you will enjoy the superb view of the mountains, the valleys, and the trails.

Three pass trek (optional)

The path in grey in the Everest Base Camp Trek map is the one that takes us through the three passes to reach our final destination i.e, the Everest Base Camp. This route takes us for a challenging adventure through the Valley of death. The three pass route takes us to the Gokyo village and Gokyo Ri to witness the glorious mountains standing tall in their full beauty.

This route takes you to a mystical journey through the three passes: Kongma-la Pass, Cho La Pass, and Renjo La Pass . This place provides the best view of the Everest Base Camp. The three pass trek provides the trekkers with a solidarity trek on the way back. This trek route takes a total of 18 days , unlike the classical trekking route.

Related Articles

• 15 Days Everest Base Camp Trek
• Everest Base Camp Trek with Helicopter Return

Everest Three Pass Trek

• Full Name *
• Contact Number
• Your Message/Inquiry *

Details as per the Everest Base Camp Trek Map

As per the Everest Base Camp Trek Map, the route for the classic Everest Base Camp trek follows the following routes making the stops below:

Kathmandu to Phakding

Lukla – Phakding Distance: 6.2 km | Max altitude: 2,610 m | Estimated Trek hours: 4 – 5 hrs

The main route shown as per the Everest Base Camp Trek Map is the classical Everest Base Camp Trek route. The trek starts from a flight from Kathmandu to Lukla and ends the day at Phakding.

Phakding to Namche: Rest one day for acclimatizing

Distance: 7.4 km | Max altitude: 3440 m | Estimated Trek hours: 6-7 hours

From Phakding, this route leads us to Namche Bazaar through Manjoo. This stop is an acclimatization point where you will rest for the day to help better adapt to the altitude.

Namche to Tengboche

Distance: 5.9 km | Max altitude: 3867 m | Estimated Trek hours: 5-6 hours

The next stop on this route is Tengboche. This is a Buddhist monastery worshipped by the sherpas. The map clearly shows how to reach the monastery from Namche Bazaar.

Tengboche to Dingboche – rest one day for acclimatizing

Distance: 9.1 km| Max altitude: 4260 m | Estimated Trek hours: 5-6 hours

From the monastery in Tengboche, the route leads you to Dingboche. This is a small village on the way. You will rest at this spot for the day acclimatizing and head to the next stop the next day.

Dingboche to Lobuche

Distance: 6.6 km | Max altitude: 4930 m | Estimated Trek hours: 5-6 hours

Lobuche is the next stop from Dingboche. There are two routes to reaching Lobuche. On the map, we can clearly see the routes we can take.

Lobuche to Everest Base Camp – Gorakshep

Distance: 12.1 km to Everest Base camp 1.7 km to Gorakshep: | Max altitude: 5364 m| Estimated Trek hours: 3-4 hours

From Lobuche, we can reach Everest Base Camp. At an altitude of 5364 meters, we will reach Everest Base Camp and enjoy the view of the breathtaking mountains. After the achievement of a lifetime, you will descend to Gorakshep.

Gorak Shep to Kala Patthar to Periche

Distance: 1.2 km to Kalapatthar 10 km to Pheriche | Max altitude: 5545 m | Estimated Trek hours: 6-7 hours

The way back is now all descents. Only today, you will hike up to Kalapatthar in the morning. The view of the mountains in the early sunrise is to die for. This is one of the main attractions of the entire trek. Then you can descend to Pheriche.

Pheriche to Namche Bazaar

Distance: 14.2 km| Max altitude: 4243 m | Estimated Trek hours: 7-8 hours

The return route is the same as the one you took to get up to the base camp. You will follow the same route you took from Pheriche to Namche Bazaar.

Namche Bazaar to Lukla

Distance: 13.5 km | Max altitude: 3440 m | Estimated Trek hours: 6-8 hours

From Namche, you will return to Lukla through Manjoo and Phakding through the same trails as before. The only difference is that the way will no long be uphill.

Flight from Lukla to Kathmandu

Distance: 138 km | Max altitude: 2886 m| Estimated hours: 40 minutes

Your journey finally ends with the almost-cinematic view of the mountains and the valley. All this from your comfortable flight from Lukla to Kathmandu.

This trek takes only 15 days to take the daring journey and come back.

Alternative Route Map from Base Camp

This route is similar to the classic Everest Base Camp Trek. The way up is the same. However, the way back has a lot in store for you. After reaching Diboche from Namche Bazaar, you will reach the first pass of the three- Kongma-la pass . This provides spectacular views of the Khumbu glaciers.

You will reach Everest Base Camp from the pass soon. On the way back you will trek to Gokyo lakes via Cho La Pass . Here, you will see awestruck views of the religious Dudh Koshi river and the valleys around it. the pass lets you see the majestic view of the highest peaks like Cho-Oyu, Chola, Lhotse, etc.

Unlike the classic Everest Base Camp Trek route, this route is remote and of a higher difficulty level so be careful on the descent. On the way back from Gokyo to Namche, you will pass through the last pass i.e, Renjo La Pass at an altitude of 5360 meters.

The rest of the trek is the same as before. You will follow the trail back from Namche to Lukla and fly to Kathmandu. This trek takes you 18 days to reach the base camp and return back to your flight.

Return by Helicopter

Apart from the strenuous treks to and back from the base camp, there is an alternative route for your convenience. If you aren’t really good with descents or don’t want to walk back the same route, the same way you came up, you can always opt to choose the return by helicopter choice. There are many reasons to choose Everest Base Camp Helicopter Tour .

This route takes you through the classic Everest Base Camp trek route letting you experience all the trekking adventure while giving you the opportunity to end the trek with a unique Helicopter return to Kathmandu. This reduces your travel time and provides you a great opportunity to enjoy the view of the mountains from a helicopter without straining yourself more.

This route allows you to reach the base camp and enjoy the majestic view from Kalapattar. The helicopter return route picks you up from Kalapatthar and takes you t o Kathmandu straight through the mind blowing view of the mountains, valleys, and the glaciers and rivers.

The difficulty of the routes

15 days classic everest base camp trek.

The venturesome trek to the Everest Base Camp is one of the most popular and daring treks in Nepal. The trekkers do face some difficulties to overcome this daring journey.

The uncertainty of the Lukla flight is one of the major difficulties faced by trekkers here. The Lukla flight is one of the main attractions of the flight with the tempting view of the valley and the mountains. But his flight is heavily affected by the weather. Unexpected changes in weather have known to cause many cancellations so make sure to check the weather carefully.

Being at an altitude of 5364 meters , you will have to hike up a lot. Altitude sickness is probable in the high mountains. So take your time to acclimatize in the stops as per the maps guidance and enjoy the trek without any problems.

Three Pass Trek Difficulty

Among the three routes mentioned above and shown in the map, the Three Passes Trek Route is the most challenging one. There are many things to consider before embarking on this journey. This route is often chosen by people to avoid human traffic on the way. The difficulty of this trek is higher than the classic route due to the sudden uphill on the way to EBC.

You can take this route to go to the base camp which will help you in reaching the base camp fast instead of taking this route on the way back. The alternative route is filled with glorious views but the trail is kind of steep and the altitude suddenly increases.

The difficulty almost everyone faces in this route to go to Everest Base Camp is the difficulty to acclimatize in the Gokyo valley . The route seems to take only a few hours of walking so the trekkers usually rush in without proper acclimatization leading to altitude sickness.

Als, you should be careful to choose the best season to travel through this road.

Seasons are important for both ascending and descending the route. If you travel during the rainy season, there are many chances of landslides or you sliding down the slippery roads. So keep in mind to check the season and the climate before booking your trip.

Helicopter Return

The trek to Everest Base camp with helicopter return is a deal stealer as the package provides you with so many different routes and a spectacular view of the mountains and the valleys. The only difficulty that can arise on this magnificent trip is the unpredictable weather changes .

Helicopter rides are fun and exquisite, especially in the mountain range. But they aren’t advisable in bad weather conditions. The safety is in question in bad weather. So before you decide to plan a helicopter ride home from Everest Base Camp, please keep in mind that weather affects your ride a lot.

Best Time to go to Everest Base Camp Trek

Everest Base Camp Trek is a challenging trek that takes you through uphills and rocky roads. The best time to go to Everest Base Camp in the spring season during the months of February to May. The routes to reach the base camp are dry during these months.

The winter season through December to February can also be a good time but the temperature is obviously low.

The rainy season, however, is not a good time. You should avoid embarking on the Everest Base Camp Trek during the rainy season. Especially during the Gokyo route, the roads are very steep and unsafe in the rainy seasons. So best keep yourself out of the route during the rainy season to avoid any mishaps.

Before setting on an adventurous trek to Everest Base Camp, you should research the best time to go trekking to get the most out of your journey.

Why Do You Need Everest Base Camp Trek Map?

Stay on track.

Traveling through the steep snowy roads of Everest Base Camp trek, it’s easy to lose your way. Awestruck with the beauty of the place, you can get distracted from the route sometimes. These are the time maps come in handy. In the remote villages, charging your phones may be difficult. Also, wifi at such an altitude is rare. At such a time, carrying a map will be very handy.

Discover New Routes

With the Everest Base Camp Trek map, you can find out new routes to reach your destination. Discussing with your guide or your group, you can decide to take new routes to your destination. The map contains all the possible routes you can take to reach your destination and different attractions and stops on that particular stop. With the map, your Everest Base Camp Trek can be a surprising adventure with different attractions with you in control.

A Basic Necessity For A Solo Trek

Many adventurous trekkers embark on a solo trek for Everest Base Camp Trek. These trekkers are passionate about reaching the destination with their own efforts. If you are one of these passionate adventurous daredevils, you should get yourself an Everest Base Camp Trek map and initiate the adventure.

Other essentials for the Trek

Apart from the map of the Everest Base Camp Trek to guide you through the different routes of the Trek, there are other essentials for the trek like:

• Trekking boots and hiking poles
• Warm clothes like down jacket and fleece trousers
• Personal medical kit
• Portable chargers
• Toiletries and water bottles

Similar Treks

• Gokyo Valley Trek
• Mustang Trek
• Annapurna Base Camp Trek with Helicopter Return
• 4+3=? * Solve above and submit button will appear!!!

You may also like...

Manaslu Circuit Trek Packing List

7 day Everest Base Camp Trek

Is It Safe To Travel Nepal?

Deals of the Week   Green Hikes & Treks   Up to 50% OFF

12 Days Everest Base Camp – Kalapathar Trek

• Christmas & New Year

Places You’ll See

• Introduction
• Day 1 Flight from Kathmandu to Lukla and Trek to Phakding
• Day 2 Trek to Namche Bazaar
• Day 3 Acclimatization in Namche Bazaar
• Day 4 Trek from Namche Bazaar to Tengboche
• Day 5 Trek from Tengboche to Dingboche
• Day 6 Acclimatization in Dingboche
• Day 7 Trek from Dingboche to Lobuche
• Day 8 Trek from Lobuche to Everest Base Camp via Gorakshep
• Day 9 Trek from Gorakshep to Kalapatthar and Pheriche
• Day 10 Trek from Pheriche to Namche Bazaar
• Day 11 Trek from Namche to Lukla
• Day 12 Fly from Lukla to Kathmandu/ Lukla-Ramechhap-Kathmandu

Want to read it later?

Download this tour’s PDF brochure and start tour planning offline

What's Included

• Accommodation
• Additional Services

Where You'll Stay

Reviews about this operator.

• Tour Operator Nepal Lion Tours & Treks Pvt Ltd. 4.9
• Paule · 7th March 2024 We had a great experience with our guide Binod and his little brother / porteur Bikash. Binod is a joyful experienced... Show more
• shivasma · 21st February 2024 I was with Nepal Lion Tours and Treks on 9 days trekking to Annapurna base camp. Everything was great: had great... Show more
• Sabin · 12th December 2023 In the midst of the hectic pace of life back in the US, this trek became a rejuvenating escape for myself and my... Show more

Dates & Availability

Pay-by-instalments

Take advantage of our 0% interest instalment plan on selected departures. Learn More

• Upcoming departures
• August 2024
• September 2024
• October 2024
• November 2024
• December 2024
• January 2025
• February 2025
• Tuesday 9 Apr, 2024 Saturday 20 Apr, 2024 English Filling Fast €1,276 Confirm Dates
• Wednesday 10 Apr, 2024 Sunday 21 Apr, 2024 English Filling Fast €1,276 Confirm Dates
• Thursday 11 Apr, 2024 Monday 22 Apr, 2024 English Filling Fast €1,276 Confirm Dates
• Friday 12 Apr, 2024 Tuesday 23 Apr, 2024 English Filling Fast €1,276 Confirm Dates
• Saturday 13 Apr, 2024 Wednesday 24 Apr, 2024 English Filling Fast €1,276 Confirm Dates
• Sunday 14 Apr, 2024 Thursday 25 Apr, 2024 English Filling Fast €1,276 Confirm Dates
• Monday 15 Apr, 2024 Friday 26 Apr, 2024 English Filling Fast €1,276 Confirm Dates
• Tuesday 16 Apr, 2024 Saturday 27 Apr, 2024 English Filling Fast €1,276 Confirm Dates
• Wednesday 17 Apr, 2024 Sunday 28 Apr, 2024 English Filling Fast €1,276 Confirm Dates
• Thursday 18 Apr, 2024 Monday 29 Apr, 2024 English Filling Fast €1,276 Confirm Dates

Frequently Asked Questions

We are there for you! If you have any questions about this tour, then please don't hesitate to contact us 24/7 and we will get back to you latest within 2 hours!

Got a question about this tour?

Reach out to our travel experts.

Good to Know

• Currency रू Nepalese Rupee Nepal

As a traveller from USA, Canada, England, Australia, New Zealand you will need an adaptor for types C, E, F, D, M. As a traveller from South Africa you will need an adaptor for types C, E, F.

• These are only indications, so please visit your doctor before you travel to be 100% sure.
• Typhoid - Recommended for Nepal. Ideally 2 weeks before travel.
• Hepatitis A - Recommended for Nepal. Ideally 2 weeks before travel.
• Cholera - Recommended for Nepal. Ideally 2 weeks before travel.
• Tuberculosis - Recommended for Nepal. Ideally 3 months before travel.
• Hepatitis B - Recommended for Nepal. Ideally 2 months before travel.
• Meningococcal meningitis - Recommended for Nepal. Ideally 1 week before travel.
• Yellow fever - Certificate of vaccination required if arriving from an area with a risk of yellow fever transmission for Nepal. Ideally 10 days before travel.
• Japanese B encephalitis - Recommended for Nepal. Ideally 1 month before travel.
• Unfortunately we cannot offer you a visa application service. Whether you need a visa or not depends on your nationality and where you wish to travel. Assuming your home country does not have a visa agreement with the country you're planning to visit, you will need to apply for a visa in advance of your scheduled departure.
• Here is an indication for which countries you might need a visa. Please contact the local embassy for help applying for visas to these places.
• For any tour departing before 11th May 2024 a full payment is necessary. For tours departing after 11th May 2024, a minimum payment of 20% is required to confirm your booking with Nepal Lion Tours & Treks Pvt Ltd. . The final payment will be automatically charged to your credit card on the designated due date. The final payment of the remaining balance is required at least 35 days prior to the departure date of your tour. TourRadar never charges you a booking fee and will charge you in the stated currency.
• Some departure dates and prices may vary and Nepal Lion Tours & Treks Pvt Ltd. will contact you with any discrepancies before your booking is confirmed.
• The following cards are accepted for "Nepal Lion Tours & Treks Pvt Ltd. " tours: Visa, Maestro, Mastercard, American Express or PayPal. TourRadar does NOT charge you an extra fee for using any of these payment methods.
• Insurance Unless otherwise mentioned, TourRadar does not provide travel insurance. We do however recommend purchasing it through our tried and trusted partner, World Travel Nomads .
• Accessibility Some tours are not suitable for mobility-restricted traveller, however, some operators may be able to accommodate special requests. For any enquiries, you can contact our customer support team , who are ready and waiting to help you.
• Chile Tours
• Cape Point y tours
• Outeniqua Experience
• Escapade Across Europe with Contiki
• Ngorongoro Maps of Conservation Area & Crater
• How to get to Ranthambore National Park
• Main river: Everything You Need to Know

Similar Tours

Keep Exploring Nepal

• Nepal Travel Guide | All You Need to Know
• Nepalese Himalayas - Best Mountains to Climb
• Best Explorer Tours and Trips 2024/2025
• Nepal from Kathmandu
• Nepal Explorer
• 12 days Nepal
• Operators in Asia
• Mount Everest
• Mount Kala Patthar
• Gorakshep Trail
• 12 Days Everest Base Camp – Kalapathar Trek Tours in Nepal
• Explorer Tours
• Family Tours
• Christmas & New Year Tours
• Himalaya Mountains
• Nepal tours

Himalayas on Foot

Local Trekking Company in Nepal

Everest Base Camp Trek 7 Days

Every long-distance trail in Nepal is holistically famous for its sweeping views, exquisite landscapes, and heart-warming villages. They are gorgeous with classic rugged trails made for hiking, stunning little towns, and rolling hills.

But, despite all the wonders, no hiking destination can stand the charm and sublimity of Everest Base Camp. With unparalleled beauty and heavenly landforms, it’s the most eloquent trekking site.

Everest Base Camp Trek 7 days is a perfect way to hunker down the remote villages, ancient monasteries, and endless wild forests. The old hamlets and buzzing streets will surely draw the attention of yours but not as much as the quiet meadow and hemlock.

In spring, the woods cheer up with a blooming Rhododendron all through the valley. As usual, Everest Base Camp Trek 7 days commence with a short flight to Lukla from Kathmandu and an uphill trek to Phakding.

From here, the trek perks up as the next stop is Namche Bazaar, the gateway to Everest. Most of the trail leading towards Namche climbs upward, making it quite annoying for hikers. Following the zigzagged trail, we’ll pass historic landmark Tengboche and Dingboche which is on the other side of the river.

Walking along the edge of the valley, we’ll proceed towards Lobuche and make a climb over the rocky moraine in order to reach Gorak Shep. From there, our trail walks on a rugged route boulder to wind up at Base Camp.

Standing at a height of 5,360 meters , you’ll get an incredible view of Mt. Everest as well as Nuptse and Ama Dablam. Apart from the fabulous experience of climbing Everest Base Camp, you’ll also get to explore Himalayan wildlife and vegetation.

Highlights of 7 Days Everest Base Camp Trek

• Picturesque flight to and fro Lukla airstrip
• Closer shot of Mt. Everest and Khumbu Glacier
• Colorful valleys and verdure to skim through
• Paying a visit to ancient monasteries and Chortens that epitomize Tibetan culture
• Deep insight into Sherpa’s people lifestyle and custom
• Glimpses of rare wild animals like Himalayan Serow and Ungulates

Best time for Everest Base Camp Trek

Everest Base Camp Trek 7 days is a well planned-out vacation arranged for hikers who are pressed for time. Given just a week of an excursion, it barely matters which season of the year you’re trekking. Regardless of that, the best time to visit the region has to be spring.

It has got the most fabulous weather with greener pastures and quiet outdoor space which you can explore anytime. The valleys are blissful and so is the mountain with no snowfall or heavy rain. Temperatures in spring are as low as 17 Degree Celsius making the region warm enough to traverse.

You can also make a visit to the base camp in autumn as it too has mild weather, perfect for trekking. Autumn days are warm and sunny while the nights are slightly cold with a temperature falling below – 6 Degree Celsius.

Even the coldest day of the season at Everest Base Camp has a temperature of 14 Degree Celsius. This certainly makes it easy for the hikers to reach the base camp as the trails are in great condition.

With autumn rolling around, there are multi-colored leaves dangling on the trees throughout the forest. The sight of shimmering snow peaks, unique landscapes, and serene lakes looks fantastic during September and October due to the clear sky.

Monsoon and winter are definitely not a great time for Everest Base Camp Trek 7 days. Winter’s foggy weather and heavy snowfall cause frequent delays in flights and even cancellation. The morning views are not so great either with mist looming all over hills and mountains.

Thankfully, the days are clear in winter with moderate climate and temperature around 4 Degree Celsius. With a high humidity and temperature over 30 Degree Celsius , monsoon experiences hot weather but the rain bothers hikers. The continuous downpour makes the unpaved trail slimy so you have to be extra while doing Everest Base Camp Trek in monsoon.

• Contact Number *
• Your Message *
• Please press 5 to submit *

Difficulties of Everest Base Camp Trek

1. altitude sickness.

When has the altitude sickness not caused trouble to hikers especially beginners advancing; Everest Base Camp. It’s the source of problems like headaches, acute nausea, and rapid pulse which is a preliminary symptom of mild altitude sickness.

These acute conditions aren’t severe in onset but if ignored, they can turn vicious and cause hypoxemia. It mostly happens when you travel to a high altitude too fast without letting the body de-stress.

Most trekkers who don’t have a history of climbing high altitudes are more likely to suffer from acute mountain sickness during EBC trek . Thereby, if you’ve no early experience of hiking then train yourself and take a couple of short treks before the base camp.

Acclimatization is the best way out to prevent altitude sickness so let your body get proper rest after every extreme hike. Drinking enough water will also help you resist the sickness and scramble the base camp easily.

2. Temperature and Weather

Temperature and Weather is another significant obstacle for trekkers climbing Everest Base Camp. They increase the difficulty level based on which time of the year you’re traveling. If it’s winter, climbers will indeed experience adverse weather backed by heavy snowfall and storms.

Compared to all seasons, it’s the most inhospitable time to visit Base Camp due to the frigid climate. Temperature is below -17 Degree Celsius in winter which leaves trekkers shivering or wrapped around warm clothes.

Without crampons, it’s really hard to get a grip on a snowy trail stretched up to 5,360 meters. The same goes for Monsoon whose filthy trail makes it awful to navigate the way to Base Camp. They too will need a pair of wear-resistant trekking poles to prevent slips on the slick route.

3. Long-drawn Trails

The trails you will find during your 7 Days Everest Base Camp Trek are not just rugged but also long-winded. It stretches up to 80 miles starting from Lukla airstrip to Base Camp which is perched at the foot of Khumbu Glacier . The route winds course through several quaint villages, roaring rivers, and suspension bridges.

Trekkers will be walking through dense forests, past stunning monasteries, and valleys for almost 2 weeks to reach the camp. The trail after Gorak Shep is steep and meanders through terminal moraines alongside glacial ponds. This is sure enough to give hikers a tough time outpacing the trail.

4. Accommodation

Another trek difficulty that you may encounter during a 7 days base camp hike is arranging accommodation . Unlike high-end cities, accommodation on the trail is limited to lodges and guesthouses. You’ll find family-run teahouses after reaching a higher elevation where the rooms have basic facilities. They are convenient to dwell in compared to some cheap priced hotels. Teahouses in the Everest region come with basic amenities that include a bed, pillow, and a woolen blanket.

You may also like:

• Lukla to Everest Base Camp Trek 12 Days
• Everest Base Camp Luxury Lodge Trek
• Everest Base Camp Short Trek 9 Days Itinerary

Preparations and Essentials for Everest Base Camp Trek 7 days

Since the Everest Base Camp Trek 7 days doesn’t last more than a week, the preparations are pretty mediocre. You won’t have to spend days and weeks shopping or training a month before the hike. Trekkers can easily rely upon exercise that increases core muscle strength and keeps you fit and strong.

Stability is the key element for the successful excursion of Everest Base Camp. So, you need to keep up with your pace from the start of the hike till reaching the camp. Everyday workout routine and trail running will be enough to resist the 40 miles trail.

Keeping yourself in good shape is indispensable for hiking. But in all that you can’t stress your mind or put it on an immense task force. You must let your mind relax before and even during the trek. Carry all the needed gear so that you don’t have to stress while on the road.

Essentials equipment needed during Everest Base Camp Trek 7 days

You won’t need a lot of equipment to do Everest Base Camp Trek 7 days in comparison to a round trip which means the pressure is on. You need to be careful about what you pick as the tools are meant to ease your hike instead of increasing load. Keep the load as less as you can including some of the essentials down below:

Clothing and footwear

• Waterproof jacket and pants
• Lightweight trekking pants
• Moisture-wicking t-shirts
• High-insulated mountaineering boots
• Camp shoes and woolen socks

Miscellaneous

• Camera with extra batteries
• First aid kit
• Hand sanitizer and toiletries
• Water purifier

Similar articles you may like:

• Everest Base Camp 16 Days Itinerary
• Tour Cost For Everest Base Camp Helicopter
• Everest Base Camp Trek In September

Day 01: Arrive in Kathmandu, Transfer to Hotel

Like you asked, we’ll pick you up from the airport on First day of 7 Days Everest Base Camp Trek. Our officials will be there shortly before your flight lands at the aerodrome. After a brief introduction and warm welcome at the arrival, they’ll transfer you to the hotel.

Since the scheduled flight was too long, we’ll let you be on your own and meet directly in the evening for small talk before commencing the trek. You can meet the crew member and also take a short tour of the city in your spare time.

There are oodles of fantastic restaurants and hotels in the city where you can find all the cuisine to choose from. Their service is pretty great for the money. To get some rest after a hectic day, you shall return to the hotel.

Day 02: Fly from Kathmandu to Lukla and Trek to Namche Bazaar

Maximum Altitude: 2,610 meters

Flight Distance: 138 km

Trek Distance: 9 km

Flight Duration: 40 minutes

Trek Duration: 4 hours

We’ll be pushing hard to finish the trek on time if not taken a lead from start. So, on the first sunrise, we’ll drive to TIA and board the flight to Lukla. The flight is short enough to be completed within 40 minutes. Till then, you can enjoy the staggering view of mountains, rocky valleys, and precipitous cliffs.

Upon reaching Lukla, you’ll have a short break to eat breakfast and meet the porter. Sometime later, we’ll start the trek to Namche Bazaar by ascending the steep hills and ridgeline. The trail has us walking through a small settlement and entering Sagarmatha National Park .

The path into the park is intriguing with the lovely view of Dudh Koshi River and scads of suspension bridges. After fleeting Jorsale, the trail rises steeply upward, taking climbers at least 3 hours to finish.

There is no downward walking from here so you need to be careful while scrambling the trail. After hiking an entire day, we’ll finally reach the Sherpa town nestled at 3,440 meters. The atmospheric pressure in the air starts to get low after Namche so we’ll give our body proper rest for the rest of the day off in the village. Overnight stay in a lodge.

Day 03: Trek from Namche Bazaar to Tengboche

Maximum Altitude: 3,440 meters

Trek Distance: 9.2 km

Trek Duration: 4-5 hours

After Namche, it’s time to move to our next station Tengboche, the most popular town in the Khumbu region . Since the trail begins with an upward climb, we’ll take a slow and steady pace before stepping up.

Clambering the path from the side of a hill and over the wooden bridge, we’ll reach a small shop at Phunki Tenga. You shall be able to get a delicious brunch here and retrieve the energy lost in 2 hours of ascent.

It’s impossible to speed walk from here as the oxygen in the air starts to drop. Finally, after walking 5 hours on the trail, we’ll finally arrive at Tengboche. During our stop here, we’ll visit the Tengboche monastery, explore the wonderful village, and interact with locals. You’ll be spending the night at a teahouse in Tengboche.

Day 04: Trek from Tengboche to Dingboche

Maximum Altitude: 4,410 meters

Trek Distance: 10.8 km

Trek Duration: 3-4 hours

Half of our Everest Base Camp Trek 7 days has been already completed which means we’re not too far off from scrambling the camp. Therefore, without wasting too much time, we’ll start scrambling the foothills.

It’ll take us anywhere from 3 to 4 hours to pass through the forest and steppes before reaching the village. We’ll spend most of our day walking along the river valley and narrow stone trails.

After stopping at a teahouse on the way and having lunch, we’ll continue our journey through a steppe stone path. Following a small trek route over the gorge, we’ll proceed towards Chukhung Valley and eventually arrive at Dingboche . Overnight stay in a teahouse at Dingboche.

Day 05: Trek from Dingboche to Lobuche

Maximum Altitude: 4,940 meters

Trek Distance: 17.5 km

Trek Duration: 5-6 hours

After breakfast, we’ll head back to the trail and slowly climb the edge of the hill. The path leading to Lobuche is 11 miles long, most of which is steep. The views below Chukhung valley are intriguing with a spouting river and gorge.

You can also get a sight of Island Peak at the end of the valley. Walking the trail to Lobuche often drives people exhausted due to rising altitude and low oxygen levels in the air. Once we climb down to Pheriche village, the trail rambles on a wooden bridge over the river drained out of Khumbu glacier.

At Dugla, we’ll stop by a local shop for lunch, then continue an uphill walk for almost an hour. In-between the time, you’ll get to watch the marvelous view of Mt. Pumori, Gyachung Kang, and Changtse. We’ll rest at a teahouse in the night.

Day 06: Trek to Everest Base Camp and Trek to Gorak Shep

Maximum Altitude: 5,360 meters

Trek Distance: 8 km

The day we all had been waiting for so long is right here. Today is the day of remembrance as we’ll be finally climbing all the way to the base camp today. After breakfast, we’ll leave for the craggy trail to Gorak Shep . Although the course is not too long, the steppe climb will make it exhausting for the hikers.

The trail walks over boulders and glacial streams before climbing rocky moraine dunes. After reaching the small settlement perched at the brink of a frozen lakebed, we’ll take a little time off and have lunch. Before it’s too long, we’ll proceed with the trail walking ups and downs for about an hour and a half.

After getting to the base camp, you can have a glimpse of Mt. Everest, sweeping landscapes, and icefall just to yourself. We’ll descend back to Gorak Shep for our overnight stay.

Day 07: Early morning Hike to Kala Patthar and Helicopter flight to Kathmandu

Maximum Altitude: 5,643 meters

Trek Distance: 1.2 km

Trek Duration: 1 hour 30 min

Today is the last day of the Everest Base Camp Trek for 7 days. So, to bid farewell in style, we’ll take a short walk up to the top of Kala Patthar. Expecting to see the beautiful sunrise, we’ll be climbing the mountain before dawn.

The trail leading toward Kala Patthar is steep and therefore takes somewhere from 1 to 2 hours to finish the trek. The view of Everest and its nearby mountain from atop the peak is astounding. You’ll also be able to take a glimpse of glacial lakes and moraines from the mountain.

After the sightseeing is over, we can board the flight which our crew members will land at the crest of Kala Patthar. Within an hour’s flight from the black mountain, we’ll arrive at Tribhuvan airport.

FAQs – 7 Days Everest Base Camp Trek

1. Where is Everest Base Camp located?

Everest Base Camp is nestled at an altitude of 5,360 meters in Solukhumbu district. It sits right at the foot of Khumbu Glacier, surrounded by a bunch of epic mountains. The base camp is approximately 99 miles far from Kathmandu and takes a flight up to Lukla airstrip.

2. How much does it cost to charter a flight to Everest Base Camp?

The cost of flight to Everest Base Camp trek ranges from US$4000 to $4500USD per person. But, if the shuttle is avant-garde and has a capacity to hold a maximum weight of 250 kg then the price will see a hike anywhere from US$ 4400 to US$5100.

3. What is the maximum height where the helicopter can fly in the Himalayas?

Commercial helicopters like Eurocopter AS350 Squirrel can hover up to 25,000 feet high in the Himalayas. It has an excellent lifting power with the capacity to incline 1,500 meters high per minute. The twin-engine STOL Let L-410 Turbolet can contain 1 ton of cargo containers.

4. Do we suffer from altitude sickness if we travel the Base Camp from a flight?

Short-takeoff-and-landing aircraft can fly up to 10,000 ft. high which means the passengers taking direct flight are quite likely to suffer from altitude sickness. Trekkers immediately start to show symptoms like dizziness and shortness of breath after reaching the height. This generally happens because the hikers don’t have enough time to adjust to the atmospheric pressure of high altitudes.

5. Is it safe to do Everest Base Camp Trek 7 days through the flight?

There is no need to be anxious about flying to Everest Base Camp through aircraft or have a second thought because our pilots are highly trained. They have been in the profession for too long and know pretty well how to handle the worst off.

6. Are children allowed on flight?

Of course, children are allowed to board the flight to Everest Base Camp but only under the vigilance of parents. They aren’t able to fly solo which is why guardians have to make sure that the kids are comfortable in the flight.

7. Do you provide oxygen on the flight?

It’s our responsibility to ship all the flight attendees safe and sound. Therefore, in order to do so, we always carry supplemental oxygen in flight so that the passenger in need can use it. If you feel any kind of dizziness or headache as a symptom of altitude sickness then you can certainly use bottled oxygen.

8. Will I be able to do 7 Days Everest Base Camp Trek alone?

You can surely climb Everest Base Camp Trek alone but just when you can navigate the track well enough. If you’re not aware of the course then it’s better not to travel alone. We recommend that you hire a pro guide who can read you the trail and help reach the base camp without causing any trouble.

9. Can a solo traveler take the flight for Everest Base Camp Trek 7 days?

Without a doubt, solo travelers can take a flight to Everest Base Camp but it will cost them a lot. To reduce the price, you can instead travel in a group and rift the fare in equal proportion. If you’re having trouble finding a group, we can even help you seek in the traveler.

10. When is the right time to visit Everest Base Camp?

The perfect time for Everest Base Camp Trek 7 days in October and April. These two months endure mild weather with a temperature above 0 Degree Celsius. The views are absolutely breathtaking with a clear sky, green meadows, and full swing wildflowers.

You may also like...

Best Time To Go To Base Camp Mt Everest

Annapurna Sanctuary Trek vs Everest Base Camp Trek

Everest Base Camp Trek 5 Days

Expedia Rewards is now One Key™

Earn onekeycash when you sign in and book an activity.

Check availability

• About this activity

Everest Base Camp Trekking - 15 Days

• Free cancellation available
• Mobile voucher
• Instant confirmation
• An adventurous journey towards the Everest base camp.
• Visit world heritage sites inside Kathmandu valley.
• Enjoy spectacular views of mountains from Kalapathar viewpoint - 5,545 meters.
• Explore the world renowned mountaineer 'Sherpa' culture

Activity location

• Kathmandu, Bagmati Province, Nepal

Meeting/Redemption Point

• Our office representative will be holding a company name ply card at the arrival terminal at Tribhuvan International Airport in Kathmandu.
• Sat, Apr 6 -
• Sun, Apr 7 $1,650
• Mon, Apr 8 $1,650
• Tue, Apr 9 $1,650
• Wed, Apr 10 $1,650
• Thu, Apr 11 $1,650
• Fri, Apr 12 $1,650
• Sat, Apr 13 $1,650
• Sun, Apr 14 $1,650
• Mon, Apr 15 $1,650
• Tue, Apr 16 $1,650
• Wed, Apr 17 $1,650
• Thu, Apr 18 $1,650
• Fri, Apr 19 $1,650
• Sat, Apr 20 $1,650
• Activity duration is 15 days 15d 15d

What's included, what's not

• What's included What's included All the airport and hotel transfers are by private vehicles.
• What's included What's included 3 nights hotel accommodations in Kathmandu city at 3-star standard hotel inclusive breakfast.
• What's included What's included 1 day. sightseeing tour in Kathmandu. Visit 4 world heritage sites in Kathmandu.
• What's included What's included All the essential trekking permits and entrance fees for the trek
• What's included What's included Two-way domestic flights (KTM - Lukla and return) and airport taxes
• What's included What's included 11 nights of teahouse accommodation during the trek
• What's included What's included An experienced and certified trekking guide for the trek.
• What's included What's included Helicopter rescue service in case of emergency evacuation. (In this case, you should have your travel insurance)
• What's included What's included Adventure certificate upon successful trip completion
• What's included What's included Necessary paper works, all government, and local taxes
• What's included What's included 1 complimentary farewell dinner at a typical restaurant with a cultural program.
• What's included What's included First aid medical kit with an oxi-meter to check your pulse and oxygen level.
• What's included What's included Rain protection duffel bags and sleeping bags to use for the trek. (should return after the trek)
• What's excluded What's excluded Nepal entry visa and international flights
• What's excluded What's excluded Extra nights in Lukla or in Kathmandu hotel if the flight is canceled or postponed due to bad weather.
• What's excluded What's excluded Tips for the guide and porters.
• What's excluded What's excluded Breakfast, Lunch and Dinner during the trek.
• What's excluded What's excluded Heritage site entry fees for the Kathmandu sightseeing tour.
• What's excluded What's excluded Porters are available at an extra cost.

Know before you book

• Not allowed: Alcohol and drugs, Explosive substances, Firework, High-heeled shoes, Jewelry, Littering, Making fire, Making noise, Military-style clothing, Nudity, Smoking in the vehicle, Valuables, Weapons or sharp objects
• Not suitable for: Children under 10 years, People over 70 years, People over 80 years, People with heart problems, People with kidney problems, People with recent surgeries, Pregnant women, Visually impaired people, Wheelchair users

What you can expect

Our 15-day Everest Base Camp trek is a thrilling adventure that takes you on a remarkable journey through the breathtaking landscapes of the Khumbu region in Nepal. This challenging yet rewarding trek offers hikers the opportunity to experience the rich Sherpa culture, explore picturesque villages, and witness some of the world's most stunning mountain scenery. The highlight of the journey is reaching Everest Base Camp itself, where you can stand in the shadows of towering peaks, including the majestic Mount Everest. The trek provides an unforgettable mix of natural beauty and cultural immersion, making it a bucket-list adventure for outdoor enthusiasts and aspiring mountaineers.

Outline itinerary of 15 Days Everest Base Camp Trek

Day 01: Arrival in Kathmandu and transfer to your hotel. Day 02: Sightseeing tour in Kathmandu. Visit world heritage sites. Day 03: Fly from Kathmandu to Lukla (2,800m) and trek to Phakding (2,650m) 3-4 hrs trek Day 04: Trek to Namche Bazar (3,440m) - 6 hrs trek Day 05: Acclimatization day Day 06: Trek to Tengboche (3,870m) - 6 hrs trek Day 07: Trek to Dingboche (4,400m) - 6 hrs trek Day 08: Another acclimatization day Day 09: Trek to Lobuche (4,900m) - 5 hrs trek Day 10: Trek to Gorakshep and visit Everest Base Camp (5463m) 8-9 hrs trek Day 11: Hike up to Kalapather and trek to Pheriche (4,320m) - 7-8 hrs trek Day 12: Trek to Namche Bazar (3,440m) - 6-7 hrs trek Day 13: Trek to Lukla (2,800m) - 6-7 hrs trek Day 14: Fly back to Kathmandu Day 15: Departure from Nepal.

Delhi's 8-Year-Old Swakriti Insan Takes On Himalayan Adventure, Treks To Annapurna Base Camp In Just 3 Days

A t just 8 years old, Swakriti Insan of Delhi is not your average third-grader. Every morning at 4:30, she's already up, laced into her running shoes, and hitting the pavement to cover an impressive 7 kilometers before most kids her age have even stirred from sleep. Her daily routine is the equivalent of taking 10,000 steps – a testament to her extraordinary dedication and zest for life.

This young dynamo, driven by an innate self-motivation, recently embarked on an adventure that would be daunting for most adults. During a 9-day school hiatus before stepping into fourth grade, Swakriti, accompanied by her father, journeyed from Delhi to Gorakhpur (13 hours) on a instant plan by Tatkal Ticket in India Railways. And then a 12-hour journey by bus from Gorakhpur to Pokhra. Their mission? To trek to Annapurna Base Camp (ABC), standing at a majestic 4130 meters (13,500 feet), in just three days. Most would have preferred to fly directly to Kathmandu and then take another flight to Pokhra. For Swakriti, the adventure started from home.

Swakriti craves the challenge of the great outdoors. "She has never desired anything like a typical holiday. Our plans have always been random,” her father says. “She's naturally athletic, and we've never had to push her into sports or anything else. She took to running early on when she was 5 years. All she us is for support and we are more than willing to provide that,” he father explains.

Normally the ABC trek is scheduled over 9 days. Swakriti and her dad did this in 3 days starting on day 1 at an altitude of 1780 mts at Jhinu Danda to Upper sinuwa at 2300 mts. Day 2 -from Upper Sinuwa to Deurali (3200 mts) and day 3- Deurali to ABC at an altitude of 4130 mts. Day 4 starting at 6.30 am the father-daugther duo reached jhinu back at 5.30 pm. and then trekking to Deurali to ABC and back to Jhinudanda. Completing the ascent from Jinu danda in a mere three days and descending in one day, Swakriti's feat is a glimpse into the future she envisions filled with outdoor escapades.

When asked about her feelings at the summit, Swakriti's response is simple yet profound: "I felt good." While she may not articulate the depth of her emotions, her passion for the outdoors, running, and trekking is immense. With her sights now set on the trek to Everest Base Camp, her father however plans to prepare her initially with smaller altitude peaks, gradually training for the ultimate challenge.

Her indomitable spirit left an impression on fellow trekkers from Nepal, the US, Spain, and beyond, who were amazed at her endurance and determination. Swakriti's journey began at the tender age of five, running up to 10 KM and recently completing a 5 KM marathon in Delhi, further showcasing her athletic capabilities. Prior to embarking on the ABC trek, she has trekked in the western ghats namely Vasotta Fort, Harishchandragad and Sinhagad fort. She has also travelled to Anini the most remote corner in India in Arunachal Pradesh with her father. She has also done tandem Paragliding and did the Ultra Flight in Pokhara. She is interested in bungee jumping.

Swakriti stands out not only for her physical prowess but also for her disciplined approach to nutrition, preferring healthy meals over the typical fast-food fare craved by many kids. She says, “I like healthy food and I love fruits a lot”. Her rare requests for treats reflect a balanced lifestyle that complements her athletic ambitions.

Swakriti does not crave for fancy gifts for achieving her feats. Her choice is clear – she yearns for more challenging adventures. Swakriti Insan's story is a powerful reminder that age is but a number when it comes to pursuing one's passions with unwavering determination and support.